IBM Version 7 Release 1 Modification 1 ISPF Productivity Tool User's Guide

IBM ISPF Productivity Tool for z/OS
򔻐򗗠򙳰
User's Guide
Version 7 Release 1 Modification 1
SC19-3848-00
Note
Before using this information and the product it supports, be sure to read the general information under “Notices” on page
287.
First Edition (July 2012)
This edition applies to Version 7 Release 1 Modification Level 1 of IBM ISPF Productivity Tool (program number
5655-SPF and to all subsequent releases and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions.
IBM welcomes your comments. For information on how to send comments, see “How to send your comments to
IBM” on page 3.
This publication is available on the Web at
http://www.ibm.com/software/awdtools/ispfproductivitytool/
© Copyright IBM Corporation 2000, 2012.
US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
Contents
Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Chapter 1. About this manual . . . . . 1
Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summary of changes, first edition (SC19-3848-00)
Organization of this guide . . . . . . . .
Other information resources . . . . . . .
Text conventions in this guide . . . . . .
How to read a syntax diagram . . . . . .
How to send your comments to IBM . . . .
If you have a technical problem . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
4
Chapter 2. An overview of the ISPF
Productivity Tool . . . . . . . . . . . 5
What is ISPF Productivity Tool
Features and benefits . . .
What's new in version 7.1 . .
What's new in version 6.1 .
What's new in version 5.10 .
What's new in version 5.9 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 5
. 5
. 6
. 10
. 12
. 13
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool 15
Object orientation . . . . . . . . . . .
Extended point-and-shoot . . . . . . . .
Hotbars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to activate and deactivate hotbars . . .
How to define the commands on hotbars . .
Point-and-shoot parameters . . . . . . . .
Adding point-and-shoot commands . . . . .
Action fields . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function-oriented action bar . . . . . . . .
The object list (OLIST) . . . . . . . . . .
Managing OLISTs . . . . . . . . . .
Additional objects supported by OLIST . . .
The point-and-shoot interface of OLIST . . .
View main and line commands (Assist) . . .
The enhanced Member Selection List (MSL) . .
View main and line commands (Assist) . . .
The point-and-shoot interface of MSL . . . .
Drill-down navigation . . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced Data Set List (DSLIST) . . . . . .
New options on the DSLIST entry panel . . .
Customizable user interface . . . . . . . .
The enhanced handling of BROWSE, EDIT, and
VIEW commands . . . . . . . . . . .
Shared and exclusive VIEW . . . . . . .
BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW enhancements . . .
Enhanced CUT and PASTE . . . . . . .
STATUS command . . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced FIND and CHANGE support . . .
Data set history facility (@H) . . . . . . .
Access data sets by DD name . . . . . . .
Enhanced TSO command support . . . . . .
Accessing the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell
Recalling a command . . . . . . . . .
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15
17
17
18
18
19
21
22
22
23
25
26
27
27
28
29
30
30
31
31
34
36
38
38
39
39
39
40
41
42
42
. 43
Capabilities of the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO
shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The ISPF Productivity Tool print engine . . . .
Print items from ISPF Productivity Tool . . .
Using the print engine. . . . . . . . .
Special formatting of source data . . . . .
ISPF dialog development enhancements . . . .
SCLM integration . . . . . . . . . . .
Calling ISPF Productivity Tool functions from
applications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calling OLIST from an application . . . .
Calling MSL from an application . . . . .
Calling DSLIST (ISPF Option 3.4) from an
application . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
43
44
44
45
45
46
47
. 47
. 47
. 50
. 50
Chapter 4. An introduction to
commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Group commands .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 54
Chapter 5. General commands . . . . 57
BROWSE command
EDIT command . .
IPT command . .
HELP . . . .
CMDS . . . .
OFF . . . . .
ON . . . . .
DTEST . . . .
SET . . . . .
VER . . . . .
MAINT. . . .
DIAG . . . .
SNAP . . . .
OLIST command .
QUIT command . .
IPTHelp command .
TSO command . .
VIEW command . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
57
59
60
61
61
61
61
62
62
63
63
63
64
65
68
69
69
71
Chapter 6. Command shortcuts . . . . 73
Chapter 7. EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE
commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
COMPRESS subcommand
CUT subcommand . . .
EXPDIR subcommand . .
PASTE subcommand . .
SAVE subcommand. . .
STATUS subcommand . .
SUBMIT subcommand. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
77
78
79
80
82
83
84
Chapter 8. MSL commands . . . . . . 85
= command .
% command .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 89
. 90
iii
| + command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
| ( command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
| ) command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALIas command . . . . . .
ASSIST command . . . . .
B command . . . . . . .
CLONe command . . . . .
COMPress command . . . .
CONFIRM command . . . .
COPY command. . . . . .
COPYALl command . . . .
DEFault command . . . . .
Delete command . . . . .
DSName command . . . .
E command . . . . . . .
EMPty command . . . . .
EXCLude command . . . .
EXIT command. . . . . .
EXPDIR command . . . .
FILter command . . . . .
FILTTITL command . . . .
FILTUKEY command . . . .
Find command . . . . . .
FINDTEXT command . . .
FINDTITl command . . . .
FINDUKEY command . . .
FLIP command . . . . . .
Global command . . . . .
H command . . . . . . .
HIDe command . . . . .
I line command. . . . . .
INFO command . . . . .
ISPEXEC command . . . .
J command . . . . . . .
K command . . . . . . .
LIB command . . . . . .
LMAP command . . . . .
Locate command . . . . .
MAPpds (PDS only) command
Move (PDS only) command .
MOVEALl command . . . .
P (main) command . . . .
P (line) command . . . . .
REFRESH command . . . .
PROJECT command . . . .
RELease command . . . .
Rename command. . . . .
RESet command . . . . .
S command . . . . . . .
SAVE command . . . . .
SCLMCMD command . . .
SCLMPARM command . . .
SELECT command . . . .
SHOWcmd command . . .
SHOWTitl command . . . .
SORT command . . . . .
SORTTITl command . . . .
SORTUKEY command . . .
SSI command . . . . . .
STATS command . . . . .
SUBmit command . . . . .
iv
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 91
. 92
. 93
. 94
. 95
. 95
. 96
. 97
. 98
. 99
. . . . . . . 100
. . . . . . . 101
. . . . . . . 102
. . . . . . . 103
. . . . . . . 103
. . . . . . . 104
. . . . . . . 105
. . . . . . . 106
. . . . . . . 107
. . . . . . . 107
. . . . . . . 108
. . . . . . . 110
. . . . . . . 110
. . . . . . . 111
. . . . . . . 111
. . . . . . . 112
. . . . . . . 113
. . . . . . . 114
. . . . . . . 115
. . . . . . . 115
. . . . . . . 116
. . . . . . . 117
. . . . . . . 118
. . . . . . . 119
. . . . . . . 120
. . . . . . . 121
. . . . . . . 121
. . . . . . . 123
. . . . . . . 124
. . . . . . . 124
. . . . . . . 125
. . . . . . . 126
. . . . . . . 126
. . . . . . . 127
. . . . . . . 127
. . . . . . . 128
. . . . . . . 129
. . . . . . . 130
. . . . . . . 131
. . . . . . . 131
. . . . . . . 132
. . . . . . . 133
. . . . . . . 133
. . . . . . . 134
. . . . . . . 135
. . . . . . . 136
. . . . . . . 136
. . . . . . . 137
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
|
T command . . . .
TAG command . . .
TAILOR command .
TITLe command . .
TOTALS command .
TYPE command . .
UNFilter command .
USAGE command . .
UTILity command . .
V command . . . .
W command . . .
WHERE command .
X (eXclude) command
Z command . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
138
139
139
140
141
141
142
143
143
143
144
145
146
147
Chapter 9. OLIST commands. . . . . 149
|
|
|
= (equal) line command . . . . .
/ (slash) line command . . . . .
A command . . . . . . . . .
Assist command . . . . . . .
B line command . . . . . . .
BF line command . . . . . . .
C line command . . . . . . .
CANcel command . . . . . . .
CLONe command . . . . . . .
CLRVOL command . . . . . .
CMDparms command . . . . .
COMPress (PDS only) line command
COpy line command . . . . . .
COPYALl line command . . . .
CUT command . . . . . . . .
/D line command . . . . . . .
D command . . . . . . . . .
DEFault command . . . . . .
DSLIST line command . . . . .
E line command . . . . . . .
EF line command . . . . . . .
EMPTY line command . . . . .
eXclude main command . . . . .
EXPDIR (PDS only) line command .
EXPORT command . . . . . .
FILLCLAS command . . . . . .
FILLVOL command . . . . . .
FILter command . . . . . . .
Find command . . . . . . . .
FINDTEXT (FT) command . . . .
FLIP command . . . . . . . .
FREe line command . . . . . .
I line command . . . . . . .
HDELETE line command . . . .
HLIST line command. . . . . .
/I line command . . . . . . .
INFO line command . . . . . .
LEVEL command . . . . . . .
LISTALOC command. . . . . .
LISTBASE command . . . . . .
LISTBOOK command . . . . .
LISTCAT line command . . . . .
LISTCLon main command . . . .
LISTGDG command . . . . . .
LISTHIST command . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
154
154
155
156
156
157
158
158
159
159
160
160
161
161
161
162
162
163
163
164
165
165
166
167
167
168
168
169
169
170
172
173
173
174
174
175
175
175
176
177
177
178
179
179
180
|
|
LISTMigr command . . . . . . . . .
LISTMULT main command. . . . . . .
LISTNvs main command . . . . . . .
LISTPAGE main command . . . . . . .
LISTPDSE main command . . . . . . .
LISTSHLF command . . . . . . . . .
LISTSMP command . . . . . . . . .
LISTSYS command . . . . . . . . .
LISTTAPE main command . . . . . . .
LISTVSAM main command . . . . . .
LISTVTOC command. . . . . . . . .
Locate command . . . . . . . . . .
MAPpds (PDS only) command . . . . .
MEMFind command . . . . . . . . .
MLIST command . . . . . . . . . .
MOVE (PDS only) line command. . . . .
MOVEALl line command . . . . . . .
OLIST line command . . . . . . . . .
OPEN command . . . . . . . . . .
OPRINT command . . . . . . . . .
PASTE command . . . . . . . . . .
POPULATE command . . . . . . . .
PRINT (PDS or Sequential only) line command
/R line command . . . . . . . . . .
REFRESH line command . . . . . . .
RELEASE main command . . . . . . .
RENAME line command . . . . . . .
RESet command . . . . . . . . . .
RFIND main command . . . . . . . .
S line command . . . . . . . . . .
SAVE command . . . . . . . . . .
SHOWARCh command . . . . . . . .
SHOWCLAs command . . . . . . . .
SHOWcmd command . . . . . . . .
SHOWMigr command . . . . . . . .
SHOWVOL command . . . . . . . .
SORT command . . . . . . . . . .
SUBmit line command . . . . . . . .
TITLE command . . . . . . . . . .
U line command . . . . . . . . . .
UPDate command . . . . . . . . . .
UTIL command. . . . . . . . . . .
V line command . . . . . . . . . .
VALIDate command . . . . . . . . .
VF line command . . . . . . . . . .
/X line command . . . . . . . . . .
X main command . . . . . . . . . .
XFER line command . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
181
181
182
182
183
184
185
185
186
187
188
189
189
190
191
192
192
192
193
193
194
194
195
195
195
196
196
197
198
198
199
199
200
200
201
202
202
203
203
204
204
205
206
206
207
208
209
209
Chapter 10. TSO command shell . . . 211
TSO shell options . . . . . . . . .
Invoking the TSO command shell . . .
TSO shell commands . . . . . . . .
Invoking a command . . . . . . . .
Adding entries to permanent command list
Modifying a command . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
211
211
211
212
212
213
Chapter 11. Browsing, viewing, and
restoring deleted members of a PDS
using the MAP list . . . . . . . . . 215
Sorting members in the MAP list .
Restoring deleted members . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 217
. 217
Chapter 12. Panel Extension
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement syntax . . . . . . . . . . . .
When PEL statements are evaluated . . . . . .
Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conditional statements . . . . . . . . . .
Testing IPT customization site-wide dialog settings
ISPF version testing . . . . . . . . . . .
Environment testing . . . . . . . . . . .
Unconditional branching . . . . . . . . .
Including external members . . . . . . . .
PEL requirements . . . . . . . . . . . .
PEL quick reference . . . . . . . . . . .
220
221
221
222
222
223
223
224
225
225
225
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL . . 227
Introducing IQIBUTIL . . . . . . . . . .
New functions in IQIBUTIL . . . . . . .
IEBCOPY Utility Compatibility . . . . . .
Order of processing . . . . . . . . . .
Utility control statement syntax conventions . .
Data set dynamic allocation . . . . . . .
Member name pattern mask support . . . .
New member name pattern mask support. . .
Non-standard member name support . . . .
IPT-managed partitioned data set member title
list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copying partitioned data set members into a
sequential data set. . . . . . . . . . .
Virtual storage for tables and buffers . . . .
Avoiding the need to supply control statements
JCL EXEC statement PARM for option parameters
JCL DD statements . . . . . . . . . . .
IQIBUTIL special control statements . . . . . .
Filtering target member names . . . . . . .
Utility control statements syntax . . . . . . .
ALTERMOD. . . . . . . . . . . . .
COPY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COPYGRP . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COPYGROUP . . . . . . . . . . . .
COPYMOD . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALIAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COMPRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COPYSEQ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DELETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMPTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXPDIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RECOVER . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RENAME . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TITLEIMP . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TITLEMIG . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TITLELIST . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INDSN= . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SELHEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXCLHEX . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQIBUTIL examples . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
227
227
228
228
228
228
228
228
229
229
229
229
229
229
231
231
232
233
233
234
235
236
236
237
238
238
239
240
241
241
242
243
243
244
246
246
246
247
247
v
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example 1: Print IQIBUTIL User Guide
Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example 2: Copy and replace selected members
of a data set . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example 3: Empty a partitioned and a
sequential data set. . . . . . . . . . .
Example 4: Delete members of a partitioned
data set . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example 5: Move members from one partitioned
data set to another . . . . . . . . . .
Example 6: Add alias names to load module
members . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example 7: Rename selected members of a
partitioned data set . . . . . . . . . .
Example 8: Recover deleted members of a PDS
data set . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example 9: Expand the directory of a PDS data
set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example 10: Consecutively copy multiple
members to a sequential data set . . . . . .
Example 11: Update an IPT-managed member
title list in a partitioned data set . . . . . .
Example 12: Import an IPT-managed member
title list from one partitioned data set to another
Example 13: Print a listing of all IPT-managed
member titles of a partitioned data set . . . .
Example 14: Manipulate non-standard member
names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix D. MSL feedback messages 267
247
248
Appendix E. MSL keywords, and
default sorting order . . . . . . . . 269
248
Text File Library panel .
Load Library panel . .
249
249
249
250
250
251
252
252
253
253
Appendix B. Controlling ISPF
Productivity Tool processing (the SET
command). . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
257
259
260
262
Appendix C. Patterns . . . . . . . . 265
vi
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 269
. 269
Appendix F. Invoking MSL from an
application or CLIST . . . . . . . . 271
Appendix G. Invoking OLIST from an
application or CLIST . . . . . . . . 273
Appendix H. Invoking user commands
from MSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
251
Appendix A. Documenting an IPT
failure for IBM level 2 support . . . . 255
MSL options. . . . . . . .
OLIST options . . . . . . .
MSL GLOBAL command options .
Print options . . . . . . .
.
.
Appendix I. Invoking user commands
from OLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Appendix J. Calling enhanced EDIT,
VIEW, or BROWSE from dialogs . . . 279
Appendix K. Adding your own
commands to MSL . . . . . . . . . 281
Appendix L. Adding your own
point-and-shoot general commands. . 283
Appendix M. Persistent Table Library
Allocating a library . . .
Backing up the table library
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
285
.
.
. 285
. 285
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Trademarks .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 288
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Figures
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
The Primary Option menu . . . . . . .
Activating hotbars through the User Interface
Options panel . . . . . . . . . . .
OLIST extended point-and-shoot fields
The action bar on the OLIST . . . . . .
An example pop-up window. . . . . .
An OLIST panel . . . . . . . . . .
The Permanent Object Lists panel . . . .
Cursor-sensitive areas on the OLIST . . .
OLIST Command Assistance panel . . . .
MSL Command Assistance panel . . . .
Cursor-sensitive areas on the MSL . . . .
DSLIST entry panel . . . . . . . . .
Volume Selection List . . . . . . . .
Space Summary Volume Selection List . .
Extended VTOC Information for Volume
Admin panel . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Lists pull-down menu . . . . .
Setting IBMIPT Defaults panel . . . . .
User Interface Options . . . . . . . .
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
. 6
. 18
20
. 22
. 23
. 24
. 25
. 27
. 28
. 29
. 30
. 31
. 32
. 33
.
.
.
.
33
34
35
35
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
Enhanced VIEW Entry Panel . . . . .
Enhanced BROWSE Entry Panel . . .
The Volume Selection list . . . . . .
Entering @H on a Data Set Name field
The Data Set History panel . . . . .
The TSO Command Shell panel . . . .
Print options panel . . . . . . . .
Panel Testing Options panel . . . . .
Object List Line Command input panel
The ASSIST list of all main and line
commands . . . . . . . . . .
The Find command pop-up . . . . .
The Data Set Information panel . . .
The Utility Selection panel . . . . .
The Member Selection List options panel
The Object List Options panel . . . .
GLOBAL/FINDTEXT commands options
Print options panel. . . . . . . .
Entering the “%” line command in MSL
Persistent Table Management panel . .
.
.
.
. 36
. 37
. 37
40
. 41
. 43
. 45
. 46
155
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
156
170
174
205
257
. 257
260
. 261
275
. 285
vii
viii
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 1. About this manual
This guide gives you an overview of the features and capabilities of ISPF
Productivity Tool. The reference section provides the command information you
need to implement ISPF Productivity Tool.
Assumptions
This guide assumes that you are familiar with the basic ISPF functions. Subjects
that are discussed in an ISPF manual are explained briefly in this guide. For
detailed information about ISPF, see the appropriate IBM documentation.
Summary of changes, first edition (SC19-3848-00)
Extensive additions, as outlined in “What's new in version 7.1” on page 6. Changes
are marked with a vertical change bar in the left margin.
Organization of this guide
This guide is divided into the following chapters:
v Chapter 1, “About this manual” provides information about the guide, such as
the text conventions and how to read syntax diagrams.
v Chapter 2, “An overview of the ISPF Productivity Tool,” on page 5 describes the
features and capabilities of ISPF Productivity Tool and introduces the new
features in the current version.
v Chapter 3, “Using ISPF Productivity Tool,” on page 15 explains how to use ISPF
Productivity Tool.
v The next seven chapters provide information about using commands in ISPF
Productivity Tool:
Chapter 4, “An introduction to commands,” on page 53 provides a general
description to the detailed information about commands that follows.
Chapter 5, “General commands,” on page 57 explains the use of the general
commands (commands that are generally available anywhere within ISPF
Productivity Tool).
Chapter 6, “Command shortcuts,” on page 73 tells you about the command
shortcuts that you can use in ISPF Productivity Tool.
Chapter 7, “EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE commands,” on page 77 lists the
commands that are available from EDIT, VIEW, and BROWSE
panels—though some are only applicable to EDIT and VIEW panels.
Chapter 8, “MSL commands,” on page 85 lists the commands that are
available when an MSL is displayed.
Chapter 9, “OLIST commands,” on page 149 lists the commands that are
available when an OLIST is displayed.
Chapter 10, “TSO command shell,” on page 211 explains how to use the TSO
Command Shell to enter TSO commands, CLISTs, REXX EXECs, and
ISPEXECs from within ISPF.
v Chapter 11, “Browsing, viewing, and restoring deleted members of a PDS using
the MAP list,” on page 215 explains how you can use the MAP list with
members of a PDS.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
1
Organization of this guide
v Chapter 12, “Panel Extension Language,” on page 219 describes the Panel
Extension Language, which adds functionality to the ISPF panel language.
v The appendixes start with Appendix A, “Documenting an IPT failure for IBM
level 2 support,” on page 255, and continue through to Appendix M, “Persistent
Table Library,” on page 285. They cover a variety of topics, including describing
the options to customize ISPF Productivity Tool for your particular environment,
and using ISPF Productivity Tool while running other applications.
Other information resources
In addition to this guide, you can use the online tutorials, Help panels, Assist
windows, and the structured Action Bar.
To invoke the ISPF Productivity Tool tutorial, enter IPTHELP or IPT on any ISPF
panel.
To display all ISPF Productivity Tool command shortcuts, enter IPT? on any ISPF
panel.
To invoke the Online Help, press the HELP key (usually PF1) on any ISPF
Productivity Tool panel.
To display the ASSIST window, which is available in both the Member Selection
List (MSL) and Object List (OLIST), type ASSIST or A on the command line of the
ISPF Productivity Tool Member List.
Text conventions in this guide
This guide uses the following conventions:
Bolded Phrase
This shows the name of a field on a panel.
UPPERCASE
This shows the text that you enter as a main command or line command,
for example, CUT, PASTE. In a syntax diagram, UPPERCASE items are
commands or keywords.
lowercase
This shows variable that you must substitute with an appropriate value.
The meaning of a variable displayed in a Syntax section is given in the
Operands section.
How to read a syntax diagram
The format of the syntax diagram is as follows:
v Text in UPPER CASE (such as “BROWSE”) must be entered exactly as shown.
v Text in mixed UPPER and lower case (such as “FILter”) indicates a command or
operand that can be abbreviated. The UPPER CASE text is required, and the
lower case text is optional. (For example, “FILter” can be entered as “FIL”,
“FILT”, “FILTE”, and “FILTER”, but not as “FI”, since the “L” is required.)
v Text in italics (such as DSNpatt), possibly containing hyphens (such as
member_name), represents information you enter. What you should enter is
explained under the syntax diagram.
v A common element of a syntax diagram is a vertical stack of choices:
2
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
How to read a syntax diagram
CHOICE1
CHOICE2
CHOICE3
In this case you must enter one of these choices; CHOICE1, CHOICE2 or
CHOICE3.
v A variation of this choice stack is when several elements are listed vertically
below a horizontal line, like this:
choice1
choice2
choice3
In this case, you can chose one element, but the choice is optional—you don't
have to chose any element.
v A further variation is when several elements are listed vertically, below a
horizontal line, and one element is above the horizontal line, such as:
CHOICE1
CHOICE2
CHOICE3
In this case you can chose one element, but if you chose none, then the default
option, which is the option above the line (CHOICE1), is the value used. You
can supply the default value if you wish.
v The final variation on the choice stack is when there is a return loop:
,
CHOICE1
CHOICE2
CHOICE3
In this case you can chose more than one element. So, for example, you could
chose CHOICE1 and CHOICE2, or CHOICE3 and CHOICE1 (the order isn't
important), or just CHOICE2. The item in the return loop is the delimiter used
to separate out the choices. If there is a limit to the number of choices you can
make, this is noted in the diagram or with the associated description of the
operands.
How to send your comments to IBM
We appreciate your input on this publication. Feel free to comment on the clarity,
accuracy, and completeness of the information or give us any other feedback that
you might have.
Use one of these methods to send us your comments:
v Use the form on the Web at www.ibm.com/software/ad/rcf/.
v Send an email to [email protected], or mail your comments to
IBM Corporation
H150/090
555 Bailey Avenue
San Jose, CA
95141-1003
Chapter 1. About this manual
3
How to send your comments to IBM
U.S.A.
Include this information:
– Your name and address
– Your email address
– Your telephone or fax number
– The publication title and order number:
IBM ISPF Productivity Tool for z/OS User's Guide
SC19-3848-00
– The topic and page number related to your comment
– The text of your comment.
When you send comments to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or
distribute your comments in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any
obligation to you.
IBM or any other organizations will only use the personal information that you
supply to contact you about the issues that you submit.
If you have a technical problem
Do not use the comment feedback methods. Instead, do one of these:
v Contact your IBM service representative
v Call IBM technical support
v Visit the IBM support portal at http://www.ibm.com/systems/z/support/
4
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 2. An overview of the ISPF Productivity Tool
This chapter presents a general description of ISPF Productivity Tool. It discusses
the features, functions, and facilities that ISPF Productivity Tool provides to
enhance ISPF.
What is ISPF Productivity Tool
ISPF Productivity Tool is an enhancement to TSO/ISPF that improves its
productivity and performance. ISPF Productivity Tool integrates seamlessly into
the most frequently used ISPF functions, including BROWSE, EDIT, VIEW, and
DSLIST. ISPF Productivity Tool extends the functions provided by ISPF for
standard data sets to other objects, including VSAM files, Librarian/Panvalet
libraries, z/OS UNIX System Services files, PC files, DB2® tables, as well as other
object classes. Along with this support, ISPF Productivity Tool provides a powerful
object browser called OLIST that has the look, feel, and functionality of DSLIST.
Features and benefits
ISPF Productivity Tool combines separately provided ISPF utility functions and
new ISPF Productivity Tool features into the Member List and the OLIST/DSLIST.
The resulting member, data set, and object lists become powerful platforms where
you can perform many tasks without navigating to other utilities.
ISPF Productivity Tool extends the ISPF Action Bar with options that provide
access to new functionality so you do not have to learn new commands or syntax.
ISPF Productivity Tool provides extensive search capabilities that are fast and
intuitive. You can easily search for volumes, data sets, members, and text within
members. ISPF Productivity Tool also furnishes automatic drill-down system
navigation to pinpoint volumes, data sets, and members.
In addition to the ISPF point-and-shoot capabilities, ISPF Productivity Tool has
facilities that prompt actions upon cursor selection:
v Hotbars (user-defined fields that execute commands)
v Field-sensitive areas in MSLs and OLISTs
v Automatic recognition of a data set name on any ISPF panel as a parameter to
BROWSE, EDIT, VIEW, or parameters within any TSO command
ISPF Productivity Tool provides integrated and enhanced SCLM support within the
standard member and data set lists. SCLM is a source library management
component of ISPF that provides change control, multiple source versions,
auditing, a built-in make facility, and automatic check-in/sign-out using standard
libraries (PDS, PDSE).
All ISPF Productivity Tool functions are totally integrated. ISPF Productivity Tool
can perform almost any activity within ISPF, or internally invoke the function that
can perform the task. All ISPF Productivity Tool functionality is available without a
need to modify any ISPF Primary Option Menu.
If you decide to modify the ISPF Primary Option Menu (see “Sample modified
main menu panel” in the IPT Installation Guide), it is changed only slightly, as
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
5
Features and benefits
shown in this example:
OS/390 Primary Option Menu
IBM IPT VERSION 7.1
Option ===>
0
1
V
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
O
|
|
|
Settings
Browse
View
Edit
Utilities
Foreground
Batch
Command
Dialog Test
LM Facility
IBM Products
SCLM
Workplace
OS/390 System
OS/390 User
OLIST
Terminal and user parameters
Display source data or listings
Display/Change Source Data
Create or change source data
Perform utility functions
Interactive language processing
Submit job for language processing
Enter TSO or Workstation commands
Perform dialog testing
Library administrator functions
IBM program development products
SW Configuration Library Manager
ISPF Object/Action Workplace
OS/390 system programmer applications
OS/390 user applications
Object/Dataset List
User ID . :
Time. . . :
Terminal. :
Screen. . :
Language. :
Appl ID . :
TSO logon :
TSO prefix:
System ID :
MVS acct. :
Release . :
INTT025
00:46
3278
1
ENGLISH
ISR
IPTLOGN
INTT025
SYSA
IS100
ISPF 6.3
Enter X to Terminate using log/list defaults
BRowse EDit VIew OList TSO IPT IPT? are available from any panel
Figure 1. The Primary Option menu
The main menu does not look much different. If you are already familiar with
ISPF, you can become productive immediately.
When you start using the enhanced features of ISPF Productivity Tool to perform
standard BROWSE, EDIT, VIEW functions, as well as most of the ISPF capabilities,
you will find almost every ISPF capability has been enhanced and new capabilities
added.
What's new in version 7.1
Here are the changes to IPT. They are indicated in the text through a change bar
“|” in the left margin.
OLIST enhancements
v New support for an optional “PUBLIC” OLIST library for storing site-wide
common Object Lists. A public OLIST may only be modified by an authorized
IPT administrator and can not be overridden by an unauthorized user.
v New support for an optional “READ-ONLY” OLIST library for storing site-wide
common Object Lists. A read-only OLIST may only be modified by an
authorized IPT administrator but it may be customized by a user and stored as a
private permanent OLIST.
v Permanent OLIST library management has been enhanced to include and
synchronize all user accessible OLISTs by priority of: PUBLIC, PRIVATE, and
READ-ONLY libraries. The display of all “Permanent Object Lists” (“O*”)
supports all user accessible OLISTs and enables the user to update OLIST
descriptions, define new “Dynamic OLIST” entries, import permanent OLISTs,
and rename or delete private OLISTs.
v New line command “CLONE” (or “CLON”) provides a comprehensive menu for
cloning any given NON-VSAM data set (see “CLONe command” on page 159).
v New dynamic OLIST object type “DD=<ddname>” can be specified in an OLIST.
When selected it displays an object list of all data sets allocated to <ddname> or
of all currently allocated data sets (if blank).
v “COPY” line command supports sequential data sets of different attributes (see
“COpy line command” on page 161).
6
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
What's new in version 7.1
v New main command “FILLCLAS” (or “FC”) is an alias name of “FILLVOL”
(“FV”). It checks the existence and attributes of each object of a given OLIST and
updates all CLASS and VOLUME fields (see “FILLCLAS command” on page
168).
v New main command “LISTCLON” (or “LISTCL”) populates an OLIST with
clone data set names matching a given pattern (see “LISTCLon main command”
on page 179).
v New main command “LISTNVS” (or “LISTN”) populates an OLIST with
NON-VSAM data set names matching a given pattern (see “LISTNvs main
command” on page 182).
v New main command “SHOWARCH” (or “SHOWARC”) is an alias name of
“SHOWMIG” (“SHOWM”). It controls the hiding (exclusion) of migrated dataset
objects (see “SHOWARCh command” on page 199).
v “FREE” line command has been enhanced to allow for compress, release of data
set free space, as well as consolidation of consecutive space extents (see “FREe
line command” on page 173).
v Executed CLIST and REXX EXECs can optionally receive a VOLSER parameter
(in addition to the OBJECT NAME), based on an IPT site-wide customization.
v SHOWCMD ON status marker “*SHOW*” or SHOWCMD OFF status marker
“*EXEC*” is included in each OLIST display to assist in CLIST execution.
MSL enhancements
v Enhanced main entry panel (main options 1,2,V) now supports an extended
“ISPF Project” field. When IPT SCLM support is enabled, a new field for an
"SCLM alternate project" is also included.
v ISPF Extended Statistics are now fully supported by IPT even in a z/OS V1R10
and older versions. The “STATS” (or “Z”) command can create or update a
member's ISPF Statistics in “standard” and “extended” format.
v New line command “I” displays in detail the “standard” and “extended” ISPF
statistics for a non-load-module member. It displays a load-module map for
load-module member (like “L” line command) (see “I line command” on page
114).
v New main command “CLONE” (or “CLON”) provides a comprehensive menu
for cloning any library in the currently displayed member list concatenation (see
“CLONe command” on page 94).
v Main commands “COPY” and “MOVE” (line commands “C” and “M”) can
copy-merge multiple selected members into a sequential data set.
v Support for TSO commands and CLISTs has been enhanced to provide an easy
to use interface for executing TSO functions via the line command as well as
main command fields.
v New main command “UTIL” directly invokes the ISPF Utility Selection Panel
from the member list display (see “UTILity command” on page 143).
v New main command “SHOWCMD” (or “SHOWC”) controls the prompt display
of a TSO command (or CLIST) before execution (see “SHOWcmd command” on
page 132).
v Executed CLIST and REXX EXECs can optionally receive a VOLSER parameter
(in addition to the OBJECT NAME), based on an IPT site-wide customization.
v SHOWCMD ON status marker “*SHOW*” or SHOWCMD OFF status marker
“*EXEC*” is included in each OLIST display to assist in CLIST execution.
v Member tagging has been revamped and significantly enhanced. Members may
be easily tagged via the “+” line command or the TAG (also “+”) main
command.
v Most member related main and line commands come with a “tagged variation”,
that operates only on members with tags matching a given tag pattern.
v A new comprehensive member title management facility has been created. It
enables the user to enter new member titles with optional user keys, and then
Chapter 2. An overview of the ISPF Productivity Tool
7
What's new in version 7.1
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
modify or remove them. A new main command “SHOWTITL” (or “SHOWT”)
controls the member list title display mode.
New line commands “(” and “)”, prompt the user with an entry panel for
displaying or updating the member title and user key (see “( command” on
page 90 and “) command” on page 91).
A new main command “TITLE” (or “TITL”) provides the user complete control
over the library member title list. It can STORE, EMPTY, REFRESH, IMPORT,
and MIGRATE the member title list (see “TITLe command” on page 140).
A new main command “FILTTITL” (or “FIL(”) can filter the member list by a
given pattern of a member title.
A new main command “FINDTITL” (or “F(”) can locate the next occurrence of a
member title matching a given pattern (see “FINDTITl command” on page 110).
A new main command “SORTTITL” (or “SORT(”) can sort members in
ascending or descending order of member title (see “SORTTITl command” on
page 134).
A new main command “FILTUKEY” (or “FIL)”) can filter the member list by a
given pattern of a member user keys (see “FILTUKEY command” on page 107).
A new main command “FINDUKEY” (or “F)”) can locate the next occurrence of
a member user key matching a given pattern (see “FINDUKEY command” on
page 110).
A new main command “SORTUKEY” (or “SORT)”) can sort members in
ascending or descending order of member user keys (see “SORTUKEY
command” on page 135).
The “FIND” command has been enhanced to search for member names by
pattern (see “Find command” on page 107).
The “SAVE” command has been enhanced to provide the option of storing or
printing a member list with all associated titles and user keys (see “SAVE
command” on page 129).
The “FILTER” command has been enhanced to support all variations of the
following relation operators: EQUAL, GREATER-THAN, LESS-THAN,
BEGIN-WITH, END-WITH, CONTAINED-IN, MATCHING-PATTERN, plus an
optional NOT operator for all of supported relations (see “FILter command” on
page 105).
The new “HIDE” main command has been added to support an identical syntax
as “FILTER” and assume an implied “NOT” of the specified relation (see “HIDe
command” on page 113).
The “UNFILTER” main command has been enhanced to support a history of all
active filtering commands (see “UNFilter command” on page 142).
Revamped MSL online Assist facility which includes all updates to prior and
new commands.
Member lists can be fully displayed in a maximum screen size of 102 rows by 80
columns.
EDIT/VIEW enhancements
v New main command “CLONE” (or “CLON”) provides a comprehensive menu
for cloning the currently being edited member library or sequential data set.
Object name Point-and-Shoot enhancements
v IPT Object name Point-and-Shoot facility supports name strings that contain TSO
variable &SYSUID as well as z/OS System Symbols.
Command shortcuts
v New command shortcut “INAME” sets up a permanent screen name to current
ISPF split and displays the ISPF “SWAPBAR”.
v New command shortcut “OLCL” (or “OLCLONE”) displays a temporary object
list of all clone data sets, matching a given pattern.
8
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
What's new in version 7.1
v Command shortcut “OLDD” (or “OLDDNAM”) displays a temporary object list
of all data sets currently allocated to your TSO session in ascending order of DD
names.
v New command shortcut “OLN” (or “OLNVSAM”) displays a temporary object
list of all NON-VSAM data sets, matching a given pattern.
IPT SET user default updates
v Option to prefer native (generic) data set name patterns instead of the more
limited DSLIST pattern convention.
v Include or remove the optional TSO command parameter in OLIST display.
IQIWIZRD Customization Wizard updates
v Specify site-wide names of OLIST PUBLIC and READ-ONLY libraries.
v Specify site-wide clone data set name suffix (default “.CLONE”)
v Specify site-wide member name (default “Z999TITL”) of partitioned library
member title list.
v Provide values for PEL supported dialog variables: UDLG1 UDLG2 UDLG3
UDLG4 .
IPT Panel Extension Language (PEL)
The IPT Panel Extension Language (PEL) is now available for selected application
panels. It provides support for improved productivity and control over panel
definitions by allowing the panel developer to use:
v Common panel sections can be shared across multiple panels via the include
panel member facility (like a COBOL COPY statement).
v Multiple panel versions can be dynamically generated based upon
environmental conditions (via special IF/ELSE statements). With this facility,
panels can be created with different lines used for different versions of ISPF,
different groups of users, different logon procedures, different programs, and
more.
v Ability to create panels that co-exist in multiple ISPF environments. Panel
sections that are dependent on specific ISPF versions, may be dynamically
enabled or disabled based on the current ISPF version.
v Ability to control user application panels based on the customized values of up
to four user defined dialog variables: UDLG1 UDLG2 UDLG3 UDLG4 .
IPT Active Status Profile Variable
v Applications that need to verify whether IPT is active may now check whether
profile variable IQIIPTON is present and contains a value "yes".
IPT batch utility
This is a brand new component of IPT. It is implemented as a seamlessly
integrated front-end to IBM's IEBCOPY utility. In addition to supporting all
IEBCOPY standard functionality, it includes the following major enhancements:
v Less restrictive control statement syntax.
v Support dynamic allocation of input and output data sets via new keywords
INDSN, INVOL, OUTDSN, OUTVOL.
v Support selection and exclusion of members matching patterns with wild cards
characters “*” (any string) and “%” (any single character).
v Support emptying a partitioned library via EMPTY control statement.
v Support deleting members by a DELETE control statement followed by any
number of SELECT and EXCLUDE statements including member name patterns.
v Support renaming of members via the RENAME control statement followed by a
number of SELECT statements including member name patterns. .
Chapter 2. An overview of the ISPF Productivity Tool
9
What's new in version 7.1
v Support aliasing of members via the ALIAS control statement followed by a
number of SELECT statements including member name patterns. .
v Support user defined member title management (see IPT MSL support above).
z/OS level support/ISPF compatibility
IPT has been tested and certified to run on z/OS Version 1 Release 13 and the
corresponding release of ISPF (internally numbered 6.3). Requires a minimum of
z/OS Version 1 Release 9.
v Full support for z/OS Extended Volume Architecture (EAV).
v Full support for ISPF Extended Statistics member directory entries.
Rolled-up maintenance
All required, accumulated maintenance has been “sourced” and included in this
release.
What's new in version 6.1
Here are the changes to IPT. They are indicated in the text through a change bar
“|” in the left margin.
OLIST enhancements
v New command MAPPDS (“MAPpds (PDS only) command” on page 189)
displays a map of all existing and deleted members of a PDS library. Deleted
members may be browsed, viewed, and restored into the directory.
v New command COPYALL (“COPYALl line command” on page 161)
expeditiously invokes IEBCOPY to copy all members of a partitioned library
concatenation into another library.
v New command MOVEALL (“MOVEALl line command” on page 192)
expeditiously invokes IEBCOPY to copy all members of a partitioned library
concatenation into another library, and then deletes all successfully copied
members from the original library.
v New command SHOWMIG (“SHOWMigr command” on page 201) may be used
to automatically hide or reveal migrated data sets from any OLIST display of
catalogued data sets.
v The user setting of SHOWMIG and SHOWCMD is now saved in his PROFILE.
v MEMFIND command (“MEMFind command” on page 190) supports
unrestricted member name patterns (not just by common prefix). FINDMEM and
FM are valid aliases of MEMFIND.
v FINDTEXT command (“FINDTEXT (FT) command” on page 170) now supports
hexadecimal and case-sensitive SBCS as well as DBCS search strings. It also
supports a restricted width via a from-to column setting.
v FINDTEXT handling of ampersand (&) characters in search strings has been
streamlined to conform to ISPF EDIT conventions.
v OLIST titles and comment lines can include DBCS character strings.
v When @H is specified as target of Copy/Move the prompt panel (IQICOPY2 or
IQICOP2S) supports FIND/RFIND command to locate target data set.
v New CLIST IQIDEL allows for OLIST "Group Delete" to be executed without a
confirmation prompt for each data set.
v OLIST RESET command now supports "Type" and "CLAss" argument.
v The reminder about the "A" (Assist) appears only on first OLIST per session.
MSL enhancements
10
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
What's new in version 6.1
v New command MAP displays a map of all existing and deleted members of a
PDS library. Deleted members may be browsed, viewed, and restored into the
directory.
v New command COPYALL (“COPYALl command” on page 97) expeditiously
invokes IEBCOPY to copy all members of a partitioned library concatenation
into another library.
v New command MOVEALL (“MOVEALl command” on page 123) expeditiously
invokes IEBCOPY to copy all members of a partitioned library concatenation
into another library, and then deletes all successfully copied members from the
original library.
v New command ALIAS (“ALIas command” on page 91) to add an alias name to
an existing member.
v BROWSE/EDIT/VIEW entry panels now accept and support extended size (15
characters) member name patterns.
v BROWSE/EDIT/VIEW entry panels now accept and support a GDG format
name, <Dsn>(<Gen#>), in the Other data set field.
v FINDTEXT (“FINDTEXT command” on page 108) and GLOBAL FIND command
now support hexadecimal and case-sensitive SBCS as well as DBCS search
strings. Both support a restricted width via a from-to column setting.
v FINDTEXT and GLOBAL handling of ampersand (&) characters in search strings
has been streamlined to conform to ISPF EDIT conventions.
v FIND command also supports, in addition to member name, a search text string
(quoted) parameter, like FINDTEXT.
v Any GLOBAL CHANGE or EDIT prompts for a confirmation before proceeding
to process all members.
v MSL always invokes IEBCOPY for load-module members in order to provide
complete Binder format integrity across different partitioned libraries. When
copying a group of members from an unconcatenated library, MSL invokes
IEBCOPY with COPYGRP control statement in order to copy all relevant aliases.
v MSL line commands can be stacked while scrolling through multiple pages of
the member list. Multiple (scattered) line commands such as: Delete, Z (stats),
Copy or Move are grouped together and executed as: "Group Delete", "Group
Stats", "Group Copy", or "Group Move".
v ZUNIX file names that end with "+" make MSL display a prompt panel for
entering a fully qualified ZUNIX file name (1023 characters).
v EDIT COMP no longer invokes COMPRESS.
v MSL display of load libraries properly shows Large-Program-Objects sizes.
v The reminder about the "A" (Assist) appears only on first MSL per session.
DSLIST enhancements
v The XV display has been enhanced to support EAV architecture volumes. It also
supports sorting by any column.
v The DSLIST entry panel now accepts and supports a GDG format name,
<Dsn>(<Gen#>), in the Dsname Level field.
Command shortcuts
v New command shortcut IPTNEW displays the “What's New” information for all
current IPT versions.
v New command shortcut OLDA (or OLDASD) displays a list of volumes by
pattern, similar to the "XV" option of DSLIST main menu.
v New command shortcut PLIST is an alias of OLIST command.
IPT SET updates
v Option to include member names in data set history list.
v Option to suppress “FIND <string>” prompt after FINDTEXT or GLOBAL
FIND.
Chapter 2. An overview of the ISPF Productivity Tool
11
What's new in version 6.1
v Option to disable or enable Double-Byte-Character-Set (DBCS) support.
v Option to enable or disable DBCS case-sensitive search strings.
v Specification of maximum capacity of TSO-Shell Permanent and History
command lists.
v Specification of threshold count for detailed VOLUME list display by new
command shortcut OLDASD.
What's new in version 5.10
OLIST enhancements
v New object classes recognized: BOOK (BookManager®), SHELF (BookManager),
ZONE (SMP/E).
v IBM BookManager invoked when selecting BOOK and SHELF objects.
v VSAM object handler invoked when selecting a VSAM PATH or ALTINDEX file.
v FINDTEXT command now fully supports the GLOBAL AUTO and EXCLUDE
settings. All displayed data sets may be searched in one shot (like MSL
GLOBAL).
v New command EMPTY, empties (with a confirmation) partitioned and
sequential data sets.
v RIGHT (F11) and LEFT (F10) invoke DSLIST line command when the cursor is
pointing at an OLIST row.
v FREE command requires a confirmation. This allows the user to invoke it it on a
range of data sets with full control.
v IBM FileManager/DB2 is supported as a DB2 object handler.
v Object names starting with "/", ".", "~" are recognized as z/OS UNIX objects
with a class name of ZUNIX. Fully support them under z/OS v1.9 via ISPF
z/OS UNIX API. For lower z/OS levels provide a downward compatibility via
the OLIST "OE" (OpenEdition) interface.
MSL enhancements
v New command EMPTY, empties (with a confirmation) some or all of the
concatenated libraries.
v The name of EDIT initial macro is preserved as specified in the EDIT main menu
screen. Automatically invoke this macro in all EDIT/VIEW sessions until
changed by user to another name or blank.
v Supports (under z/OS v1.9) z/OS UNIX file names with absolute path names of
up to 1023 characters in length.
v Supports properly displaying member lists of libraries with huge number (6
digits) of members. The enhanced LOCATE command can be used to position
the member list display at a 6-digit row number.
Point-and-shoot enhancements
v Support z/OS UNIX object names as targets for a point-and-shoot.
v Support z/OS system symbols starting with "&".
v Support BookManager object names.
Command shortcuts
v New command IPTCMDS allows to dynamically disable/enable selected IPT
command shortcuts, without affecting any other IPT functionality. TLIB member
IQIDCMDS provides an easy way to define the command names that are
affected by this feature.
12
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
What's new in version 5.10
v New command shortcuts: OLBO, OLBK, OLSH, and OLZ, support the new
object classes of: BOOK, SHELF, and ZONE.
v OLVS command shortcut also recognizes PATH and ALTINDEX data sets as
VSAM objects.
v ISET command shortcut supports a parameter for setting the defaults of a
specific function.
Data set history list
v The History-List now includes names of accessed VSAM and UNIX objects.
IQIWIZRD updates
v Number of Dataset-History-List entries can be customized to a maximum of 999.
v IBM BookManager interface customization.
v IBM FileManager/DB2 interface customization.
IPT/ISPF Logon Procedure
v Alias names SPF and SPIFFY have been added to IPT main module IQIMAIN.
v IQICMDOF DD name: triggers an "IPTCMD OFF" at IPT startup.
v IQIOFF DD name: triggers an "IPTOFF" at IPT startup.
v IQIPANEL DD name: should be used instead of IPIPANEL.
Installation JCL
v Complete set of JCL skeleton jobs for managing a dedicated SMP/E global zone
as a "Single Point of Maintenance".
z/OS 1.9 support/ISPF compatibility
IPT has been tested and certified to run on z/OS Version 1 Release 9 and the
corresponding release of ISPF (internally numbered 5.9).
Rolled-up maintenance
All required, accumulated maintenance has been "sourced" and included in this
release.
What's new in version 5.9
IBM ISPF Productivity Tool V5.9 contains the following improvements over the
previous version:
v Revamped version of the former SPIFFY product from Isogon Corporation. The
documentation and product interface has been updated to reflect the IBM name
of ISPF Productivity Tool.
v New naming conventions—a number of components have been renamed to
conform to the IBM standard naming convention for z/OS® products.
v All load-modules and source members have names that start with "IQI".
v The customization wizard CLIST has been named IQIWIZRD.
v Required DD name IPITLIB has been replaced with IQITLIB. Note that if the DD
name IPITLIB is present without DD name IQITLIB, its associated data set is
re-allocated with a DD name IQITLIB.
v PRINT command output DD name is IQISOUT.
v Optional SCLM support DD name IPISCLM has been replaced with IQISCLM.
Chapter 2. An overview of the ISPF Productivity Tool
13
What's new in version 5.9
v Utility work data set DD names are: IQIUTIN, IQIUTOT, IQIUT03, IQIUT04.
v Diagnostics data set DD names, such as IPILOGPR and IPITRSNP, have been
renamed as IQILOGPR and IQITRSNP.
v Command shortcuts—this new facility offers 47 command shortcuts, which
provide easy access to most of the product functions via the main command line
of any application panel. There is also a method to customize each command
shortcut to a site-wide selected name or to completely disable it. The presence of
command shortcuts for OLIST and MSL removes any need to customize the ISPF
primary menu panels (such as ISP@PRIM).
v OLIST command enhancements:
– Revamped ASSIST facility provides a quick online reference to all supported
main and line commands.
– CANCEL command now bypasses a SAVE to a modified permanent OLIST.
– REFRESH command restores a modified temporary or permanent OLIST to its
original contents.
– RFIND (F5 key) supports both FIND and EXCLUDE commands in both
directions.
– Automatic filling of the VOLSER field can be either site-wide controlled (via
IQIWIZRD CLIST) or changed by each user (via SET command).
v MSL command enhancements:
– INFO command correctly displays PDSE directory information.
– REFRESH command restores the displayed members from the current
directory.
– RESET command supports a TEXT or NOTE parameter to allow removal of
all permanent notes (such as those generated by GLOBAL command).
– SORT command supports a TEXT or NOTE parameter to allow sorting by
permanent notes (such as those generated by GLOBAL command).
– BROWSE/EDIT and VIEW main menu displays the data set history list in
either an OLIST format or as a time-stamped modifiable list of data set
names. Handling of @H "Other data set" field can be either site-wide
controlled (via IQIWIZRD CLIST) or changed by each user (via SET
command).
v @H (for data set history list) can now be specified in the "Other data set" field of
the ISPF "Data Set Utility" menu (option 3.2) as well as of the ISPF "Move/Copy
Utility" (option 3.3).
v z/OS 1.7 Support/ISPF Compatibility - Full support for Large-Format sequential
data sets.
v Rolled-Up Maintenance - All required, accumulated maintenance is included in
this version.
14
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
This chapter is intended to help you get started using ISPF Productivity Tool. It
describes the features and functionality of ISPF Productivity Tool and explains how
to implement its fields, tool bars, and options.
Object orientation
By extending the data-set objects used by ISPF to other object classes, ISPF
Productivity Tool lets you specify the object to be processed and the action that is
performed (such as EDIT or BROWSE). The facility appropriate to the object class
for the action you have requested is invoked automatically. With this
object-oriented metaphor, you need not be concerned with object classes and the
corresponding utility for each. ISPF Productivity Tool relates objects to applications
similarly to the way a PC performs OLE (Object Linking and Embedding).
OLE is the process by which a specified object (for example, a VSAM file) is
internally registered to a method (for example, FileManager) that performs a task
the user requests. Usually, it is sufficient to “click” on the object to take the
appropriate action. It is up to the system to resolve the class of object, the desired
action, and what program or product should perform the requested function.
Consider the following example:
1. You are using OLIST to display a list of files. The OLIST default command is B
(for browse). The OLE registration performed during ISPF Productivity Tool
installation indicates that your site has IBM's FileManager VSAM
browser/editor.
2. Use your mouse to click (point-and-shoot) on the line showing the name of a
VSAM file.
3. Enter one of the commands: EDIT, VIEW, BROWSE, or program a PF key to
represent the command. ISPF Productivity Tool automatically recognizes that
the data set is a VSAM file and invokes the FileManager browser.
Under ISPF Productivity Tool, the same actions for a VSAM file in OLIST can be
performed in DSLIST. DSLIST does not support all objects, for example, DB2 or PC
file names, whereas OLIST supports all objects.
ISPF Productivity Tool attempts to classify objects automatically. For example, it
would recognize that a data set is a VSAM file rather than a PDSE library. Some
object types cannot be automatically recognized, so ISPF Productivity Tool uses a
special prefix character to designate the object class. In the case of DB2, table
names are prefixed by a hyphen. The special prefix character is not considered part
of the object name.
The following objects are supported by every ISPF Productivity Tool function:
Table 1. Objects supported by ISPF Productivity Tool
Object class
Object identification
Supported product
Sequential, PDS data
sets
Standard data set
syntax
None needed, built-in ACCOUNTS.PAYABLE.COBOL
support using
PAYROL.NORTEAST.TRANS
standard ISPF
facilities.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
Example
15
Object orientation
Table 1. Objects supported by ISPF Productivity Tool (continued)
Object class
Object identification
Supported product
Example
VSAM files
Standard data set
syntax
FileMgr, FileAid,
Data-Xpert,
MacKinney VSAM
utility, and other 3rd
party products, a
sample browser, and
installation written
interfaces.
ACCOUNTS.MASTER.DATA
Panvalet or Librarian
files
Standard data set
syntax
Panvalet-ISPF,
Librarian ELIPS, and
installation written
interfaces.
TAXES.MASTER.SOURCE
DB2 tables
A leading hyphen
(not part of the table
name)
RC-UPDATE,
PRO-EDIT,
PRO-ALTER,
CDB-EDIT,
FileAid-DB2, and
installation written
interfaces
-ACCOUNTS_PAYABLE.NORTH
BOOK data sets
Standard data set
syntax
IBM BookManager
READ/MVS
PP.DB2V710.DSNAGH10.BOOK
SHELF data sets
Standard data set
syntax
IBM BookManager
READ/MVS
PP.PLI.V1R1M1.IBM3SH03.BKSHELF
ZONE data sets
Standard data set
syntax
Requires IBM SMP/E
SUPPORT.TECH24.IBM.GLOBAL.CSI
DD names
@DD. Followed by a
DDNAME
Depends on allocated @DD.STEPLIB
DD name object class. @DD.ISPPLIB.#2
SCLM hierarchies
Leading less-than sign None needed, built-in <PROJECT.DEVGROUP.TYPE
support.
DSLIST or OLIST
entries
None needed, built-in SYS1.*LIB
Data set level with
CICS.A%C.COBOL
wildcards (“%” or “*” support.
included in the name)
z/OS UNIX System
Services files
Name starting with
any of the following
characters: slash(/) or
dot(.) or tilde(~)
Utilizing z/OS native /samples/comics.lst
Unix Services under
z/OS v1.9 and above.
Utilizing OpenEdition
services under z/OS
v1.8 and below.
OpenEdition files
Leading right
parenthesis (not part
of the name)
Utilizing z/OS native )root/TEST/ACCOUNTS-PAY/AP.C
Unix Services under
z/OS v1.9 and above.
Utilizing OpenEdition
services under z/OS
v1.8 and below.
PC file names
Name enclosed in
double quotation
marks
Requires ISPF
Workstation
connection.
C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM\SPFE5.TXT
User defined
Indicated by
greater-than sign
User-defined process.
>MY-OBJECT_is/HERE
16
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Object orientation
Using these objects is similar to specifying a standard data set. For example, to
BROWSE the Member List of the library allocated to the second concatenation of
the STEPLIB DD, you would enter the following command (on any ISPF panel):
BROWSE @DD.STEPLIB.#2
Note: A common example of combined object support is to specify a volume
pattern (or a data set name pattern) in option 2 (EDIT) to obtain a data set list
matching the specified volume pattern. Then, select a data set from the data set
list. If it is a VSAM file, for example, ISPF Productivity Tool places you in the
VSAM editor. You have now used both the volume pattern object and a VSAM
object, without having to navigate out of the EDIT panel to DSLIST or to your
VSAM editor utility.
Extended point-and-shoot
ISPF Productivity Tool extends the point-and-shoot capabilities of ISPF to allow
more cursor activated functions. Like ISPF's point-and-shoot, you can use the
cursor to click on fields, press the Enter key, and have ISPF Productivity Tool take
the appropriate action. If you use an emulation program, for example, IBM
Personal Communications, you can use the mouse to both position the cursor on a
field and send the Enter key. With a workstation and mouse, the ISPF Productivity
Tool extended point-and-shoot capability makes ISPF behave more like a PC.
In addition to the ISPF point-and-shoot fields, ISPF Productivity Tool supports
three new point-and-shoot facilities:
Hotbars
User-definable point-and-shoot fields that appear on selected panels. These
fields provide an easy way to enter frequently used commands without
having to dedicate a PF key for that purpose. You can reveal or hide the
Hotbar line.
Point-and-shoot parameters
Any data set name (or member name) included on any ISPF panel is
automatically available as a point-and-shoot field for the BROWSE, EDIT,
VIEW, and TSO commands.
In addition you may also point-and-shoot from any panel by invoking the
following command shortcuts: OL, OLB, OLBK, OLBO, OLDD, OLE, OLG,
OLI, OLM, OLPDSE, OLP, OLSH, OLT, OLV, OLVS, OLZ, EX1, EX2, EX3,
EX4, EX5, EX6, EX7, EX8, EX9. This facility makes it easy to use displayed
information as input parameters for common functions.
Action fields
These fields are similar to the ISPF point-and-shoot fields, but are not
marked by special highlighting. (If the action fields were highlighted, most
of the panel would be covered by highlighting.) The action fields appear
on MSLs and OLISTs.
The following sections describe each of these facilities.
Hotbars
The hotbar is an optional line you can define to contain commands for each panel.
Hotbars can be activated on the Member list, Object list, and BROWSE, EDIT,
VIEW Entry Panels. The hotbar includes the Hotbar: tag on the left, followed by
up to eight commands.
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
17
How to activate and deactivate hotbars
How to activate and deactivate hotbars
From any command line (except when you are in OLIST or MSL), enter IPT SET, or
the shortcut ISET. When you are in OLIST or MSL, enter SET. The Setting IBMIPT
Defaults panel is displayed.
Select the INTERFACE option. The User Interface Options panel is displayed:
-IPT- ---------------------User Interface Options-----------------------------COMMAND ===>
+-------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Note: Changes specified on this screen may not affect all of the |
|
panels that are currently displayed in nested applications. |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------+
Verify or specify the following options: (Enter Y for Yes, N for No):
Activate HOTBARS
===> Y
Activate Action Bars
===> Y
If Action Bars are active:
Display Action Bars in Browse, Edit, View
Display Action Bars in Member Selection List
Display Action Bars in the object list
Display Action Bars in DSLIST
===>
===>
===>
===>
Y
Y
Y
N
Press ENTER for options menu, END to exit, CANCEL for installation defaults.
Figure 2. Activating hotbars through the User Interface Options panel
To the right of Activate HOTBARS, type Y, and press Enter. Now, on each of your
panels, the hotbar is available.
To deactivate hotbars, repeat this procedure, but set the Activate HOTBARS field
to N.
How to define the commands on hotbars
Once the hotbar is activated, it appears under the COMMAND line.
If commands are not defined on the hotbar, the Hotbar: tag changes to Hotbar?.
-IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- Objects List --------------------- Row 1 to 3 of 3
Command
===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Hotbar?
Open list ===> MYLIST (or BLANK for reference list)
The hotbar line still occupies a panel line. If you do not plan to use the hotbar, you
can deactivate it and gain the extra panel line (see “How to activate and deactivate
hotbars”).
-IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- Objects List --------------------- Row 1 to 3 of 3
Command
===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Open list ===> MYLIST (or BLANK for reference list)
The setting for the hotbars is global. If you have a hotbar displayed in the OLIST,
then you also have one displayed in the MSL.
To define the hotbar commands, click the Hotbar: or Hotbar? tag or place your
cursor under the tag and press Enter. The tag changes to HOTBAR=. You can
enter up to eight commands.
18
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
How to define the commands on hotbars
-IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- Objects List -------------- Define HOTBAR commands
Command
===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
HOTBAR= VALIDATE FILLVOL_ UPDATE__ RFIND___ CANCEL__ SAVE____ ________ ________
Open list ===> MYLIST (or BLANK for reference list)
You can enter any valid command on the Hotbar. ISPF Productivity Tool lets you
enter an invalid command on the hotbar, but when you invoke the invalid
command from the hotbar, nothing happens. No error message are issued.
The underscores show the positions of the eight command fields. You can press the
Tab key to move the cursor from one field to another.
To replace a command with another, overtype the original command.
Suggested hotbar settings
The following figures show the commonly used hotbar commands for the OLIST,
the MSL, and the EDIT, VIEW and BROWSE Entry panels. You may want to define
your own hotbars in the same manner.
OLIST hotbar commands:
-IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- Objects List --------------------- Row 1 to 3 of 3
Command
===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Hotbar: OPRINT
REFRESH CLRVOL FILLVOL UTIL
UPDATE CUT
FLIP
Open list ===> MYLIST (or BLANK for reference list)
MSL hotbar commands:
-IPT--BROWSE L1---- SYS1.MACLIB ----------------------------ROW 00001 OF 01757
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
HOTBAR: REFRESH FLIP
GLOBAL INFO
COMPRESS EXPDIR TAILOR TOTALS
NAME
RENAME
LIB VV.MM CREATED
CHANGED
SIZE
INIT
MOD USERID
BROWSE, EDIT and VIEW Entry panels:
-IPT--L1 - - - ------ VIEW - ENTRY PANEL -------------------------------------COMMAND ===>
HOTBAR: @H
@L
SORT CHA TAILOR COMPRESS EXPDIR INFO
SET
Point-and-shoot parameters
ISPF Productivity Tool supports the following ISPF point-and-shoot fields:
v Action bars
v Menu options
v Other panel defined point-and-shoot fields
The following OLIST panel illustrates some of the extended point-and-shoot fields:
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
19
Point-and-shoot parameters
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- LEVEL SYS*PLIB* ---------- "A" will display assist
Command
===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Hotbar: OPRINT
REFRESH CLRVOL FILLVOL UTIL
UPDATE CUT
FLIP
2
*TEMPORARY LIST*
TSO PARMS ===>
Command
Member
Numbr Data Set Names / Objects
Class 3
--------- -------- ----- ---------------------------------------------- ------1 ’SYS1.ADFQPLIB’
2 ’SYS1.ADGTPLIB’
3 ’SYS1.AICEPLIB’ 4
4 ’SYS1.APLIB’
5 ’SYS1.ASAMPLIB’
6 ’SYS1.CIPLIB’
7 ’SYS1.DFQPLIB’
8 ’SYS1.DGTPLIB’
9 ’SYS1.SAMPLIB’
---------------- END OF LIST ----------------
Figure 3. OLIST extended point-and-shoot fields
1
2
3
4
Action bar
Hotbar
Column headings (typical action fields)
Data set/Object (typical point and shoot parameter). Applies to all items in
the list.
Many ISPF panels contain data set names. ISPF Productivity Tool automatically
treats these as input parameters to the BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW commands.
Additionally, the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell lets you use a slash as a
symbolic placeholder for a Point-and-Shoot Parameter within the parameter buffer
of a TSO command.
For example, when you BROWSE JCL using a spool viewer (SDSF, IOF, or a similar
product), you may want to inspect a data set referred to in the JCL. You can type
BROWSE on the command line, place the cursor on the data set name on the spool
viewer panel, and press the Enter key. If you predefine a PF key as BROWSE,
EDIT, or VIEW, you can place the cursor on the data set name and press the PF
key directly.
The point-and-shoot parameters can be of any supported object class. For example,
you can point at a VSAM data set and invoke the VSAM editor on top of the spool
browser.
The ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell substitutes a slash in the TSO command
buffer with the name of a data set you pointed to. This is similar to how BROWSE,
EDIT, and VIEW accept point-and-shoot parameters. For example, you can enter
TSO LISTDS / LABEL on the command line to display the VTOC entry for a
catalogued data set, place the cursor on a data set and press the Enter key. If you
place the cursor on a data set named 'JONES.TEST.JCL', ISPF Productivity Tool
issues the command LISTDS ’JONES.TEST.JCL’ LABEL.
ISPF Productivity Tool determines the name of the data set that you point to in
this fashion:
1. Unquoted data set names are always interpreted as if the name is prefixed by
your current TSO prefix.
For example, if the TSO prefix is your user-id is “INTT125”, then if you enter
BR TEST.DATA it is interpreted as “BR 'INTT125.TEST.DATA'”.
20
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Point-and-shoot parameters
2. If the unquoted name is up to eight characters in length without any dots (that
is, levels) it is always interpreted as a library member name.
The member name is expected to come from the current library if MSL is in
control, or from the most recently accessed library as saved in the user's ISPF
profile.
3. If the name is quoted it's always a data set name.
These rules apply when you do a point-and-shoot to EDIT/BROWSE/VIEW, which
are MSL controlled.
If you point-and-shoot to an OLIST shortcut such as OL, OLM, OLG, or OLI, the
name is always (quoted or unquoted) interpreted as a “data set level”, which is
any data set name that is identical to this name or matches the pattern of "level.* ".
For example, the command OL INTT125.TEST displays a temporary OLIST with
names like:
INTT125.TEST
INTT125.TEST.A
INTT125.TEST.XYZ
INTT125.TEST.ABC.XYZ
<-- The identical name
<-- Pattern matches
In the case of OLIST shortcuts (but not for MSL shortcuts) you may also
point-and-shoot strings that contain wild-cards “*” and “%”.
Occasionally, ISPF Productivity Tool is not able to match a data set to the pointed
string, or you aren't pointing to a data set. In these cases BROWSE, EDIT, and
VIEW display a prompt panel, and the TSO shell leaves the slash unsubstituted.
You may want to specify the TSO command with a leading question mark when
using the TSO shell. This is an indication that you want to see the substituted
command buffer before executing the command. You may change the command
before issuing it, or press the END key to discard the command.
Adding point-and-shoot commands
The ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell allows point-and-shoot substitution to occur
within entered commands. For example, you may enter TSO LISTDS / LABEL on the
command line, and place the cursor on a data set name that appears. If the cursor
was positioned over 'SYS1.LINKLIB', ISPF Productivity Tool issues the command
LISTDS ’SYS1.LINKLIB’ LABEL.
Using this capability, you can define your own point-and-shoot command. For
example, if you create a CLIST (or REXX exec) that accepts a data set as a
parameter, you can define it in the ISPF command table (to be called by the ISPF
Productivity Tool TSO shell). For example, if your command is COMPILE, the ISPF
command table definition (as entered in option 3.9) is:
Verb
T
Action
COMPILE
5
SELECT SUSPEND PGM(IQITSO) PARM(-,%COMPILE /)
You could then enter COMPILE on the command line, move the cursor on top of a
data set name, and press the Enter key. If you define PF23 as COMPILE, you only
have to position the cursor on the data set name and press PF23.
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
21
Adding point-and-shoot commands
If you do not point to the data set name, ISPF Productivity Tool passes the slash
instead. Your CLIST or REXX exec should inspect the passed parameter, and if it is
a slash, issue an error message or prompt the user for input.
Note: Each user may specify such TSO commands or CLIST executions in his
private ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell permanent command table. Such
commands may be used for point-and-shoot by specifying a main command TSO
<n> (where <n> is the permanent command sequence number) or any of the
command shortcuts EX1 to EX9.
Action fields
Action fields are similar to the ISPF point-and-shoot fields, although ISPF
Productivity Tool does not highlight these fields to avoid panel clutter. For more
information see “The point-and-shoot interface of OLIST” on page 27 and “The
point-and-shoot interface of MSL” on page 30.
Function-oriented action bar
The action bar (shown below) is the area at the top of an ISPF panel that contains
actions available on that panel. ISPF Productivity Tool enhances the ISPF action bar
by including additional pull-down options. If you are a more experienced user,
you can hide the action bar to conserve panel space.
For the major ISPF functions, action bars are organized to look like Windows. The
action bar reflects commands for the specific panel you are looking at. For
example, the action bar on an OLIST panel looks like this:
Figure 4. The action bar on the OLIST
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- Objects List --------------------- Row 1 to 3 of 3
If you select the File option, a pull-down menu is displayed:
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit
┌─────────────────────────────────┐ ------------------------------------------│
1. Open ...
│ List --------------------- Row 1 to 3 of 3
│
2. Save
│
SCROLL ===> CSR
│
3. Save as ...
│ ILLVOL UTIL
UPDATE CUT
FLIP
│
4. Export ...
│ or reference list)
│
5. Cancel
│
│
6. -------------│ mes / Objects
Class
│
7. Print file ...
│ ----------------------------------- ------│
8. Print OLIST
│ 25 INT580 TEST580 RLSE580 ASM
ISPF
│
9. Release grouped printouts │ 90.ASM’
PDS
│
10. Purge grouped printouts │ 580.FILE’
VSAM
│
11. ----------------------- │ ---- END OF LIST ---------------│
12. Print options
│
│
13. Exit
│
└─────────────────────────────────┘
When you choose a pull-down item with an ellipsis (...), a pop-up window is
displayed. For example, selecting Export... displays the Export OLIST pop-up
window:
22
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Function-oriented action bar
Figure 5. An example pop-up window
C
H
O
T
C
-
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit
┌───────────────────── Export Object List (MYLIST) ──────────────────────┐ -│
-IPT- │ 3
│ Command ===>
│
│
│
│ Current LIST:MYLIST
│
│ Export to dataset ===>
│
│
│
│
│ -│
Replace ===> N (N=No, Y=Yes - replace existing member)
│
│
│
│
Press ENTER to proceed or the END key to cancel
│
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The pop-up window prompts you to enter required information and to confirm
any requested action.
The ISPF Productivity Tool Action Bar and the pop-up windows let you access
advanced functions without having to learn command names or parameters.
The object list (OLIST)
OLIST is the ISPF Productivity Tool object list. It is similar to DSLIST (option 3.4),
but with support for additional types of objects (not just plain data sets) as well as
additional commands to act upon each object. In its simplest form, OLIST contains
only data sets, and is used instead of DSLIST to gain access to new commands.
OLISTS have two main types, temporary OLISTs and permanent OLISTs.
Temporary OLISTs are invoked from the DSLIST Entry Panel (where you can select
between DSLIST and OLIST), or when you specify a data set with wildcards when
you invoke BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW.
If you enter OLIST with no parameters, the last permanent OLIST that you
invoked is displayed.
Similar to DSLIST, the list of data sets is built ad-hoc to match a generic data set
specification (DSNAME with wildcards). This list is created from the catalog, a
disk volume, or other sources.
Permanent OLISTs differ from temporary OLISTs in the following ways:
v They are given a name and an optional description.
v They are automatically saved across sessions.
v They can be recalled at any time from any panel.
You invoke this type of OLIST:
v From the DSLIST Entry Panel.
v From a special option on the main menu.
v By entering the OLIST command on the command line of any panel.
You can maintain as many OLISTs as you wish, switch among OLISTs instantly,
and configure OLISTs to be shared among multiple users. You would typically use
different OLISTs for different projects or products you maintain and support. As
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
23
The object list (OLIST)
you can place different object classes in OLISTs, you will find it useful to recall an
OLIST you have not accessed in some time and see every object you need for a
particular project.
Note: All of the above OLIST functionality can be invoked from any panel via the
OLIST main command and its various special command shortcuts: O*, O/, OH,
OL, OL*, OL/, OLDD, OLB, OLBK, OLC, OLE, OLPDSE, OLG, OLH, OLI, OLM,
OLP, OLS, OLSH, OLT, OLV, OLVS, OLZ.
A typical OLIST panel is illustrated below:
Figure 6. An OLIST panel
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- OLIST Object Examples ---------- Row 1 to 17 of 17
Command
===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Hotbar: REFRESH FLIP
CLRVOL FILLVOL VALIDATE CUT
OPRINT SET
Open list ===> SAMPLE (or BLANK for reference list)
TSO PARMS ===>
Command
Member
Numbr Data Set Names / Objects
Class
--------- -------- ----- ---------------------------------------------- ------1 ’INTT025.IPT.JCL’
2 SPFE.CNTL
*ZAP*
3 SPFE.CNTL
4 ’SPFE.DEVI025.ASM’
PDS
5 !--The following are special objects types---- -----6 =SPFE DEVI025 INT580 TEST580 RLSE580 ASM
ISPF
7 <SPFE.DEVI925.ASM
SCLM
8 ’SPFE*V5R8*PLIB’
LIST
9 /samples/comics.lst
ZUNIX
10 )/samples/compile.c+
OE
11 >ACCOUNT.DBFILE
USER
12 -ACCOUNT.TABLE
DB2
13 "C:\TEMP1\MSG.TXT"
PC
14 ’IMS.RLDSP.I91A(-2)’
SEQ
15 +LISTDS ’SYS1.MACLIB’
CMD
16 :LISTS LINKLIST
OLIST
17 :LISTV SYS*
OLIST
Both permanent and temporary OLISTs provide powerful features:
v You can populate the OLIST from the catalog, disk volume, allocated data sets,
migrated data sets, GDG data sets, system lists, and multiple volumes.
v You can type in object names.
v Every object class visible in OLISTs is supported by ISPF Productivity Tool. In
native ISPF DSLIST, some object classes are not shown (for example, PC file
names), and of the shown objects classes, some are not supported (for example,
VSAM files).
v The multiple object class support ISPF Productivity Tool provides lets you keep
the names of objects in the OLIST and perform actions on these objects. The
multiple object class support makes it convenient to organize work around
projects and use OLIST as the launch pad for your work.
v OLISTs can be annotated with comments for reference purposes.
v OLISTs can be edited in full-screen. Every change you make on the panel is
preserved, and you can even invoke the ISPF editor to edit the OLIST.
v Information contained in OLISTs can be exported to other data sets. OLISTs
support the enhanced CUT and PASTE capabilities to allow passing information
across OLISTs and into an edited file.
24
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
The object list (OLIST)
v OLISTs provide powerful search capabilities. You can search for data sets across
multiple disks, for members across multiple libraries, and for text within data
sets.
v An OLIST can include the same data set name more than once, each with a
different member name, member name pattern, or volume. Typically, these are
used to provide different views or ways of accessing the same object.
v OLISTs support system managed storage (SMS). SMS may dynamically move
data sets across volumes since permanent OLISTs are preserved across sessions.
OLISTs provide convenient ways to clear and refill the volume associated with a
data set. A special command synchronizes information in the OLIST against the
catalog.
v OLISTs can contain entries with generic data set names (names with wildcards).
You can issue the DSLIST command separately on each entry. As permanent
OLISTs are preserved across sessions, these entries provide a convenient method
to invoke DSLIST on commonly used levels. You can also drill-down to these
generic names, getting a real-time OLIST view.
v OLISTs support fully qualified z/OS UNIX file names of up to 1023 characters.
The file name is displayed in a shortened form, appended by a “+”. However, if
you select this file, the full name may be specified in the z/OS UNIX Object
Name Verification panel.
v OLISTs provide an enhanced user interface which features:
– An Action Bar that is organized to provide easy access to powerful
commands.
– The OLIST entries are numbered to allow selection of objects by numbers or
by point-and-shoot.
– OLIST lines that can be excluded without showing separator lines.
– Many useful Action Fields (point-and shoot extensions).
Managing OLISTs
To manage your OLISTs at the main command line, enter OLIST * or its shortcut
O*.
The Permanent Object Lists panel is displayed:
Figure 7. The Permanent Object Lists panel
-IPTCommand
Permanent Object Lists
===>
Row 1 to 8 of 8
Scroll ===> CSR
Your default OLIST is MYLIST
Object lists saved in ’INTT125.PLIST.LIBRARY’
Main commands:S=Select OLIST, L=Locate OLIST, QUIT, SORT, VALIDATE the list
Line commands:D=Delete, DYN=Dynamic OLIST, IMP=Import, N=Next default, R=Rename
Create a new OLIST by typing over an existing name.
CMD NAME
DESCRIPTION
ENTRIES CREATED
UPDATED
--- --------------------------------------- ------- -------- -------------BOOKS
26 07/05/08 07/07/23 10:45
CICS
3 07/12/17 07/12/17 11:21
HFS
15 02/04/10 07/01/31 14:29
IPT
58 03/01/11 07/12/30 14:26
MYLIST
My Special List
22 06/12/07 07/12/07 15:28
SA
34 01/04/09 07/07/24 10:42
SAMPLE
OLIST Object Examples
17 02/09/24 08/01/01 14:13
TESTLIST
5 07/03/08 07/03/08 12:52
--------------- END OF LIST ---------------
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
25
Managing OLISTs
This panel is where you can manage your OLISTs. The Main Line and Line
command options available to you are displayed in the panel.
The description value is the value displayed as the heading (title) when you
display an individual OLIST. You can include DBCS character strings in this
description.
The VALIDATE command lets you automatically organize the list by removing any
OLISTS from the reference list that have not been saved. When you enter
VALIDATE (with no parameter), the next panel displayed is the list of updated
OLISTS, showing only the OLISTS that have been saved:
-IPTCommand
Permanent Object Lists
===>
Row 1 to 7 of 7
Scroll ===> CSR
Your default OLIST is MYLIST
Object lists saved in ’INTT125.PLIST.LIBRARY’
Main commands:S=Select OLIST, L=Locate OLIST, QUIT, SORT, VALIDATE the list
Line commands:D=Delete, DYN=Dynamic OLIST, IMP=Import, N=Next default, R=Rename
Create a new OLIST by typing over an existing name.
CMD NAME
DESCRIPTION
ENTRIES CREATED
UPDATED
--- --------------------------------------- ------- -------- -------------BOOKS
26 07/05/08 07/07/23 10:45
CICS
3 07/12/17 07/12/17 11:21
HFS
15 02/04/10 07/01/31 14:29
IPT
58 03/01/11 07/12/30 14:26
MYLIST
My Special List
22 06/12/07 07/12/07 15:28
NEWLIST
34 01/04/09 07/07/24 10:42
SAMPLE
OLIST Object Examples
17 02/09/24 08/01/01 14:13
--------------- END OF LIST --------------┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ IQIP1037 Reference list changes: 1 lists added, 2 removed │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Additional objects supported by OLIST
OLISTs support all the object classes supported by ISPF Productivity Tool. In
addition to the objects listed in Table 1 on page 15, OLIST supports the following:
Object class
Object identification
Example
Comments
Leading exclamation mark
! This is a comment
Dynamic OLIST (Invokes a
nested OLIST)
Leading LISTx command
:LISTC
:LISTV
:LISTA
:LISTS
:LISTS
ISPF hierarchies
Leading equal sign
=PROJECT GROUP1 GROUP2 GROUP3 TYPE
Immediate TSO commands
Leading plus sign
+LISTDS ’USER12.TEST.DATA’ LABEL
+RECEIVE
+ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(MYPROG) PARM(A)
+%MYTEST DSN(/)
Prompt TSO commands
Leading question mark
?LISTDS ’USER12.TEST.DATA’ LABEL
?RECEIVE
?ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(MYPROG) PARM(A)
?%MYTEST DSN(/)
26
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
sys1.*mac*
VOL001 ACCOUNTS.*COBOL*
ISPPLIB
LINKLIST
LPALIB
The point-and-shoot interface of OLIST
The point-and-shoot interface of OLIST
OLISTs support the extended point-and-shoot interface: action bars, hotbar, and
action fields. The following panel illustrates a typical OLIST, with cursor-sensitive
input fields bolded. The list of fields under the screen describes what happens
when each field is clicked.
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- My Special List ---------- "A" will display assist
Command
===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Hotbar: OPRINT
REFRESH CLRVOL FILLVOL UTIL
UPDATE CUT
FLIP
Open list ===> MYLIST (or BLANK for reference list)
TSO PARMS ===>
Command
Member
Numbr Data Set Names / Objects
Class
--------- -------- ----- ---------------------------------------------- ------1 !------------------ Personal libraries ------- -----2 ’INTT125.CLIST’
3 ’INTT125.CNTL.JCL’
4 !------------------ CICS support ------------- -----5 ’CICS*V310*’
LIST
6 ’CICS*V330*’
LIST
7 ’CICS*V410*’
LIST
8 !------------------ SPIFFY support ----------- -----9 =SPFE DEVI825 INT580 TEST580 RLSE580 ASM
ISPF
10 ’SPFE*CSI’
LIST
11 <IQI.DEVI125.ASM
SCLM
---------------- END OF LIST ----------------
A B
C
D E
FG
H
Figure 8. Cursor-sensitive areas on the OLIST
OLIST (B) A
Changes the current default cyclically through B for Browse, E for Edit,
and V for View.
----------- My Special List ---------- B
Displays a pop-up window where you can change the OLIST description.
The description is saved across sessions.
Command C
Displays the OLIST Command Assistance panel, which shows you the list
of available commands. From this list you can display the details for an
individual command.
Hotbar: D
Edits the hotbar. In edit mode, you can enter any main command as a
hotbar command.
OPRINT REFRESH CLRVOL FILLVOL UTIL UPDATE CUT FLIP E
These are the current hotbar commands. Clicking a command performs it.
Data Set Names / Objects F
Sorts all data set names or objects in ascending order.
Class G
Toggles the column contents to show either the Volume or the Class.
'CICS*V330*' H
Selects the data set or object, using the default action (BROWSE, EDIT, or
VIEW) selected. Applicable to each list item.
View main and line commands (Assist)
You can display the available OLIST main and line commands by clicking the
“Command” Action Field or by entering the ASSIST command (Assist or A). The
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
27
View main and line commands (Assist)
following is an OLIST panel with the commands displayed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-IPTCmd ====>
OLIST Command Assistance
For more details, point cursor at selected command and press ENTER
Enter END or CANCEL to exit
While reviewing an ASSIST example you may enter an OLIST command,
press ENTER, and be prompted with command over the OLIST display.
------------------------ MAIN Commands -------------------------------ASSIST
#f-#l
CANCEL CLEARVOL CMDPARMS CUT
DEFAULT END
EXCLUDE EXPORT
FILLCLAS FILLVOL FILTER FIND
FINDTEXT FLIP
LEVEL
LISTALOC LISTBASE LISTBOOK LISTCAT LISTCLON LISTGDG LISTHIST
LISTMIGR LISTMULT LISTNVS LISTPAGE LISTPDSE LISTSHLF LISTSMP LISTSYS
LISTTAPE LISTVSAM LISTVTOC LOCATE MEMFIND OPEN
OPRINT PASTE
POPULATE QUIT
REFRESH RELEASE RESET
RFIND
RIGHT
SAVE
SET
SHOWCMD SHOWMIG SHOWTYPE SHOWVOL SORT
TITLE
UPDATE
UTIL
VALIDATE
------------------------ LINE Commands -------------------------------/
/D /DD /I
/R
/X /XX =
?<Cmd> %<Exec>
ALLOCATE BF
BROWSE CATALOG CLONE
COMPRESS COPY
COPYALL
DELETE
DSLIST
EDIT
EF
EMPTY
EXPDIR FREE
HDELETE
HLIST
INFO
LISTBASE LISTBOOK LISTCAT LISTGDG LISTMIGR LISTSHLF
LISTSMP LISTTAPE LISTVTOC MAPPDS MOVE
MOVEALL OLIST
PRINT
RENAME
SELECT
SUBMIT UNCATALO VF
VIEW
XFER
<other>
Figure 9. OLIST Command Assistance panel
The enhanced Member Selection List (MSL)
When you work with standard (PDS and PDSE) libraries, ISPF Productivity Tool
provides a Member Selection List (MSL) that supports nearly every function on
one or more selected members. You no longer need to navigate from panel to panel
of ISPF to accomplish a variety of tasks on a single library. MSL is automatically
invoked by BROWSE, EDIT, VIEW, DSLIST, and OLIST. MSL is an enhanced
version of ISPF's Member List and supports the commands supported by different
ISPF Member List utilities.
MSL provides several useful features:
v Tailor the display. Several commands let you tailor the Member List. When you
tailor the MSL, it includes only the members you want in the order you want
them. For example, you can:
– FILTER on one or several ISPF statistic fields (including load module
statistics) using wildcards.
– EXCLUDE members by member name.
– FLIP between the excluded and included member display.
– Use GLOBAL FIND to exclude members that do not contain the searched
text.
– Tag members, and use the tagging for filtering.
– SORT on one or several ISPF statistic fields (including load module attributes)
in either ascending or descending order, using patterns.
v Combine multiple utilities into a single common interface Member List. Whether
the Member List is started by BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW, all of the MSL
commands are available (BROWSE, COPY, DELETE, EDIT, MOVE, RENAME,
VIEW, STATS-RESET, SUBMIT, and TSO commands, among others).
28
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
The enhanced Member Selection List (MSL)
v Text searching capabilities. You can locate members by context and perform
global find operations. The results can be used to locate members, to filter the
Member List for only members containing specific text, and to display found
text along the member names.
v GLOBAL EDIT. MSL also provides built-in GLOBAL EDIT which supports
multiple commands using standard edit syntax. You can even create complex
macros. Changes can be performed automatically, or you can request a prompt
panel before changes are saved. Using the concatenation hierarchy, you can
SAVE changes in a separate library, leaving the original members intact.
v Provides immediate access to other libraries via library switching from within
the Member List. You can change to another library by changing the first,
middle, or last qualifier (level) of the library. You can switch to another volume,
or pick a library from the list of the recently referenced data sets.
v Preview windows display member contents within a window on the Member
List. You can preview specific members or automatically preview located
members or members containing searches for text.
v Provide integrated SCLM support (automatic check-out, lock management,
promotion, and other SCLM functions).
v Reduce the number of I/O operations. Many built-in functions substitute utilities
that would require invocation of separate utilities.
v Issue multiple line commands and commands on multiple members using
extended patterns. For example, you can move all members ending in ACCT to
library 2 by issuing the main command M *ACCT 2.
View main and line commands (Assist)
You can display the available MSL main and line commands by entering the
ASSIST command (Assist or A):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-IPTCmd ===>
MSL Command Assistance
For more details, point cursor at selected command and press ENTER
Enter END or CANCEL to exit
While reviewing an ASSIST example you may enter an MSL command,
press ENTER , and be prompted with command over the MSL display.
------------------------ MAIN Commands -------------------------------ASSIST
ALIAS
CLONE
COMPRESS CONFIRM COPY
COPYALL COPYTAG
DEFAULT DELETE
DELETTAG DSNAME EMPTY
EXCLUDE EXIT
EXPDIR
FILTER
FILTTAG FILTTITL FILTUKEY FINDNAME FINDTAG FINDTEXT FINDTXTG
FINDTITL FINDUKEY FLIP
GLOBAL GLOBLTAG HIDE
HIDETAG HIDETITL
HIDEUKEY INFO
INFOTAG LIB
LMAP
LOCATE LOCATTAG MAPPDS
MOVE
MOVEALL MOVETAG PRINTMEM PRINTTAG PROJECT QUIT
REFRESH
RELEASE RENAME
RESET
RFIND
SAVE
SCLM
SCLMPARM SET
SELECT
SELECTAG SHOWCMD SHOWTITL SORT
SORTTAG SORTTITL SORTUKEY
SSI
STATS
STATSTAG SUBMIT SUBMTTAG TAG
TAILOR TITLE
TOTALS
TYPE
UNFILTER USAGE
UTIL
WHERE
WSPATH XFER
%exec
%+ exec !tso cmd !+ cmd linecmnd MSLcmd+ MSLcmd( MSLcmd)
------------------------ LINE Commands -------------------------------A alias B browse C copy D delete E edit F xfer H where I info
J submit K sclm
L lmap M move P print R rename S select T tso
V view
W window X exclud Z stats = repeat + tag
( title ) userky
% exec
! tso
Figure 10. MSL Command Assistance panel
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
29
The point-and-shoot interface of MSL
The point-and-shoot interface of MSL
The following figure shows a typical MSL panel. The list after the screen describes
what happens when the corresponding cursor-sensitive field is clicked:
File Display Library SCLM Settings Menu Utilities Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT--EDIT L1------ SPFE.IBM.JCL ---------------------------ROW 00001 OF 00008 A B
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
HOTBAR: REFRESH FLIP
GLOBAL INFO
COMPRESS EXPDIR TAILOR TOTALS
*FILTER*EXCLUDE*SORT* 20 HIDDEN
C D
NAME
RENAME
LIB VV.MM CREATED
CHANGED
SIZE INIT MOD USERID E
IQIJLIST
1 01.02 06/08/21 06/08/21 17:07
53
64
0 INTT025
IQIREJEC
1 01.11 05/10/17 06/12/19 16:21
70
70
0 INTT025
IQIJACC
1 01.00 05/09/21 05/09/21 11:08
60
60
0 USER3
IQIJALLO
1 01.02 05/08/16 05/09/21 08:50 208 208
0 USER3
IQIJAPP
1 01.97 05/08/16 06/12/22 13:48 937
64
0 INTT025
IQIJDDDF
1 01.02 05/08/16 05/09/21 08:51 246 245
0 USER3
IQIJRECV
1 01.93 05/08/16 06/12/22 13:47 970
70
0 INTT025
IQIRESTR
1 01.41 05/08/16 05/11/14 23:04
64
64
0 USER2
--END--
Figure 11. Cursor-sensitive areas on the MSL
EDIT L1 A
Changes the current default cyclically through BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW.
The “L1” shows the nesting level.
------ SPFE.IBM.JCL --------------------------- B
Displays a nested OLIST History display, where you can review or process
recently accessed data sets. When you exit this temporary OLIST (PF3),
you return to the MSL.
*FILTER*EXCLUDE*SORT* C
Tailoring messages. Shows the conditions that have been applied to the
MSL member list. By clicking a condition, you remove it. For example, if
you click *FILTER*, you remove the filter applied to the MSL.
20 HIDDEN D
The number of members not currently in the displayed list. (This field is
for information only. No action happens if you click it.)
NAME RENAME LIB VV.MM CREATED CHANGED SIZE INIT MOD USERID
E
Clicking a column heading sorts the list by the values in that column, and
adds “*SORT*” to the tailoring messages. The current sort column heading
is highlighted. To sort in the default order (NAME), click the NAME field,
or click the *SORT* tailoring message.
Drill-down navigation
ISPF Productivity Tool lets you access resources without having to know the exact
name of those resources. For example, in the BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW prompt
panels, instead of entering the data set name, you can enter a generic name (a
name with wildcards). ISPF Productivity Tool automatically opens a temporary
OLIST where you can select the data set to process.
Similarly, on the same panel that you can specify a VOLSER, you can specify
wildcards. ISPF Productivity Tool displays a Volume Selection List and let you
select the volume to use.
30
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Drill-down navigation
You can specify a DSN pattern in OLIST that displays the Volume Selection List. A
DSN pattern specified with a volume pattern entry (a data set that has a wildcard
in it), opens a temporary OLIST with all data sets matching the DSN pattern which
resides on the volumes that match the volume pattern.
You can specify volume patterns in the DSLIST (option 3.4) Entry Panel. As
DSLIST provides volume specific functions (like VTOC display), being able to
chose a volume from a list is a great convenience.
The ability to specify wildcards on both the data set and the volume fields
provides the means to search for a data set. If you are uncertain of the exact data
set name or where it resides, you can enter an asterisk followed by a part of the
name and another asterisk. In the volume field, you can enter an asterisk. ISPF
Productivity Tool searches for all data sets matching the pattern on all the disks
accessible to you depending on existing security settings.
Enhanced Data Set List (DSLIST)
ISPF Productivity Tool enhances the DSLIST (option 3.4) to provide access to the
standard DSLIST display as well as the OLISTs and other enhancements.
New options on the DSLIST entry panel
The DSLIST entry panel is shown here:
Menu Reflist Refmode Special-lists Utilities Settings Test Help Exit
-IPT- ------------------------- Data Set List Utility ------------------------Command ===>
DS - Display dataset list
P - Print data set list
blank - Temporary Object List
PV - Print VTOC information
PL - Permanent Object List
V - Display VTOC information
GDG - Display Generation Datasets
XV - Extended VTOC & space summary
SET - Set DSLIST defaults
SP - Special data set lists
Enter an option or select it by placing cursor on the option code
Specify parameters below:
Object List
===>
(* for selection list, = for MYLIST)
Dsname Level ===>
More? ===> N
Volume Serial ===>
(Leave BLANK for catalog scan,
volser or pattern for VTOC scan)
Data set list options:
Initial View ===> 1 : 1. Volume 2. Space 3. Attrib 4. Total
Enter "/" to select option:
/ Confirm Data Set Delete
/ Additional Dataset Qualifiers
/ Display Catalog Name
/ Display Total Tracks
When the data set list is displayed, enter the "/" line command for a list of
the available line commands. TSO commands, CLISTs, or REXX execs are supported.
Figure 12. DSLIST entry panel
There are several enhancements:
v An XV (Extended VTOC & space summary) command displays detailed
information about a volume, along with a space usage graphical bar. You can
type over the volume serial to switch to another volume, and immediately see
the graphical bar and the detailed information change.
v The GDG (Display Generation Data sets) command opens a temporary OLIST
listing all the existing generations of a GDG base, showing both the relative
generation number and the physical data set name. You can use all the OLIST
commands on these data sets, including pattern matching. See Appendix C,
“Patterns,” on page 265 for instructions on how to apply pattern matching.
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
31
New options on the DSLIST entry panel
v The More? prompt following the Dsname Level input field opens a pop-up
window allowing you to specify multiple DSNAME levels and VOLSERs. ISPF
Productivity Tool responds by opening a temporary OLIST containing the data
sets that match the multiple criteria you specify. It is typically used to create a
list of different catalog levels.
v The Action Bar contains a new option: Special-lists. When selected, ISPF
Productivity Tool presents options that let you open OLISTs containing data sets
from special sources, like the allocated data sets, the migrated data sets, and
other sources.
v Extended VTOC Display & Space Summary
The XV command displays extended VTOC information. If you specify all volumes
by entering “*” for volume serial, a Space Summary Volume Selection list is
displayed:
You can use pattern matching wild cards to narrow down the initial list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-IPTSPACE SUMMARY VOLUME SELECTION LIST
Expedited
Command ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
******* SPACE SUMMARY INFO SUPPRESSED DUE TO NUMBER OF VOLUMES
Main commands: DOWN, END, L=Locate, S=Select, UP, SORT V|T|%|F|L|S|D|A
Line commands: TP=OLIST, DS=DSLIST, S=VTOC information, V=VTOC summary, =
Level ==>
(TP, DS commands)
Prefix ==>
CMD VOLUME
ABRBKP
ABR001
ABR002
ADMIN1
AUCS01
AUCS02
AUCS03
AUCS04
AUCT01
AUCT02
AUCT03
AUCT04
AUCT05
AUCT06
AUCT07
AUCT08
AUCT09
AUCT10
AUCT11
AUCT12
AUCT13
TYPE
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
3390
%... ...FREE SPACE... .LARGEST EXTENT. *=EAV
FREE
CYLS
TRKS
CYLS
TRKS SMS DYN ATTRIBUTES
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
PRIV SHAR
Figure 13. Volume Selection List
Space Summary Volume Selection List
If you use the XV command and use a pattern to specify a volume (VOLSER with
wildcards), ISPF Productivity Tool displays a Space Summary Volume Selection
List:
32
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Space Summary Volume Selection List
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-IPTCommand ===>
SPACE SUMMARY VOLUME SELECTION LIST
Row 1 to 12 of 12
SCROLL ===> CSR
Main commands: DOWN, END, L=Locate, S=Select, UP, SORT V|T|%|F|L|S|D|A
Line commands: TP=OLIST, DS=DSLIST, S=VTOC information, V=VTOC summary, =
Level ==>
(TP, DS commands)
Prefix ==>
%... ...FREE SPACE... .LARGEST EXTENT. *=EAV
CMD VOLUME TYPE
FREE
CYLS
TRKS
CYLS
TRKS SMS DYN ATTRIBUTES
SCLM0A 3390
51
5045 76139
1024 15360 Y
PRIV SHAR
SCLM01 3390
44
1413 21805
467
7005 Y
PRIV SHAR
SCLM02 3390
33
1089 16712
527
7905 Y
PRIV SHAR
SCLM03 3390
47
1552 23329
416
6240 Y
PRIV SHAR
SCLM04 3390
46
1477 22952
551
8265 Y
PRIV SHAR
SCLM05 3390
41
1353 20541
359
5409 Y
PRIV SHAR
SCLM06 3390
45
1480 22407
536
8040 Y
PRIV SHAR
SCLM07 3390
33
1073 16669
171
2565 Y
PRIV SHAR
SCLM08 3390
36
1207 18277
340
5100 Y
PRIV SHAR
SCLM09 3390
30
987 15078
182
2742 Y
PRIV SHAR
SCLM10 3390
34
1088 16920
259
3885 Y
PRIV SHAR
SCLM11 3390
36
1189 17894
732 10980 Y
PRIV SHAR
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
Figure 14. Space Summary Volume Selection List
You can select specific volumes for extended VTOC information (using the S line
command), open a DSLIST (the DS line command) or open a temporary OLIST
(the TP line command) of data sets matching the data set level appearing on top of
the panel for the selected volume.
The Space Summary Volume Selection List is a convenient platform to open data
set lists (DSLIST or OLIST) for similar levels on different volumes.
If you specify a particular volume by entering a volume name at Volume Serial
(VOLSER) or by Point-and-Shoot from the Space Summary Volume Selection list,
the Extended VTOC Information for Volume Admin panel is displayed:
-IPT- EXTENDED VTOC INFORMATION FOR VOLUME SUPPTB ----------------------------COMMAND ===>
VOLUME
===> SUPPTB (Change for another volume)
+---- VOLUME DATA ----+----- VTOC DATA -----+----- FREE SPACE DATA ----+
| TRACKS:
50070 | TRACKS:
90 |
TRACKS
CYLS |
| %USED:
48 | %USED:
0 | SIZE:
26025
1733 |
| TRKS/CYLS:
15 | FREE DSCBS:
4478 | LARGEST: 25290
1686 |
| UNIT TYPE:
3390 |
|
|
| CYLINDERS:
3338 | VTOC EXTENTS:
1 | EXTENTS:
12
|
| TRACK LEN:
58786 | DSCBS/TRK:
50 |
|
| UCB ADDR.:
8538 | INDEX VTOC: ACTIVE |
|
| SHARED:
YES | VIRs:
308 |
|
| ATTRIBUTES: PRIVATE |
|
|
| OPEN FILES:
0 |
|
|
| DEFRAG IX:
16 |
|
|
| SMS:
INIT STATUS |
|
|
+---------------------+---------------------+--------------------------+
SPACE: ....v....10...v....20...v....30...v....40...v....50...v....60%
USAGE: -----------------------------------------------> 48%
Press ENTER to refresh, END key to exit.
Figure 15. Extended VTOC Information for Volume Admin panel
You can type over the volume name to select a different volume.
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
33
The GDG display
The GDG display
ISPF Productivity Tool treats a Generation Data Group (GDG) the same as any
other data set (for example, VSAM or LLIB) so you can use any ISPF Productivity
Tool capability, including all OLIST and MSL capabilities and pattern matching. See
Appendix C, “Patterns,” on page 265 for instructions on how to apply pattern
matching.
The special lists
When you select the Special-lists option on the Action Bar ISPF Productivity Tool
provides a pull-down menu with the following options:
Menu Reflist Refmode Special-lists Utilities Settings Test Help Exit
- ┌───────────── Populate into OLIST ──────────────┐ ------------------------C │ Option ===>
-IPT- │
b │ Select one of the following options:
│ t data set list
│
1 - Allocations...
│ t VTOC information
│
2 - Catalog...
│ lay VTOC information
│
3 - VTOC ...
│ nded VTOC & space summary
│
4 - Multiple Levels...
│
E │
5 - History
│ option code
S │
6 - Migrated files...
│
│
7 - SYSTEM files...
│ tion list, = for IPT)
│
8 - GDG (Generation Data-Groups)...
│
More? ===> N
│
9 - GDS (Generation Data-Sets)...
│ for catalog scan,
│
10 - TAPE files...
│ attern for VTOC scan)
D │
11 - VSAM clusters...
│
│
12 - PAGE files...
│ ttrib 4. Total
│
13 - Paste (from clipboard)
│
│
14 - BOOKMANAGER books...
│ t Qualifiers
│
15 - BOOKMANAGER bookshelves...
│ cks
W │
16 - Paste (from clipboard)
│ ne command for a list of
│
│ elete
│ Press Enter to process or END to cancel
│ Qualifiers
└────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ me
Figure 16. Special Lists pull-down menu
The available choices provide access to OLISTs populated from different sources.
These lists are often used to diagnose problems and to find accessed resources. For
example, on the OLIST created from data sets allocated to the ISPPLIB DDNAME
(the ISPF panel library), you can issue the MEMFIND command to find where
ISPF locates a panel within the concatenated list. Similarly, you can create an
OLIST of migrated data sets of a specific volume pattern, cut the list, start an edit
session, paste the data set names into the edit area, and create JCL to recall all of
them at once. If you disable the DSLIST Action Bar, ISPF Productivity Tool places
the special list options on the panel as additional commands.
Customizable user interface
You can customize the ISPF Productivity Tool user interface to fit your needs. For
example, you can hide the Action Bar to gain two more lines to display
information. You can also hide the Hotbar line to gain another line. On ISPF
Productivity Tool panels, you can choose leader dots or arrows as the standard
prefix for input fields. You can select the leading character in the Member Selection
List line command area, along with other interface options.
To use the SET command from any command line (except when you are in OLIST
or MSL), enter IPT SET, shortcut ISET. In OLIST or MSL, enter SET. The SETTING
IPT DEFAULTS panel is displayed.
34
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Customizable user interface
Options you set via the SET commands are remembered across sessions. When you
invoke the SET command the following panel is displayed:
-IPT- --------------------Setting IBMIPT Defaults-----------------------------COMMAND ===>
Select options by number, name, with cursor selection, or with line commands:
Web link: http://www.ibm.com/software/awdtools/ispfproductivitytool
IBMIPT is running under ISPF version 6.0
A
M
O
G
P
D
T
E
I
S
N
L
B
-
ALL
MSL
OLIST
GLOBAL
PRINT
DSLIST
TSO
EDIT
INTERFACE
SCLM
DIAGNOSE
LIBRARY
BOOKMGR
-
Select all the below displayed options
Member Selection List options
Object list options
Global edit and Findtext options
Print options
DSLIST options
TSO shell options
Edit, Browse and View options
Specify user interface options
SCLM options
Diagnose ISPF errors
Persistent table library options
BookManager interface options
Make your selection and press the ENTER key or press the END key to exit
Figure 17. Setting IBMIPT Defaults panel
You can select any of the options, or the ALL option to inspect all options. As an
example, the following panel is displayed when you select the INTERFACE
options:
Figure 18. User Interface Options
-IPT- ---------------------User Interface Options-----------------------------COMMAND ===>
+-------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Note: Changes specified on this screen may not affect all of the |
|
panels that are currently displayed in nested applications. |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------+
Verify or specify the following options: (Enter Y for Yes, N for No):
Activate HOTBARS
===> Y
Activate Action Bars
===> Y
If Action Bars are active:
Display Action Bars in Browse, Edit, View
Display Action Bars in Member Selection List
Display Action Bars in the object list
Display Action Bars in DSLIST
===>
===>
===>
===>
Y
Y
Y
Y
Press ENTER for options menu, END to exit, CANCEL for installation defaults.
Refer to Appendix B, “Controlling ISPF Productivity Tool processing (the SET
command),” on page 257 for more details about the ISPF Productivity Tool Set
options.
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
35
The enhanced handling of BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW commands
The enhanced handling of BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW commands
You can invoke the BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW commands (or their shortcuts BR,
ED and VI) at any time, from any panel. If you are already in MSL BROWSE,
EDIT, and VIEW, these commands initiate a nested level indicated in the left-hand
corner of the top line of the panel. When you finish the current level, you are
returned to the previous level, exactly where you were, so that you never lose your
place in your work.
You can define PF keys as BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW because they are general
commands that are invoked by pressing the key. If the cursor is on the command
line, the appropriate Entry Panel is displayed.
The BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW commands accept the name of the data set or
object to process, bypassing the Entry Panel.
Using the Point-and-Shoot Interface, you can place the cursor on the name of an
object anywhere on any panel, and invoke BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW on the object
simply by pressing the PF key you have defined. This lets you “zoom in” on an
object and “zoom out” again at will. For example, if you're browsing a member
containing JCL that references a data set by name, you can edit that data set by
moving the cursor to that name and pressing a PF key defined as EDIT.
BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW accept different ISPF Productivity Tool objects. For
example, by entering EDIT 'TEST.*.COBOL', you display an OLIST for data sets
that match the specified pattern (with EDIT being the default action for the
OLIST). Similarly, you can enter BROWSE 'TAXES.TEST.MASTER' (which we
assume here to be a VSAM file) and have your VSAM file editor process the
selected file automatically.
The BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW enhanced Entry Panels are similar in design. An
enhanced VIEW Entry Panel is shown below:
Menu Reflist Refmode Utilities SCLM Settings Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT--L1
VIEW - ENTRY PANEL
COMMAND ===>
HOTBAR: @H
@L
TAILOR SORT CHA
ISPF Project ==> INTT125
Alternate SCLM project ==>
Group
==>
==>
==>
==>
Type
==>
Member
==>
(Blank or pattern for selection list)
Other data set, VSAM file, or z/OS UNIX file:
@H for History-List or @L for ’SPFE.RLSE5100.ASM’
Name/Pattern ==> ’SPFE.RLSE5100.ASM’
Volume serial ==>
(Optional VOLSER or pattern for selection
Password
==>
(If password protected)
Default func. ==> V
(B=Browse, V=View, E=Edit, BF, EF, VF, or
Do TAILOR
==> N
(Y=Yes, N=no, D=define commands)
EDIT/VIEW parameters:
SCLM LOCK ==> YES (Yes, No)
Initial Macro ==>
Confirm Cancel/Move/Replace
==>
Profile Name ==>
Action Bar in Edit/View
==>
Format Name ==>
Highlight coloring in Edit/View ==>
Record Length ==>
Exclusive access of viewed file ==>
Preserve VB record length ==> N Mixed Mode (NLS DBCS char. set) ==>
Figure 19. Enhanced VIEW Entry Panel
36
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
+
list)
?)
N
N
Y
Y
N
(Y,N)
(Y,N)
(Y,N)
(Y,N)
(Y,N)
The enhanced handling of BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW commands
And here is an enhanced Browse panel:
Menu Reflist Refmode Utilities SCLM Settings Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT--L1
BROWSE - ENTRY PANEL
COMMAND ===>
HOTBAR: @H
@L
TAILOR SORT CHA
ISPF Project ==> INTT125
Alternate SCLM project ==>
Group
==>
==>
==>
==>
Type
==>
Member
==>
(Blank or pattern for selection list)
Other data set, VSAM file, or z/OS UNIX file:
@H for History-List or @L for ’SPFE.RLSE5100.ASM’
Name/Pattern ==> ’SYS*PARM*’
Volume serial ==> CSYS*
(Optional VOLSER or pattern for selection
Password
==>
(If password protected)
Default func. ==> B
(B=Browse, V=View, E=Edit, BF, EF, VF, or
Do TAILOR
==> N
(Y=Yes, N=no, D=define commands)
EDIT/VIEW parameters:
SCLM LOCK ==> YES (Yes, No)
Initial Macro ==>
Confirm Cancel/Move/Replace
==>
Profile Name ==>
Action Bar in Edit/View
==>
Format Name ==>
Highlight coloring in Edit/View ==>
Record Length ==>
Exclusive access of viewed file ==>
Preserve VB record length ==> N Mixed Mode (NLS DBCS char. set) ==>
+
list)
?)
N
N
Y
Y
N
(Y,N)
(Y,N)
(Y,N)
(Y,N)
(Y,N)
Figure 20. Enhanced BROWSE Entry Panel
There are several enhancements on this panel:
v Specify data sets and other objects in the fields under the Other data set, ... line.
You can use @L for the last referenced data set, or @H for a list of referenced
data sets.
v Specify wildcards in the Volume serial field. ISPF Productivity Tool displays a
Volume Selection List where you can select the volume to access.
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- SELECTED DATASETS ON CSYS* ------- Row 1 to 8 of 8
Command
===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Hotbar: OPRINT
REFRESH CLRVOL FILLVOL UTIL
UPDATE CUT
FLIP
*TEMPORARY LIST*
TSO PARMS ===>
Command
Member
Numbr Data Set Names / Objects
Volume
--------- -------- ----- ---------------------------------------------- ------1 ’SYS1.PARMLIB’
CSYSA1
2 ’SYS1.TCPPARMS’
CSYSA1
3 ’SYS1.PARMLIB.RESTORE’
CSYSG1
4 ’SYS1.PARMLIB’
CSYSG1
5 ’SYS1.TCPPARMS’
CSYSG1
6 ’SYS1.PARMLIB.RESTORE’
CSYSL1
7 ’SYS1.PARMLIB’
CSYSL1
8 ’SYS1.TCPPARMS’
CSYSL1
---------------- END OF LIST ----------------
Figure 21. The Volume Selection list
v Specify wildcards in the data set field, requesting an OLIST.
v Change the default action (among BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW) to override the
default implied when you invoked this panel, or you can explicitly invoke a
data browser/editor (for example, VSAM browser/editor) on non-VSAM files
using the BF, EF, or VF options.
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
37
The enhanced handling of BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW commands
v Hide or reveal the Action Bar lines in BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW without
affecting other panels. You can control other user-interface aspects including
support of language-sensitive coloring in EDIT, display of cancel confirmation
panels, and other options.
v Specify MSL tailoring (such as filters and sorting) to be performed before the
Member List is displayed.
v Enter any MSL commands on the command line which executes automatically
when the Member List is displayed. For example, by entering L ACT1 you can
position member ACT1 on the top of the Member List display.
v You can enter a GDG format name ("<Dsn>(<Gen#>)") in the Other data set
field, for example ’IMS.RLDSP.I91A(-2)’.
Shared and exclusive VIEW
The ISPF VIEW function provides edit-like capabilities without the ability to SAVE
the member. As you view a file, other users can also access the file, and modify it.
The viewed version may not reflect the updated file. In ISPF Productivity Tool you
now have two options: Shared VIEW and exclusive VIEW.
Shared View is ISPF's basic View function. It allows several users to work with the
same file at the same time. Shared View does not ENQ on the file being viewed.
Though this View disables the SAVE command, a user can still save via the
REPLACE command by using the same name of the member being viewed as a
parameter to the REPLACE command. The viewed member may not reflect the
real member since other users may edit and change it while it is being viewed.
Shared VIEW does not pull down members edited from the ISPF concatenation list
(PROJECT, GROUP, TYPE) in the same way EDIT does. If a member exists in the
second library in the concatenated member list (indicated by 2 under the LIB
column), it is viewed under LIB 2 while in EDIT it is ENQed and saved under the
first library in the concatenation (LIB 1).
Exclusive VIEW does not allow other users to either EDIT or use exclusive VIEW
on the viewed file (shared VIEW and BROWSE are still permitted). Exclusive
VIEW also has a controlled save capability. When you use controlled save, a
prompt panel is displayed, prompting you to override the default mode of
discarding changes. Exclusive VIEW provides functionality similar to shared VIEW,
but with enhanced integrity.
Your installation may configure ISPF Productivity Tool to support both VIEW
modes, or enforce one of the two VIEW modes.
BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW enhancements
ISPF Productivity Tool enhances EDIT and VIEW with several functions. For
example, ISPF Productivity Tool automatically recognizes out-of-space conditions
when trying to SAVE a member. ISPF Productivity Tool displays a confirmation
panel, and upon approval proceeds to expand the library directory or compress the
library as appropriate. Additionally, ISPF Productivity Tool detects redundant
SAVE requests and bypass them.
ISPF Productivity Tool also enhances several EDIT and VIEW commands.
Note: If you want to invoke the alternate application for BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW
that was specified during setup, use BF, EF, or VF (instead of B, E, or V).
38
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Enhanced CUT and PASTE
Enhanced CUT and PASTE
When customizing ISPF Productivity Tool, you can specify whether you want ISPF
Productivity Tool CUT/PASTE or ISPF CUT/PASTE. The ISPF Productivity Tool
CUT and PASTE commands provide these additional benefits:
v Supports up to 200 CUT/PASTE clipboards. Clipboards can be named or
numbered. These clipboards can be edited, browsed, copied, saved, restored, and
renamed.
v Ability to CUT excluded and non-excluded lines. You can CUT context-sensitive
lines by combining the EXCLUDE and FIND commands with the CUT
command.
v Both CUT and PASTE commands support the STAtus keyword to display the list
of all existing clipboards. You may use this display to select a new or existing
clipboard to CUT into or from which to PASTE.
v You can paste lines from different sources:
– Previously cut lines.
– Lines from another member.
– Captured output of TSO commands.
– Member names of a specified directory.
– Contents of a previously cut OLIST.
v Before pasting, you can display the lines to be pasted, and select the lines you
want to process. For example, when pasting the contents of another member,
you can first display the lines of that member and select which lines you want
to paste. This is more convenient than the regular COPY command where you
have to remember line numbers.
You can paste lines from the different sources of CUT directly to the printer.
STATUS command
The STATUS command, available in EDIT and VIEW, provides information about
the member directory entry and whether the member was saved. The information
is displayed as message lines in the edit workspace.
If the member is numbered and has ISPF statistics, STATUS can display the lines
changed at a particular modification level. ISPF Productivity Tool also provides
SCLM statistics and accounting information for SCLM- controlled members.
Enhanced FIND and CHANGE support
RFIND and RCHANGE are remembered across different libraries and across
BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW. For integrity, the first time RCHANGE is performed in
a member, ISPF Productivity Tool places the command on the command line to
allow rejection, modification, or execution of the change command.
ISPF Productivity Tool propagates the text search command issued within the MSL
into the BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW. For example, after the following command
within MSL:
FINDTEXT ’DATE’
The RFIND command in BROWSE positions the cursor on the first “DATE” string.
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
39
Data set history facility (@H)
Data set history facility (@H)
When an input field requires a data set name, you can call up a panel displaying a
selection list of the last 100 data sets you referenced. To do this, enter the symbol
@H in place of the data set name. @H is similar to the ISPF REFLIST function, but
provides these advantages:
v Simpler access. Enter @H instead of the data set and select the data set to use
from the history list. There is no need for Action Bar or command input.
v The list is automatically stored in reversed-access order so that recently
referenced data sets are on top. The date and access time are shown.
v You can type over a data set to change your selection, or add or change member
names.
v The list preserves member names specified along with data set names.
v You can open an OLIST containing the history list by entering the command:
OLIST @H
or shortcuts OH and OLH.
Thereafter, you can issue all the OLIST commands on the data sets listed.
v Directly invoke BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW with the @H parameter, requesting
display of the reference list rather than the standard Entry Panel.
v On any panel, directly specify the last data set referenced (that is, the first item
on the Data Set History List) using the symbol @L (for “last”). You can use this
symbol in any input field requiring a data set name, or in a command, like this:
EDIT @L
You enter the @H symbol like this:
-IPTOption ===>
A
R
D
blank
Data Set Utility
Allocate new data set
Rename entire data set
Delete entire data set
Data set information
ISPF Library:
Project . . INTT125
Group . . .
Type . . . .
C
U
S
V
Catalog data set
Uncatalog data set
Short data set information
VSAM Utilities
Enter "/" to select option
/ Confirm Data Set Delete
Other Partitioned, Sequential, VSAM Data Set or @H (history list):
Data Set Name . . . @H
Volume Serial . . .
(If not catalogued, required for option "C")
Data Set Password
. .
(If password protected)
Figure 22. Entering @H on a Data Set Name field
By default, the items are listed in descending access order. If a pattern or a
member name was specified, that information is included in the item.
40
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Data set history facility (@H)
-IPT- ------------------------ DATA SET HISTORY ------------ Row 1 to 23 of 55
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
To select a data set place the cursor on selected line and press ENTER or
use the S line command. You can overtype a line to alter your selection.
Use Find <string> (case sensitive) and RFind to search for an object name.
Press the END key to exit without selection.
-
DATA SET NAME
-----------------------------------------------------’IMS.V9RQ.OLP14’
’IMS.V8R1.OLS04’
’IMS.V8R1.OLP04’
’IMS.V9R1.OLS04’
’IMS.V9R1.OLP04’
’IMS.V8RX.OLS04’
’IMS.V8RS.OLS04’
’IMS.V8RC.OLS04’
’IMS.V8RC.OLP04’
’IMS.V8RQ.OLS14’
’IMS.V8RQ.OLP14’
’IMS.V8RP.OLS14’
’IMS.V8RP.OLP14’
’IMS.VARG.OLS04’
’IMS.VARG.OLP04’
’IMS.V410.GENLIBA’
’SYS1.AIATMAC’
’SYS1.AHASMAC’
’SYS1.AERBMAC1’
’SYS1.ADFMAC1’
’SYS1.ACUNMAC’
’SYS1.ABDTMAC’
’SYS1.AADFMAC1’
ACCESSED
-------------08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
08:59 07/02/05
Figure 23. The Data Set History panel
To select an item, type S next to it and press Enter, or simply put your cursor on
the item and press Enter. Processing continues exactly as if you had typed the
information in the input field.
You can also modify the name of the data set while selecting it, changing the entire
data set name, or possibly adding or changing the member name.
You can use the Find and RFind commands to search for an object name.
If you know the name of the last accessed data set, you can use @L instead of @H
to select the last referenced data set, bypassing the history selection list.
Access data sets by DD name
In a way similar to how you select a data set from the history list by using the @H
symbol, you can specify a data set by an allocated DD name. For example, on the
ISPF library utility (option 3.1), you can specify the data set as the current ISPPLIB
like this:
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
41
Access data sets by DD name
Menu RefList Utilities Help
______________________________________________________________________________
Library Utility
Option ===>
blank
C
X
L
Display member list
Compress data set
Print index listing
Print entire data set
ISPF Library:
Project . .
Group . . .
Type . . .
Member . .
New name .
I
S
E
V
Data set information
Short data set information
Edit member
View member
B
D
R
P
Browse member
Delete member
Rename member
Print member
Enter "/" to select option
/ Confirm Member Delete
Enhanced Member List
. . .
. . .
. INTT125
.
. . .
.
.
(If B, D, E, P, R, V, or blank selected)
.
(If R selected)
Other Partitioned or Sequential Data Set:
Data Set Name . . . @DD.ISPPLIB
Specify a particular entry in the concatenation, like this:
Other Partitioned or Sequential Data Set:
Data Set Name . . . @DD.ISPPLIB.#2
With the ISPF Productivity Tool general commands BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW,
you can specify a member, like this:
BROWSE @DD.JCLLIB(JCL01)
or a pattern, like this:
VIEW @DD.ACCTIN.#3(PAY*)
Enhanced TSO command support
ISPF Productivity Tool provides enhanced support of TSO commands (including a
TSO Command Shell), the ability to repeat a previously executed command, and
the ability to use point-and-shoot with TSO commands. Your installation can
activate the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell instead of or along with the ISPF
command shell. For simplicity, the discussion in this section assumes that the ISPF
Productivity Tool TSO shell replaces the ISPF command shell.
Accessing the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell
To access the TSO shell, use option 6 (COMMAND) from the ISPF main menu or
enter “TSO” on the command line. The displayed panel has two areas:
v The command area where you enter your commands.
v The history command list area which lists up to 999 commands issued, or the
permanent command list area which allows up to 999 entered commands. You
can use the permanent area for any command that is frequently issued.
The history and permanent lists are numbered. Instead of entering a command,
you can enter its number on the command area. All history command lists and
permanent command lists can be edited, browsed, saved, and restored from a
persistent table library.
42
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Recalling a command
Recalling a command
To recall a command, enter a question mark followed by its number, or place the
cursor on a line and click “ENTER” to bring up that command to the main
Command. You can also edit that command from the main Command before you
execute it. Once the command is edited, the new command is listed in the
Command History List.
Note: Main command “TSO =” or shortcut “EX=” can be entered from any panel
to display the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO Shell command history list with the
most recently executed TSO command recalled to the main command line.
Capabilities of the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell
The ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell offers these advantages:
v Support for ISPEXEC dialog manager commands. ISPF Productivity Tool
executes these commands, and display dialog error messages if any are
produced.
v Control over the location of the output line of TSO commands.
v The ability to substitute a data set pointed to by the cursor into the command
buffer. (See “Point-and-shoot parameters” on page 19.)
The TSO Command Shell panel looks like this:
Figure 24. The TSO Command Shell panel
-IPTTSO COMMAND SHELL
PF6/F6=Standard SPF/TSO, PF10/F10=Set Linenum
Command ===>
Row 1 to 13 of 999
Enter: TSO command, CLIST, REXX EXEC, or ISPEXEC statement.
Scroll => CSR
/IS standard ISPF/TSO, /H history
/EH edit history, /EP edit permanent, /SAV save, /RES restore
<c><entry number> where <c> is ? or / or omitted.
------------------------- PERMANENT COMMAND LIST -----------------------------1 │ RECEIVE
->
2 │ ISPVCALL
->
3 │ SUB CNTL.JCL(COMPRESS)
->
4 │ XMIT OS390/INTT125 DA(’SPFE.IBM.HIQI580.PTFLIB’) OUTDA(SPFE.PTFLIB)
->
5 │ PROFILE WTPMSG
->
6 │ SEND ’Hello World’ USER(INTT125) LOGON
->
7 │ LISTCAT ENTRY(’SYS1.LINKLIB’) /* LIST CATALOG */
->
8 │ ishell /*UNIX services*/
->
9 │
->
10 │
->
11 │
->
12 │
->
13 │
->
If you choose to show History Command List by entering /H on the command line,
TSO Command Shell panel is displayed as follows:
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
43
Capabilities of the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell
-IPTTSO COMMAND SHELL
PF6/F6=Standard SPF/TSO, PF10/F10=Set Linenum
Command ===>
Row 1 to 3 of 3
Enter: TSO command, CLIST, REXX EXEC, or ISPEXEC statement.
Scroll => CSR
/IS standard ISPF/TSO, /P permanent
/EH edit history, /EP edit permanent, /SAV save, /RES restore
<c><entry number> where <c> is ? or / or omitted.
------------------------- HISTORY COMMAND LIST -----------------------------1 │ LISTCAT ENTRY(’SYS1.LINKLIB’)
->
2 │ ISHELL
->
3 │
->
-------------------------- END OF COMMAND LIST ----------------------------
The TSO Command Shell allows you to reissue any of the commands on the list
from any panel by number.
ISPF Productivity Tool also provides special point-and-shoot support for TSO
commands and CLISTs. When entering such a command, you can designate the
data set name with a slash (“/”) and point to the data set name with your cursor.
For example, on any ISPF panel with the cursor on the name
ACCOUNTS.A.REPORT, the command TSO ALLOC FILE(A) DA(/) OLD is equivalent
to TSO ALLOC FILE(A) DA(’ACCOUNTS.A.REPORT’) OLD
If you are not pointing to a data set name, ISPF Productivity Tool passes the slash
to the command.
The ISPF Productivity Tool print engine
ISPF Productivity Tool provides many ways to print members, data sets, text
within the edit workspace, or the OLIST itself. This section describes how to print
items with ISPF Productivity Tool, how to control the output destination, how to
group different print requests together, and how to get the results faster.
Whatever you print through an ISPF Productivity Tool function can be directed to
the ISPF list data set (as ISPF normally does), or to the ISPF Productivity Tool print
engine. The ISPF Productivity Tool print engine is significantly faster than ISPF's
printing function, and it bypasses the ISPF list data set (writing directly to the
spool).
Print items from ISPF Productivity Tool
From OLIST and MSL, print data sets and members using the P line command. To
print several members at a time, you can tailor the Member List (use the FILTER,
EXCLUDE, and FLIP commands) and invoke the P line command, followed by a
pattern defining the members to print (an asterisk would print every members in
the tailored list).
The CUT PRINT command in EDIT and VIEW lets you print selected lines from
the edit workspace even without saving these lines. You can use the PASTE
command to capture and print other information (for example, the captured output
of TSO commands, Member List directories, and selected lines from another
member).
44
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Print items from ISPF Productivity Tool
The list of data sets in an OLIST and the list of members in MSL can also be
printed. The File pull-down option on the MSL and OLIST Action Bars contains the
appropriate PRINT options.
Using the print engine
The ISPF Productivity Tool print engine prints directly into the system spool
without an intermediate data set. ISPF Productivity Tool provides several
parameters that control how the printout is spooled: class, destination, form, FCB,
and others. You can specify how many copies to create, and whether to keep it in
the hold queue (for future release, rerouting, or cancellation).
The ISPF Productivity Tool print engine lets you chose between accumulating all
print requests as a single printout, or print each request separately.
To control the print options, use the SET command (in MSL or OLIST). When you
select the print option, the following panel is displayed:
-IPT- -------------------------Print options----------------------------------COMMAND ===>
Suppress page formatting
Print changed lines in bold
Highlight program elements
Process mode
===>
===>
===>
===>
N
N
Y
G
(N=No, Y=Yes - file is already formatted)
(N=No, Y=Yes)
(N=No, Y=Yes - emphasize recognized items)
(I=print immediately)
(G=Group requests for later printing)
(L=print direct to the ISPF LIST data set)
For process modes I and G:
DESTINATION ID
CLASS
WRITER name
Number of copies
Lines per page
Keep in HOLD queue
FORM number
FCB name
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
A
1
60
N
(Node-id<.User-id>)
(or Sysout class)
(Output WRITER)
(How many?)
(page size)
(Y=Yes, N=No)
NOTE: Under process modes I and G, your USERID will be on the separator page.
Press ENTER or END to exit. Enter CANCEL for installation defaults.
Figure 25. Print options panel
Accumulating different print requests is called “grouping”. Grouped output is
automatically released for printing when your ISPF session terminates (or is
cancelled), when you issue the RELEASE command (in MSL or OLIST), or when
you set new print options that are incompatible with the existing print options (for
example, change destinations). To purge grouped print requests before they are
released, enter RELEASE PURGE
Grouped printing is a convenient method of producing printouts that contain
members from different data sets, edited lines (see CUT PRINT), and data set lists
(print the OLIST).
Special formatting of source data
ISPF Productivity Tool can provide special formatting that highlights specific
elements within printed members. Automatic highlighting is provided for JCL and
COBOL members.
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
45
Special formatting of source data
For members with ISPF statistics, you can request that ISPF Productivity Tool
highlight lines modified in the last modification level.
ISPF dialog development enhancements
ISPF Productivity Tool enhances the process of developing ISPF dialogs. With ISPF
Productivity Tool, ISPF dialog developers can:
v Refresh specific panels before display without having to run in Dialog Test
mode. Avoiding Dialog Test mode significantly improves the performance of
ISPF.
v Display panels from within the member list.
v Invoke dialog services from within the member list. Feedback messages provide
dialog error information on the screen.
v Invoke dialog services from the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell and invoke
dialog services from any panel.
v Place dialog services calls within the OLIST.
v Enforce the display of panel identifiers throughout the ISPF session (on all split
screens).
To refresh specific panels, select the TEST option on the MSL or OLIST Action Bar,
or enter IPT DTEST on any ISPF panel. A pop-up window provides you with the
ability to specify the panel name to refresh, or a prefix of panels to refresh
throughout the current ISPF session. ISPF Productivity Tool continuously refreshes
the specified panels only on the current session. Once the ISPF session is
terminated, change the panel refreshing option and standard panel processing
resumes.
Dialog-Test Redisplay System-Info Exit
-IPT----------------------- PANEL TESTING OPTIONS ----------------------------COMMAND ===>
Specify options below and press the ENTER key to accept, END key to cancel:
Diagnose panel processing errors ===> N (Y=Yes, N=No)
Diagnose SELECT service errors ===> N (Y=Yes, N=No)
Display panel identifier
===> N (Y=Yes, N=No)
Panel refreshing options:
Unless you run in Dialog Test, ISPF will remember previously displayed
panels, ignoring panel changes made after the panels are displayed.
To avoid running in Dialog Test (an inefficient mode), you can request
that specific panel or panels be refreshed:
Refresh name or prefix
===>
(BLANK, panel name, or prefix*)
Refresh next displayed panel ===> N
(N=No, Y=Yes)
IPT panels (prefix "IQI") must also be released from the cache.
Release all IPT panels
===> N
(N=No, Y=Yes)
Figure 26. Panel Testing Options panel
When editing a panel, it is convenient to place it in “refresh” mode as explained
above. During editing, you can save the panel and use the TSO shell to display it.
For example, if you are editing the member “ACCTMAIN”, and the member is
accessible through ISPPLIB, you can issue the command “TSO ISPEXEC DISPLAY
PANEL(ACCTMAIN)” to display the panel. You can even put the command in the
permanent list (for example, entry number 10), and thereafter type TSO 10.
46
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
SCLM integration
SCLM integration
ISPF Productivity Tool provides integrated and enhanced SCLM support. SCLM, a
free component of ISPF, is IBM's strategic library manager and software change
management product. SCLM uses standard libraries (PDS, PDSE) and provides
automatic check-out, a built-in make facility, maintenance of multiple versions,
auditing, and control. ISPF Productivity Tool and SCLM provides the easiest and
best method to implement a change management system using standard libraries
and standard ISPF facilities.
Without ISPF Productivity Tool, SCLM forces you into a separate option on the
main menu (the SCLM option). This deprives programmers of many useful ISPF
utilities and functions.
ISPF Productivity Tool provides integrated SCLM support to the standard DSLIST,
MSL, and OLIST. The benefits of SCLM are added to all the existing ISPF and ISPF
Productivity Tool functions.
ISPF Productivity Tool also provides additional SCLM benefits:
v Automatic association between SCLM libraries and parameters required to use
these libraries (for example, alternate project ID, parser language, authorization
codes, change codes).
v Automatic lock management when members are selected for editing.
v Special identifier within the Member List for parsed and unparsed members.
v Special commands to lock, parse, unlock, promote, and build members directly
from the Member List.
v Better error handling. Messages are placed near the member name, hierarchy
validation allows temporary overrides, and the ability to leave members in
suspended state (uncompleted unparsed members)
Calling ISPF Productivity Tool functions from applications
ISPF Productivity Tool provides several interfaces that make it easy to take
advantage of its facilities in installation-developed applications.
Calling OLIST from an application
You can invoke OLIST from an application or CLIST. You can invoke the OLIST
selection list, a new or existing permanent OLIST, or a temporary OLIST, with the
default process (Edit, Browse, or View) of your choice. For example, to invoke a
temporary OLIST of all data sets matching the level USER2.TEST, you can issue a
command like this:
ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(IQIPLST) PARM(’USE2.TEST.*’) NEWAPPL(ISR) PASSLIB
The parameters passed to the IQIPLST program are the same parameters you can
pass to the OLIST general command. For example, to obtain a temporary OLIST
with the libraries allocated to STEPLIB you can enter the command:
OLIST @DD STEPLIB
Similarly you can invoke the same OLIST from a REXX exec with the statement:
ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(IQIPLST) PARM(’@DD STEPLIB’)
NEWAPPL(ISR) PASSLIB
The following are acceptable OLIST parameters:
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
47
Calling OLIST from an application
Parameter
Explanation
=
Invoke the default (last) referenced permanent OLIST
*
Display the OLIST reference list
DSNpatt,VOLpatt
Opens a temporary list showing catalogued data sets
matching the specified DSN pattern (with wildcards). If
a volume pattern is specified, only data sets catalogued
to the specified volumes are listed.
Examples:
OLIST TAXES.YEAREND.*
OLIST SYS1.*,SYSR01
OLIST SYS1.*,*
Name
Invoke a previously saved OLIST. OLIST names follow
the naming conventions of member names.
@DD,ddname
@LISTA,ddname
Opens a temporary OLIST displaying allocated data
sets. If a ddname is specified, only libraries allocated to
the specified DD statement are listed.
@H
Opens a temporary OLIST showing the history list (the
list of last 100 data sets referenced by the user).
@LISTB,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary list of generation data sets of
generation group names matching the GDG base
pattern.
Examples:
OLIST @LISTB,GB*
OLIST @LISTGRP,GB*
@LISTC,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary list of catalogued entries (objects).
Example:
OLIST @LISTC,SYS*
@LISTF,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST displaying IBM
BookManager Book-Shelf files by DSN pattern.
Note: The .BKSHELF implied suffix does not have to
be included in the pattern.
Examples:
OLIST
OLIST
@LISTG,DSNpatt
@LISTGDG,DSNpatt
@LISTF,PP
@LISTF,PP*DB2
Opens a temporary list of Generation-Data-Sets by DSN
pattern.
Examples:
OLIST @LISTG,S*
OLIST @LISTGDG,S*
@LISTK,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST displaying IBM
BookManager Book files by DSN pattern.
Note: The .BOOK implied suffix does not have to be
included in the pattern.
Examples:
OLIST
OLIST
48
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
@LISTK,PP
@LISTK,PP*IMS
Calling OLIST from an application
Parameter
Explanation
@LISTM,DSNpatt
@LISTARC,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST with the list of migrated (or
archived) data sets matching the specified volume
pattern. Both commands are similar and are offered for
installations with HSM, ASM2, or DMS systems.
Examples:
OLIST @LISTM,SYS1.A*LIB
OLIST @LISTARC,SYS2.*
@LISTP,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary list of all Page-Space files by DSN
pattern
Examples:
OLIST @LISTP,*
OLIST @LISTPAG,*
@LISTS,keyword,value
Opens a temporary OLIST displaying system data sets
depending on the parameters.
Examples:
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
@LISTT,DSNpatt
@LISTS,ALL
@LISTS,APF
@LISTS,LINK
@LISTS,LINK,ALL
@LISTS,LINK,CURR
@LISTS,LINK,IPL
@LISTS,LINK,J=PROD*
@LISTS,LINK,L=MRO*
@LISTS,LINK,U=INT*
@LISTS,LINK,S=JES*
@LISTS,LPA
@LISTS,PARMLIB
Opens a temporary list of Tape Files by DSN pattern.
Requires a volume pattern and the first character
cannot be a wildcard.
Examples:
OLIST @LISTT,I*
OLIST @LISTT,MYTAPE*
@LISTV,VOLpatt,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary list of files (including uncatalogued)
by VOLSER pattern and DSN pattern. You must supply
a volume serial or pattern.
Example:
OLIST @LISTV,USER*,I*SPF*
@LISTW,DSNpatt
@LISTVS,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST of VSAM Clusters by DSN
pattern.
Example:
OLIST @LISTW,VS*
OLIST @LISTVS,MYVSAM*FILE%1
@LISTZ,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST displaying SMP/E Zone
VSAM clusters by DSN pattern.
Note: The .CSI implied suffix does not have to be
included in the pattern.
Example:
OLIST
OLIST
@LISTZ,SYS
@LISTZ,FMN*V6
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
49
Calling OLIST from an application
Calling MSL from an application
You can invoke the ISPF Productivity Tool enhanced Member Selection List (or
EDIT, BROWSE, or VIEW) from an application or CLIST. The ISPF Productivity
Tool interface supports CUT and PASTE, provides the enhanced Member Selection
List services, and provides transparent access to PANVALET libraries, LIBRARIAN
libraries, DSLIST, VSAM editors or browsers, and DB2 editors or browsers. For
example, to view member A1 in the library MY.DATA, you can issue the CLIST
command
ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(IQIMSL) PARM(V,MY.DATA(A1)) NEWAPPL(ISR) PASSLIB
The IQIMSL parameters are similar to the parameters specified with the BROWSE,
EDIT, and VIEW general commands. The parameters (which should be separated
with commas) are:
The default action (V for view, B for browse, E for edit).
The second is the object name (data set name). If none is specified, ISPF
Productivity Tool performs a cursor position check and uses the data set name
pointed by the cursor (point-and-shoot). To prevent a point-and-shoot call, specify
“<PROMPT>” instead of the object name (in this case ISPF Productivity Tool
displays a browse/EDIT and VIEW prompt screen).
The third parameter is optional and is the volume (for data set objects). If the
parameter is omitted, the catalog is used. If a volume pattern is specified, a
volume selection is displayed before processing continues.
The last parameter is optional and is intended for invoking applications, and can
be specified as Y or N. If “Y” is specified, ISPF Productivity Tool returns to the
calling application with return code of 8 if errors occurred (for example, the data
set was not found). Otherwise, ISPF Productivity Tool displays a prompt screen
with an error message, providing the user with the opportunity to change some
options and retry.
Calling DSLIST (ISPF Option 3.4) from an application
With ISPF Productivity Tool installed, you can invoke DSLIST for a particular data
set level (as accepted by DSLIST). The format of the call is:
SELECT PGM(IQIUDL)
PARM(-,
)
DSNpatt
, VOLpatt
, command
DSNpatt
A data set name pattern.
VOLpatt
A volume serial pattern.
command
Specify the command for the output desired:
50
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Calling DSLIST (ISPF Option 3.4) from an application
V
P
PV
XV
VTOC summary information.
Print the selected data set.
Print VTOC summary information.
Extended VTOC information.
For example, to display all data sets starting with 'SYS1' on all volumes, you can
issue a command like this (from a program or CLIST):
ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(IQIUDL) PARM(-,’SYS1’) NEWAPPL(ISR) PASSLIB
To restrict the DSLIST to the volume CICS01, you can issue the command like this:
ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(IQIUDL) PARM(-,*,CICS01) NEWAPPL(ISR) PASSLIB
To display all catalogued data sets starting with your TSO prefix (or user-id),
which are matching a data set name pattern (without quotes) and reside on
volumes matching a volume serial pattern, issue a command like this:
ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(IQIUDL) PARM(-,TEST*COBOL,DEV*) NEWAPPL(ISR) PASSLIB
To display all volumes matching a volume serial pattern for an IPT extended
volume list you can issue the command:
ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(IQIUDL) PARM(-,,SYS*,XV) NEWAPPL(ISR) PASSLIB
Chapter 3. Using ISPF Productivity Tool
51
Calling DSLIST (ISPF Option 3.4) from an application
52
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 4. An introduction to commands
This chapter provides an introduction to commands and how they are used in ISPF
Productivity Tool.
General commands
Enter general commands in the command field of any panel. General
commands invoke a new function, while the previous function is waiting
in the background. When the new function terminates, the previous one
resumes control. Any combination of the general commands BROWSE,
EDIT, and VIEW can be nested in this way up to nine levels deep (per
split). All other general commands can be invoked an unlimited number of
times. ISPF provides several general commands (such as HELP, KEYS, and
LIST). ISPF Productivity Tool adds several more general commands (EDIT,
BROWSE, VIEW, OLIST, TSO, IPT, and QUIT).
To avoid conflict with other commands with the same name, you may
change each of those command verbs with the ISPF Productivity Tool
customization wizard IQIWIZRD (see “The customization wizard
IQIWIZRD” in the IPT Installation Guide).
Command shortcuts
These are an additional set of 52 commands that can be entered as main
commands from any panel. The shortcut names are intended to be easily
remembered (intuitively) and to provide a quick way to invoke most of
ISPF Productivity Tool functions on the spot without a need to go through
another split with more menus.
To avoid conflicts with other commands with the same name, each of the
ISPF Productivity Tool command shortcut verbs can be either disabled or
modified to a different name by modifying the ISPF Productivity Tool
SIQITLIB member IQICMNDS.
Thus, most of OLIST related shortcuts start with “OL” and the rest of the
name is usually a single character related to class of objects. For example,
“OLM” invokes the “OLIST Migrated data sets” function, while “OLT”
invokes the “OLIST Tape data sets” function. Main command “IPT?” can
be entered from any panel to display all active command shortcuts.
A predefined set of command shortcuts (in member IQIDCMDS of
SIQITLIB), may be disabled or enabled from any panel via command IPT
CMDS (shortcut IPTCMD).
Edit, View, and Browse commands
You can enter these commands in BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW in addition to
those provided by ISPF. The new EDIT and VIEW commands are
COMPRESS, EXPDIR, CUT, PASTE, QUIT, and STATUS. The SAVE
command is listed and enhanced. The newly supported BROWSE
commands are CANCEL and SUBMIT.
MSL commands
MSL commands are commands that can be entered only while a member
selection list is on display. There are two types of MSL commands: MSL
Main commands and MSL Line commands.
Unless otherwise indicated, all MSL commands can be entered as both
main commands and line commands. When entered as a line command,
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
53
An introduction to commands
use its one-letter form. (For example, COPY must be entered as C when
used as a line command.) However, only commands whose syntax show
the optional operand pattern can be entered using a pattern, and only
when entered as a main command.
OLIST commands
OLIST commands can be entered only while a permanent or temporary
OLIST is on display.
There are three types of OLIST commands:
OLIST main commands
OLIST main commands can be entered only on the command line
of an OLIST.
OLIST line commands
OLIST line commands can be entered in the command field of the
OLIST. (OLIST line commands can be entered on the command line
followed by an item number.) OLIST line commands act on the
items named.
OLIST editing line commands
OLIST editing line commands can only be entered in the command
field of the OLIST. OLIST editing line commands act on the lines of
the OLIST, not the items named in the OLIST. Editing line
commands begin with a slash (“/”), but are alphabetized without
regard to the slash.
Commands available in the ISPF Productivity Tool EDIT session of an
OLIST (invoked using the OLIST main command UPDATE) are not listed
separately, since they are the standard EDIT commands as enhanced by
ISPF Productivity Tool.
The commands are organized by categories of General, EDIT and VIEW, MSL, and
OLIST in alphabetical order. Leading non-alphabetic characters (such as the “/” in
“/D”) are ignored. Commands consisting only of non-alphabetic characters (such
“=”) are listed before alphabetic commands.
Group commands
Group commands are OLIST and MSL line commands that you enter on the
command line, with a supplied pattern. The effect of a group command is to apply
the command against each item, as if you had applied the line command against
each individual line. So a group command is a powerful shortcut.
The syntax of the MSL group commands is:
MSL_line_command member_name_pattern
You must supply the member_name-pattern (or a specific member name).
If you supply a pattern, the pattern only applies to displayed member names. You
may wish to use the FILTER and X commands to get a target group of members,
and then supply the pattern “*”, to execute the line command on all displayed
members.
54
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Group commands
The syntax of the OLIST group commands is:
from_line#
-
to_line#
*
OLIST_line_command
CLIST
TSO_command
*
If you provide a “*” with a from line number, then it means until the last row. If you
provide a “*” by itself, then it means all.
Chapter 4. An introduction to commands
55
56
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 5. General commands
Main command
Line command
Remarks
BROWSE
N/A
The “BROWSE command” invokes a new
nested “BROWSE” session, or opens a new
MSL with the default meaning of SELECT
and S set to BROWSE.
EDIT
N/A
The “EDIT command” on page 59 invokes a
new nested “EDIT” session, or opens a new
MSL with the default meaning of SELECT
and S set to EDIT.
IPT
N/A
The “IPT command” on page 60 controls
your IPT environment.
OLIST
N/A
The “OLIST command” on page 65 invokes
an Objects List, or a list of referenced
Objects Lists.
QUIT
N/A
The “QUIT command” on page 68
terminates processing of pending members
under MSL and pending objects under
OLIST.
TSO
N/A
The “TSO command” on page 69 can be
used to execute ISPEXEC statements and
invoke the TSO Command Shell.
VIEW
N/A
The “VIEW command” on page 71 invokes
a new nested “VIEW” session, or opens a
new MSL with the default meaning of
SELECT and S set to VIEW.
BROWSE command
The BROWSE command invokes a new nested BROWSE session, or opens a new
MSL with the default meaning of SELECT and S set to BROWSE. BROWSE is used
to display sequential data sets and members of libraries (partitioned data sets).
Data cannot be changed. Note that VIEW provides the same functionality, but with
the power of EDIT.
Depending on how ISPF Productivity Tool is installed at your site, BROWSE may
also process VSAM files, Librarian or Panvalet files, DB2 tables, and
installation-defined objects.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
57
BROWSE general command
Syntax
BROWSE
BR
curr_lib_member_name
curr_lib_pattern
dsname
(member_name)
DSNpatt
(MEMpatt)
object_name
,volser
Operands
curr_lib_member_name
The name of a member in the current library, or the last library processed
(or, if the screen has been split, the last library processed in this split).
curr_lib_pattern
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*” to
match the name or names of one or more members in the current library,
or in the last library processed (or, if the screen has been split, the last
library processed in this split).
dsname
The name of the dataset you wish to browse.
member_name
The name of a member in the library specified.
DSNpatt
A data set name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*” to
match the name or names of one or more data sets in the library specified.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*” to
match the name or names of one or more members in the library specified.
volser
The volume serial you wish to browse.
object_name
The name of an IPT supported object, such as a DB2 object (if supported)
or UNIX file; see Table 1 on page 15.
Usage notes
If the data set specified is a library and you have not specified a particular
member (that is, you have specified only the library name, or have specified a
pattern), a member selection list is displayed.
An unqualified two-level data set name must be entered with a leading period to
distinguish it from a member name. (If your TSO profile is set to NOPREFIX, a
name entered with a leading period refers to a single-level data set name.)
Note: BROWSE can be abbreviated to BR (as a command shortcut), subject to
change by the local ISPF Productivity Tool admin. The MSL line command B,
which can be entered as a main command, invokes a BROWSE session on one or
more members in the current library.
58
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
BROWSE general command
Examples
BROWSE
BROWSE
BROWSE
BROWSE
BROWSE
BROWSE
BROWSE
BROWSE
BROWSE
PAYROLM
PAY*
’PAYROLL.JONES.COBOL’
’PAYROLL.JONES.COBOL’,PROD02
’PAYROLL.JONES.COBOL(PAYROLM)’
’PAYROLL.JONES.COBOL(PAY*)’
DEV.COBOL(PAY*)
.TESTLIST
EDIT command
The EDIT command invokes a new nested EDIT session, or opens a new MSL with
the default meaning of SELECT and S set to EDIT.
Depending on how ISPF Productivity Tool is installed at your site, EDIT may also
process VSAM files, Librarian or Panvalet files, DB2 tables, and installation-defined
objects.
Syntax
EDIT
ED
curr_lib_member_name
curr_lib_pattern
dsname
(member_name)
DSNpatt
(MEMpatt)
object_name
,volser
Operands
curr_lib_member_name
The name of a member in the current library, or the last library processed
(or, if the screen has been split, the last library processed in this split).
curr_lib_pattern
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*” to
match the name or names of one or more members in the current library,
or in the last library processed (or, if the screen has been split, the last
library processed in this split).
dsname
The name of the dataset you wish to edit.
member_name
The name of a member in the library specified.
DSNpatt
A data set name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*” to
match the name or names of one or more data sets in the library specified.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*” to
match the name or names of one or more members in the library specified.
volser
The volume serial holding the data sets you wish to edit.
Chapter 5. General commands
59
EDIT general command
object_name
The name of an IPT supported object, such as a DB2 object (if supported)
or UNIX file; see Table 1 on page 15.
Usage notes
If the data set specified is a library and you have not specified a particular
member (that is, you have specified only the library name, or have specified a
pattern), a member selection list is displayed. An unqualified two-level data set
name must be entered with a leading period to distinguish it from a member
name. (If your TSO profile is set to NOPREFIX, a name entered with a leading
period refers to a single-level data set name.)
Note: EDIT can be abbreviated to ED (as a command shortcut), subject to change
by the local ISPF Productivity Tool admin. The MSL line command E, which can be
entered as a main command, invokes an EDIT session on one or more members in
the current library.
Note: EDIT can be abbreviated to ED (as a command shortcut), subject to change
by the local ISPF Productivity Tool admin. The MSL line command E, which can be
entered as a main command, invokes an EDIT session on one or more members in
the current library.
Examples
EDIT
EDIT
EDIT
EDIT
EDIT
EDIT
EDIT
EDIT
EDIT
EDIT
ACCTMAIN
ACCT*
’PAYROLL.JONES.PANELS’
’PAYROLL.JONES.PANELS’,PROD02
’PAYROLL.JONES.PANELS(INPUT1)’
’PAYROLL.JONES.PANELS(INPUT*)’
JONES.PANELS(INPUT1)
DEV.COBOL(PAY*)
.TESTLIST
IPT command
The IPT command provides online Help, and control over your IPT environment.
Syntax
HELP
IPT
option
Operands
The available options are:
v “HELP” on page 61
v “CMDS” on page 61
v “OFF” on page 61
v “ON” on page 61
v “DTEST” on page 62
60
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
IPT general command
v
v
v
v
v
“SET” on page 62
“VER” on page 63
“MAINT” on page 63
“DIAG” on page 63
“SNAP” on page 64
HELP
The HELP parameter displays the online help and tutorial.
Syntax
HELP
?
CMDS
The CMDS parameter manages shortcut keys.
Syntax
CMDS
OFF
ON
Operands
OFF
Nominated (member IQIDCMDS of SIQITLIB library) shortcuts are
disabled.
ON
All shortcuts are enabled.
If no parameter is supplied, IPT displays the list of command shortcuts. If a
shortcut has been disabled, this is indicated in the Description column.
OFF
The OFF parameter disables all IPT functionality by passing complete control to
ISPF without any IPT intervention.
Syntax
OFF
ON
The ON parameter reactivates IPT by restoring all IPT intercept points into ISPF.
Chapter 5. General commands
61
ON
Syntax
ON
DTEST
The DTEST parameter displays the Panel Testing Options panel. For more
information about this panel, see “ISPF dialog development enhancements” on
page 46.
Syntax
DTEST
SET
The SET parameter manages the setting of IPT default values.
Syntax
SET
ALL
MSL
OLIST
GLOBAL
PRINT
DSLIST
TSO
EDIT
INTERFACE
DIAGNOSE
LIBRARY
BOOKMGR
Operands
ALL
The panels for all of the other options are displayed in order.
MSL
The Member Selection List options panel is displayed.
OLIST
The Object list options panel is displayed.
GLOBAL
Global edit and Findtext options panel is displayed.
PRINT
The Print options panel is displayed.
62
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
SET
DSLIST
The DSLIST options panel is displayed.
TSO
The TSO shell options panel is displayed.
EDIT
The Edit, Browse and View options panel is displayed.
INTERFACE
The panel where you specify user interface options is displayed.
DIAGNOSE
The panel where you specify options for control of ISPF error diagnosis is
displayed.
LIBRARY
The panel where you set persistent table library options is displayed.
BOOKMGR
The panel where you set BookManager interface options is displayed.
If no parameter is entered, the Defaults panel is displayed, and from this you can
select the panels that you want to display.
VER
The VER parameter displays the Module List panel. This list provides information
about each IPT module, including the level and the date.
Syntax
VER
MAINT
The MAINT parameter creates a maintenance report, which is placed in a data set
member. You can then read or print this report.
Syntax
MAINT
DIAG
The DIAG parameter controls the setting of different diagnostic flags.
Chapter 5. General commands
63
DIAG
Syntax
DIAG
ALLON
ALLOFF
ON
TRACE
OFF
ON
DBG
OFF
ON
LOG
OFF
ON
SNAP
OFF
Operands
ALLON
All of the diagnostic options are set on.
ALLOFF
All of the diagnostic options are set off.
TRACE
The trace option is set on or off. When the trace option is on, the incore
trace commences.
Note: When you set TRACE ON, IPT automatically sets LOG ON.
You dump the trace using the SNAP option.
DBG
The debug option is set on or off. When the debug option is on it sets
optional additional diagnostics.
LOG
The log option is set on or off. LOG ON dynamically allocates
DD(IQILOGPR) sysout data set for outputting IPT log messages.
SNAP The snap option is set on or off. SNAP ON dynamically allocates
DD(IQITRSNP) sysout data set for outputting various core dumps.
When you enter SNAP OFF or LOG OFF, you may lose ongoing log messages and
some intermediate snaps (depending on the scenario). However, the in-core
(wraparound) trace table normally contains all pertinent entries. so when you enter
ISNAP (shortcut for IPT SNAP), if DD(IQITRSNP) is not present, it is dynamically
allocated and the whole trace-table dumped out to it.
For more information, see Appendix A, “Documenting an IPT failure for IBM level
2 support,” on page 255.
SNAP
The SNAP parameter creates a snapshot of IPT, which is used for diagnosing
problems.
64
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
SNAP
Syntax
TRACE
SNAP
ALL
COMM
Operands
TRACE
Dump out the in-core trace table and the IPT COMMAREA (the main
control block area).
ALL
Dump out the entire TSO session address-space (or region).
COMM
Dump out only the IPT COMMAREA (the main control block area).
OLIST command
The OLIST command invokes an Objects List, or a list of referenced objects lists.
Syntax
|
OLIST
OLIST_name
DD=
ddname
DSNpatt
,VOLpatt
level
special_list,special_parameter
Operands
OLIST_name
The name of an OLIST to be displayed or created. The name of an OLIST
can be from one to eight characters; it must conform to the syntax of a
member name.
|
|
|
|
DD=ddname
When ddname is specified, it displays an object list of all data sets allocated
to that ddname. If not specified, all currently allocated data sets are
displayed.
DSNpatt
A data set name using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
VOLpatt
A volume name using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
Chapter 5. General commands
65
OLIST general command
level
The level qualifiers for the data set names. For example, for a
fully-qualified data set name of ACCOUNTS.PAYABLE.COBOL, the level could be
ACCOUNTS.PAYABLE or ACCOUNTS.
special_list
One of the @LISTxxx options. See examples in the table in the Usage Notes.
special_parameter
The parameter relevant to the special list option.
Usage notes
Processing depends on the form of the command, as shown below. (In this table,
newlist is an OLIST that does not already exist, oldlist is an OLIST that already
exists. VOLpatt and DSNpatt are as defined above.)
Form of Command
Processing
OLIST
Invoke the default (last) referenced permanent OLIST.
OLIST *
Displays the list of permanent objects lists.
OLIST oldlist
The OLIST “oldlist” is displayed.
OLIST newlist
A new OLIST with the name “newlist” is created. “newlist”
is checked to see if it matches a first-level qualifier. If so,
the OLIST is filled with all catalog entries that have
“newlist” as their first-level qualifier. If not, the OLIST is
prefilled with the names of the ISPF libraries on the EDIT
entry panel and DSLIST entry panel.
OLIST /
Opens a temporary OLIST and immediately executes the
POPULATE command to prompt for sources of names to
go into this list.
OLIST DSNpatt
A temporary OLIST is displayed listing all data sets in the
catalog matching pattern “DSNpatt”.
OLIST DSNpatt,VOLpatt
Invoke a temporary list showing catalogued data sets
matching the specified DSN pattern (with wildcards). If a
volume pattern is specified, only data sets catalogued to the
specified volumes are listed.
OLIST @DD,ddname
Invoke a temporary OLIST displaying allocated data sets. If
a ddname is specified, only libraries allocated to the
specified ddname are listed.
|
|
OLIST DD=
Open a temporary OLIST with all currently allocated data
sets.
|
|
OLIST DD=ddname
Open a temporary OLIST with all data sets allocated to that
ddname.
OLIST @H
Display a temporary OLIST showing the history list (the list
of last 100 data sets referenced by the user).
OLIST @LISTB,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST showing catalogued data sets
matching the specified data set name pattern that are
Generation Data Groups.
OLIST @LISTE,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST showing catalogued data sets
matching the specified data set name pattern that are PDSE
libraries.
OLIST @LISTF,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST showing catalogued IBM
BookManager Book-Shelf files matching the specified
DSNpatt. (.BKSHELF may be omitted from DSNpatt.)
66
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
OLIST general command
Form of Command
Processing
OLIST @LISTGDG,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary list of generation data sets whose GDG
base name is matching the specified pattern. The OLIST
shows both the exact data set name as it appears in the
VTOC and the relative generation number from the catalog.
OLIST
@LISTI,DSNpatt,VOLpatt
A combination of OLIST DSNpatt,VOLpatt, followed by “*
INFO”. Invoke a temporary list showing catalogued data
sets matching the specified data set name pattern. If a
volume pattern is specified, only data sets catalogued to the
specified volumes are listed. Then issues an OLIST INFO
command on each data set to display the attributes of the
data set. Issue a QUIT at any point to stop further attribute
displays.
OLIST @LISTK,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST showing catalogued IBM
BookManager Book files matching the specified DSNpatt.
(.BOOK may be omitted from DSNpatt.)
OLIST @LISTM,DSNpatt
OLIST @LISTARC,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST with the list of migrated (or
archived) data sets matching the specified data set name
pattern. Both commands are similar and are offered for
installations with HSM, ASM2, or DMS systems.
OLIST @LISTP,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST showing catalogued data sets
matching the specified volume pattern that are system
page-space data sets.
OLIST @LISTS,listtype
Opens a temporary OLIST displaying system data sets. The
listtype parameter may be used to restrict the display to one
of the four list types available: LPALIB, LINKLIST,
APFLIST, and PARMLIB. If listtype is omitted, a menu of
choices is displayed.
OLIST @LISTT,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST showing catalogued data sets
matching the specified data set name pattern that are Tape
data sets.
OLIST
@LISTV,VOLpatt,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST based on the VTOC entries
matching the specified volume pattern and the specified
DSN pattern. Wildcards are allowed in both patterns,
practically offering a data-set search capability
OLIST @LISTVS,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST showing catalogued data sets
matching the specified data set name pattern that are
VSAM clusters.
OLIST @LISTZ,DSNpatt
Opens a temporary OLIST showing SMP/E Zone clusters
matching the specified DSNpatt. (.CSI may be omitted from
DSNpatt.)
Your default OLIST is the last permanent OLIST displayed. The first time you
invoke OLIST, or if you have deleted the OLIST last used as the default, your
default is an OLIST with the name set to your USERID. Processing is the same as
if you specified the name explicitly. Your USERID is checked to see if it matches a
first-level qualifier. If so, the OLIST is filled with all catalog entries that have your
USERID as their first-level qualifier. If not, the OLIST is prefilled with the names of
the ISPF libraries on your BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW, and DSLIST Entry Panels.
You can also explicitly set the OLIST that is displayed when OLIST is next invoked
without any specifications. To do so, enter the line command NXT on the OLIST
selection list panel.
Chapter 5. General commands
67
OLIST general command
To display a temporary OLIST of all data sets in the catalog matching a first-level
qualifier, rather than to display an existing OLIST of the same name or to create a
new (permanent) OLIST of that name, enter it with a period, like this:
OLIST ACCOUNTS.
rather than
OLIST ACCOUNTS
Examples
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
*
LEDGER1
ACCOUNTS.%PAY*.COB*
TAXES*YEAREND*
SYS1.*,SYSR01
SYS1.*,*
@LISTV,SYS*,SYS1*MACLIB
@LISTM,SYS1.A*LIB
@LISTARC,SYS2.*
@LISTGDG,ACCOUNTS.TRANSACT
@LISTS,LPALIB
@LISTS,APFLIST
@LISTS,LINKLIST
@LISTS,PARMLIB
@LISTS,ALL
QUIT command
The QUIT command is used to terminate processing of pending members under
MSL and pending objects under OLIST.
Pending members are members that have not yet been processed by GLOBAL, by
an MSL line command entered as a main command with a pattern, or by MSL
when multiple line commands have been entered. Pending objects are OLIST
entries that have not yet been processed by an OLIST line command entered as a
main command with a range of OLIST entries.
Syntax
ALL
STOP
QUIT
MSL
STOP
OLIST
STOP
STOP
Operands
ALL
Request to abort all nested MSL and OLIST processing
MSL
Request to abort all nested MSL processing
OLIST
Request to abort all nested OLIST processing
68
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
QUIT general command
STOP Request to stop any aborting of nested MSL and OLIST processing.
Note: QUIT entered during GLOBAL command activity stops at the current
member.
Usage notes
QUIT is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command.
Examples
QUIT
QUIT OLIST
QUIT STOP
IPTHelp command
If Help is invoked while in an OLIST or MSL, the Help is ISPF Productivity Tool
specific. However, when invoked outside of OLIST or MSL, the standard ISPF help
is invoked. To display ISPF Productivity Tool Help, you must enter IPTHelp, IPT
Help, or IPT.
Syntax
IPTHelp
IPT Help
IPT
Operands
IPTHelp has no operands.
Examples
IPTHelp
IPT
TSO command
As well as processing TSO commands, CLISTS, and REXX EXECs as under native
ISPF, the TSO general command can be used to execute ISPEXEC statements and to
invoke the TSO Command Shell.
Syntax
TSO
?
list_item
tso_command
ispexec_statement
=
Chapter 5. General commands
69
TSO general command
Operands
?
Display the TSO Command Shell panel and the default command list
(History or Permanent, as set by IPT SET). If there is a following list_item
(with no intervening space), then the command line displays the command
from that line, ready for review and editing before execution. If there is a
following tso_command or ispexec_statement, then it is displayed on the
command line, ready for review, modification, and execution. If there is no
list_item, then the command line is blank.
=
Display the TSO Command Shell panel, with the History command list,
and the most recently executed TSO command in the command line (so
that it can be reviewed and modified before you execute it). Since the line
displayed is always the most recently executed TSO command, you do not
enter a parameter after “=”. In effect, “TSO =” is the same as “TSO ?1”.
list_item
This is an integer, referring to a line in the TSO Command Shell list. When
you enter this integer, you re-execute (or display) this command.
tso_command
A TSO command, CLIST, or REXX EXEC to execute (or display).
ispexec_statement
An ISPEXEC statement to execute (or display).
Usage notes
When TSO is entered without any operands, the TSO Command Shell panel is
displayed, showing either a command history list or a permanent command list,
depending on the user default option setting for TSO shell.
When TSO is entered with an operand but not the question mark, then the
specified command is executed immediately.
When TSO is entered with just a question mark (and no command operand), the
TSO Command Shell panel is displayed. If a question mark is entered with another
operand, the specified command is displayed on the command line of the TSO
Command Shell panel. The other operand must follow the question mark without
any intervening spaces. An integer indicates a command on the permanent list of
the TSO Command Shell panel. A slash (“/”) within the command string indicates
the data set name the cursor is on.
Examples
TSO
TSO
TSO
TSO
TSO
TSO
TSO
TSO
TSO
70
=
?
?3
?DOWNLOAD ’PAYROLL.JONES.CNTL(ACCT1)’
ALLOC FILE(A) DA(’ACCT.TEST’) OLD
ALLOC FILE(A) DA(/) OLD
DOWNLOAD ’PAYROLL.JONES.CNTL(ACCT1)’
ISPEXEC SELECT PANEL(MY@PRIM)
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
VIEW general command
VIEW command
The VIEW command invokes a new nested VIEW session, or opens a new MSL
with the default meaning of SELECT and S set to VIEW. The VIEW command is
used to display sequential data sets and members of partitioned data sets. The
displayed data can be changed, but not saved, unless specifically authorized on a
confirmation panel. VIEW provides a BROWSE-like facility with the power of
EDIT. VIEW cannot display load module format data sets, but automatically
invokes BROWSE to do so.
Depending on how ISPF Productivity Tool is installed at your site, VIEW may also
process VSAM files, Librarian or Panvalet files, DB2 tables, and installation-defined
objects.
Syntax
VIEW
curr_lib_member_name
curr_lib_pattern
dsname
(member_name)
DSNpatt
(MEMpatt)
object_name
,volser
Operands
curr_lib_member_name
The name of a member in the current library, or the last library processed
(or, if the screen has been split, the last library processed in this split).
curr_lib_pattern
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*” to
match the name or names of one or more members in the current library,
or in the last library processed (or, if the screen has been split, the last
library processed in this split).
dsname
The name of the dataset you wish to view.
member_name
The name of a member in the library specified.
DSNpatt
A data set name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*” to
match the name or names of one or more data sets in the library specified.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*” to
match the name or names of one or more members in the library specified.
volser
The volume serial holding the members you wish to view.
object_name
The name of an IPT supported object, such as a DB2 object (if supported)
or UNIX file; see Table 1 on page 15.
Chapter 5. General commands
71
VIEW general command
Usage notes
If the data set specified is a library and you have not specified a particular
member (that is, you have specified only the library name, or have specified a
pattern), a member selection list is displayed.
An unqualified two-level data set name must be entered with a leading period to
distinguish it from a member name. (If your TSO profile is set to NOPREFIX, a
name entered with a leading period refers to a single-level data set name.)
Note: VIEW can be abbreviated to VI (as a command shortcut), subject to change
by the local ISPF Productivity Tool admin. The MSL line command V, which can be
entered as a main command, invokes a VIEW session on one or more members in
the current library.
Examples
VIEW
VIEW
VIEW
VIEW
VIEW
VIEW
VIEW
VIEW
VIEW
72
ACCTSTAT
ACCT*
’PAYROLL.PROD.COBOL’
’PAYROLL.PROD.COBOL’,PROD02
’PAYROLL.PROD.COBOL(ACCT1)’
’PAYROLL.PROD.COBOL(ACCT*)’
DEV.COBOL(PAY*)
.TESTLIST
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 6. Command shortcuts
This table shows all of the command shortcuts available in ISPF Productivity Tool,
and the associated command and operands.
Shortcut
Command
Operands
Remarks
BF
BFILE
'<DSNpatt>(<MEMpatt>)'
Invokes a new "BROWSE VSAM" session, or open
a new MSL with the default meaning of SELECT
and S set to BFILE.
BR
BROWSE
'<DSNpatt>(<MEMpatt>)'
Invokes a new "BROWSE" session, or open a new
MSL with the default meaning of SELECT and S
set to BROWSE.
ED
EDIT
'<DSNpatt>(<MEMpatt>)'
Invokes a new "EDIT" session, or open a new MSL
with the default meaning of SELECT and S set to
EDIT.
EF
EFILE
'<DSNpatt>(<MEMpatt>)'
Invokes a new "EDIT VSAM" session, or open a
new MSL with the default meaning of SELECT and
S set to EFILE.
EX?
EX??????
N/A
Display TSO Shell permanent command list.
EX=
EX=
N/A
Display TSO Shell most recently executed
command.
EX1
EX1
N/A
Execute TSO Shell permanent command number 1.
EX2
EX2
N/A
Execute TSO Shell permanent command number 2.
EX3
EX3
N/A
Execute TSO Shell permanent command number 3.
EX4
EX4
N/A
Execute TSO Shell permanent command number 4.
EX5
EX5
N/A
Execute TSO Shell permanent command number 5.
EX6
EX6
N/A
Execute TSO Shell permanent command number 6.
EX7
EX7
N/A
Execute TSO Shell permanent command number 7.
EX8
EX8
N/A
Execute TSO Shell permanent command number 8.
EX9
EX9
N/A
Execute TSO Shell permanent command number 9.
IDIAG
IDIAG
<parm1>, <parm2>
Invoke ISPF Productivity Tool diagnostics.
IMAINT
IMAINT
N/A
Write out ISPF Productivity Tool maintenance
report to DD(IQILOGPR).
IPT
IPTHELP
N/A
Display ISPF Productivity Tool online HELP.
IPT?
IPT?????
N/A
Display all active ISPF Productivity Tool command
shortcuts.
IPTCMD
IPTCMDS
OFF|ON
Disable or enable shortcuts.
IPTOF
IPTOFF
N/A
Temporarily disable ISPF Productivity Tool
functionality.
IPTON
IPTON
N/A
Enable ISPF Productivity Tool functionality
previously disabled with the IPTOFF command.
IPTNEW
IPTNEWS
N/A
Displays "What's New" information for all current
versions of IPT.
ISET
ISET
N/A
Display Setting ISPF Productivity Tool Defaults
menu.
ISNAP
ISNAP
<parm1>
Write out a memory dump to DD(IQITRSNP).
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
73
Command shortcuts
Shortcut
Command
Operands
Remarks
IVER
IVERSION
N/A
Display ISPF Productivity Tool maintenance report.
O*
O*
N/A
Display a list of all permanent OLISTs.
O/
O/
N/A
Populate a new temporary OLIST.
OH
OHIST
OL
OL
<parm1>, <parm2>
Invoke OLIST function with any of supported
parameters.
OL*
OL*
N/A
Display a list of all permanent OLISTs.
OL/
OL/
N/A
Populate a new temporary OLIST.
OLB
OLBASE
<DSNpatt>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with generationdata-group base names.
<DSNpatt>
Listcat BookManager Books.
OLBK
Populate a new temporary OLIST with most
recently accessed data set names.
OLBO
OLBOOK
<DSNpatt>
Listcat BookManager Books.
OLC
OLCAT
<DSNpatt>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with catalogued
data set names matching multiple patterns.
OLDA
OLDASD
<VOL_pat>
Lists online DASD volumes by pattern, similar to
the “XV” option of the DSLIST main command.
OLDD
OLDDNAME
<DD_name>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with data set
names allocated to a DD.
OLE
OLE
<DSNpatt>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with catalogued
data set names of PDSE libraries matching a
pattern.
OLG
OLGDG
<DSNpatt>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with generationdata-group data set names showing their relative
generation numbers.
OLH
OLHIST
OLI
OLINFO
<DSNpatt>, <VOLpatt>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with catalogued
data set names matching specified pattern and
issue OLIST “INFO” command on every entry.
OLIS
OLIST
<parm1>, <parm2>
Invoke OLIST function with any of supported
parameters.
OLM
OLMIG
<DSNpatt>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with catalogued
data set names of migrated (archived) data sets
matching a pattern.
OLP
OLPAGE
<DSNpatt>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with catalogued
data set names of page-space data sets matching a
pattern.
OLPDSE
OLPDSE
<DSNpatt>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with catalogued
data set names of PDSE libraries matching a
pattern.
OLS
OLSYS
<SYS_type>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with system data
sets of a given type.
OLSH
OLSHELF
<DSNpatt>
Listcat BookManager Shelves.
OLT
OLTAPE
<DSNpatt>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with catalogued
data set names residing on tapes that are matching
a pattern.
74
Populate a new temporary OLIST with most
recently accessed data set names.
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Command shortcuts
Shortcut
Command
Operands
Remarks
OLV
OLVTOC
<VOLpatt>, <DSNpatt>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with data set
names residing on volumes matching a pattern
with names matching a pattern.
OLVS
OLVSAM
<DSNpatt>
Populate a new temporary OLIST with VSAM
cluster names matching a pattern.
OLZ
OLZONE
<DSNpatt>
Listcat SMP/E Zones.
PLIST
PLIST
<parm1>,<parm2>
Invoke OLIST function with any of supported
parameters.
VF
VFILE
'<DSNpatt>(<MEMpatt>)'
Invokes a new "VIEW VSAM" session, or open a
new MSL with the default meaning of SELECT and
S set to VFILE.
VI
VIEW
'<DSNpatt>(<MEMpatt>)'
Invokes a new "VIEW" session, or open a new MSL
with the default meaning of SELECT and S set to
VIEW.
Note: Shortcuts may be enabled or disabled universally. For more information see
“ISPF Productivity Tool command shortcuts” in the IPT Installation Guide.
Chapter 6. Command shortcuts
75
Command shortcuts
76
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 7. EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE commands
Main
Command
Line
Command
Remarks
COMPRESS
The “COMPRESS subcommand” is used to compress the
library currently in EDIT or VIEW. This is not to be
confused with the MSL COMPRESS command, which is
used to compress any library in the hierarchy.
CUT
The “CUT subcommand” on page 78 lets you copy or
move lines from the currently edited member to clipboard.
EXPDIR
The “EXPDIR subcommand” on page 79 is used to expand
the directory of the library being edited, thereby allowing
more members.
PASTE
The “PASTE subcommand” on page 80 can insert lines
that were previously cut into a member, or to the printer
or the ISPF LIST data set.
SAVE
The “SAVE subcommand” on page 82 saves a member (or
file), but only when it has been changed.
STATUS
The “STATUS subcommand” on page 83 enters
information about the current member as NOTE lines at
the top of the current display.
SUBMIT
THe “SUBMIT subcommand” on page 84 submits the
current member, data set, or specified member in the same
library as a batch job.
COMPRESS subcommand
The COMPRESS subcommand is used to compress the library currently in EDIT or
VIEW. It is to be distinguished from the MSL COMPRESS command, which is used
to compress any library in the hierarchy.
Syntax
COMPRess
Operands
COMPRESS has no operands.
Examples
COMPRESS
COMPR
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
77
CUT EDIT/VIEW command
CUT subcommand
The CUT subcommand lets you copy or move lines from the currently edited
member to one of the clipboards for later pasting or for immediate printing.
Syntax
CUT
ALL
range
X
NX
REPlace
TO 00
AFTer
APPend
TO board
FINd
BROwse
EDIt
PRInt
SAVe
BEFore
STATUS
Operands
ALL
Indicates that the entire edited file is to be cut.
range
When entered, is a pair of operands, separated by at least one blank,
specifying either the EDIT labels of the first and last lines to be cut or the
first and last relative line numbers. If omitted, you can specify the range
via the C, CC, M or MM line commands.
X
Indicates that only excluded (non-displayed) lines are to be cut.
NX
Indicates that only displayed (non-excluded) lines are to be cut.
Note: If both X and NX are omitted, both excluded and non-excluded lines
are cut.
REPlace
The cut lines replace the contents of the clipboard. (This is the default.)
APPend
The cut lines are added to the clipboard at the end or the beginning, as
indicated:
AFTer The cut lines are placed at the end of the clipboard, after any lines already
present. This is the default location if APPEND is specified.
BEFore
The cut lines are placed at the beginning of the clipboard, before any lines
already present.
FINd
Displays a prompt panel on which to specify a string to be found. Only
lines containing the specified string are cut.
BROwse
Displays the contents of the clipboard mentioned in the CUT operation.
EDIt
Displays an EDIT panel for the contents of the clipboard mentioned in the
CUT operation.
TO board
Indicates that the cut lines are to be sent to a clipboard. board specifies the
78
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
CUT EDIT/VIEW command
clipboard the cut lines are to be placed in. board can be a number (00 to 99)
or a name (of up to eight characters). If board is not provided, lines are sent
clipboard 00.
PRINt When specified, the contents of the clipboard are also printed.
STAtus
Displays a list of the current active clipboards. From this list select the
target clipboard to receive the entries you are cutting.
SAVe
The specified clipboard is made a permanent clipboard. Permanent
clipboards are marked in the ACTIVE CLIPBOARD panel with a “*”
leftmost against each clipboard name. The contents of permanent
clipboards are retained over sessions.
Usage notes
If CUT is entered with any syntax error, the CUT Assistance panel is displayed.
If CUT is entered without any parameters, and you have specified a range with CC
or MM, then it means "CUT TO 00". If you have not specified a range, CUT by
itself is an error.
Examples
CUT
CUT
CUT
CUT
CUT
CUT
CUT
CUT
CUT
CUT
CUT
X TO 1
ALL
5 7 TO MYCLIP APPEND
ALL FIND
TO 9 NX APP BEFORE
ALL FIND BRO
TO 8 X APP AFT
ALL PRINT
.A .ZL
?
-- This is an error; the CUT Assistance panel is displayed
EXPDIR subcommand
The EXPDIR command is used to expand the directory of the library being edited,
thereby allowing it to contain more members. It is to be distinguished from the
MSL EXPDIR command, which is used to expand any library in the hierarchy.
Syntax
1
EXPDIR BLKS
number_of_blocks
Operands
BLKS Specifies by how many blocks the directory is to be expanded.
number_of_blocks
The number of blocks by which the directory is to be expanded. If no
number is specified, the default is 1.
Chapter 7. EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE commands
79
EXPDIR EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE command
Usage notes
One block is enough for 5 members with ISPF statistics or 20 members without
statistics.
Examples
EXPDIR
EXPDIR BLKS 3
PASTE subcommand
The PASTE command can insert lines that were previously cut into a member, or
to the printer or the ISPF LIST data set. In addition, a directory list, the output of a
TSO command or another member may also be pasted, the contents of a clipboard
may be displayed, or the status and contents of all active clipboards may be
displayed.
Syntax
FROM
00
DATA
PASte
FROM board
RESTore
NOTEs
MSGs
AFTer
BEFore
target
FROM 00
RESTore
DIR
MEMber
TSO
STAtus
BROwse
EDIt
VIEw
PRInt
RESet
DISplay
Operands
FROM board
Specifies the clipboard board, numbered 00 through 99, or a name (up to
eight characters) from which the cut lines are to be retrieved from. If the
FROM operand is not supplied, “FROM 00” is the default. (This is the
default location into which CUT lines are placed.)
MEMber member
When specified, indicates that the pasted lines should be retrieved from
another member in the current PDS.
80
name
The name of the member to be pasted.
DIR
When specified, displays a panel asking for the name of the library whose
directory is to be pasted.
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
PASTE EDIT/VIEW command
TSO
When specified, displays a TSO prompt panel, allowing you to enter the
TSO command whose output should be pasted.
STAtus
When specified, displays a list of the currently active clipboards, from
which you can select one to paste from, or to display. You can also cancel
the PASTE command from this panel.
AFTer When specified, indicates that the pasted lines should be placed after the
indicated line.
BEFore
When specified, indicates that the pasted lines should be placed before the
indicated line.
target
The line at which the pasted lines should be placed. It may be specified as
an EDIT statement label, a relative line number, or one of the following
synonyms for ISPF EDIT labels:
EDIT Label
Synonym
.ZF
TOP
.ZL
BOTtom
.ZCSR
CURsor
If you do not specify a target in the PASTE command, then you must
specify the location at which the pasted lines are to be placed using the
ISPF EDIT B (before) or A (after) line commands. If you do neither, this is
an error, and the PASTE Assistance panel is displayed.
Note: Unless you are pasting temporary lines (MSGS or NOTES), there is
no default location for PASTE. A location (AFTER, BEFORE, a target
specified using the A or B EDIT line commands, or PRINT) is required.
DATA Indicates that the lines be pasted as normal text lines. This is the default.
NOTEs
Indicates that the lines be pasted as temporary =NOTE= lines.
MSGs Indicates that the lines be pasted as temporary ==MSG>> lines.
BROwse
The clipboard you are pasting from is shown in a browse panel. When you
press End, the clipboard is inserted at the target position.
EDIt
The clipboard you are pasting from is shown in an edit panel. You can
now edit the contents of the clipboard. When you press End, the clipboard
is inserted at the target position. Furthermore, the changes that you made
editing the clipboard you are pasting from remain in this clipboard. These
changes are only made permanent if you save the clipboard.
VIEw The clipboard you are pasting from is shown in a view panel. You can now
select lines from the clipboard, using C or CC line commands. When you
press Enter, the lines you have selected from the clipboard are inserted at
the target position. If you make no selection, all the lines are inserted.
PRInt When entered, indicates that the specified data be printed to the printer, or
to the ISPF LIST data set, as specified on the SET panel.
Chapter 7. EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE commands
81
PASTE EDIT/VIEW command
DISplay
Please use the VIEw option, which does the same thing. DISplay is
available in this version of ISPF Productivity Tool for backward
compatibility.
RESet Indicates that the current NOTE and MSG lines are to be deleted from the
display before the paste operation is performed.
RESTore
Restore from disk a persistent clipboard before pasting it. If you have
changed a persistent clipboard as part of your current session, and not yet
explicitly saved it, you can use RESTore to change the clipboard back to
the value it had at the start of the session. If you have not nominated a
clipboard, the default clipboard (00) is restored. So PASTE REST means first
restore clipboard 00 from disk, and then paste it.
Examples
PASTE
PAS TSO PRINT
PASTE FROM 2 AFTER 5
PASTE VIEW
PAS DIR AFTER 5
PASTE FROM 1 AFTER TOP
PASTE DIR BEFORE BOTTOM
PASTE BEF CUR
PASTE FROM 2 MSG AFT BOT
PAS MEMBER ACCTMAIN AFTER .ZL
PASTE DIR VIE AFTER CURSOR
PASTE FROM 1 NOTES RESET BEFORE .ZF
SAVE subcommand
The SAVE command has been modified to save a member (or file) only when it
has been changed. You may, however, want to force a SAVE (for example, to place
the member in a lower level library). A keyword has been added to allow you to
force a SAVE to be done even if the member or file has not been changed.
Syntax
SAVE
FORce
PARse
BUIld
Operands
FORce
Indicates that the member (or file) is to be saved, even if it hasn't been
changed since the last time it was saved.
PARse For SCLM controlled editing, parse a member for statistical and
dependency information.
BUIld For SCLM controlled editing, build a member. Implies FORce and PARse.
82
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
SAVE EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE command
Usage notes
If you issue the SAVE command under VIEW, a confirmation panel is displayed.
You can confirm or cancel the requested save operation.
If there is not enough room in the library or the directory to save the member, ISPF
Productivity Tool offers to compress the library or expand the directory (as
appropriate) before attempting to perform the save operation.
Examples
SAVE
SAVE
SAVE
SAVE
save
FORCE
FOR
BUILD
PROMOTE
STATUS subcommand
The STATUS command enters information about the current member as NOTE
lines at the top of the current display. In addition, if requested, only lines changed
in the current or a specified modification level are displayed (others are excluded).
The information displayed includes:
v The member name.
v The record format and size.
v Whether anything in the member was changed since the last time the member
was saved, and if so, how many lines have changed.
v The current directory entry of the member.
Syntax
STAtus
Changes
Level
nn
SCLM
Operands
Changes
If specified, indicates that only lines changed in the current modification
level (the default) or the specified modification level are to be displayed.
All other lines are to be excluded.
Level
If specified, indicates the modification level of which changed lines are to
be displayed. The default is the current modification level.
nn
Indicates the modification level of which changed lines are to be displayed.
SCLM For SCLM controlled edit, displays the SCLM accounting and referenced
members.
Chapter 7. EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE commands
83
STATUS EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE command
Examples
STATUS
STATUS CHANGES
STATUS C LEVEL 2
STATUS CHA LEV 2
STA C L 2
SUBMIT subcommand
The SUBMIT command submits the current member or data set or a specified
member in the same library as a batch job.
Syntax
SUBmit
range
member_name
Operands
range
An EDIT label-range.
member_name
The name of a member in the current library.
Usage notes
If no member_name is specified, the current member or data set is submitted.
Examples
SUBMIT
SUB
SUB .A .ZL
SUBMIT ACCTMAIN
SUB ACCTMAIN
84
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 8. MSL commands
MSL commands are commands that you enter when a Member Select list is
displayed.
Main
command
Line
command
Remarks
=
The “= command” on page 89 repeats the preceding line
command.
%
The “% command” on page 90 executes the CLIST/REXX
EXEC specified on the RENAME column.
|
+
The “+ command” on page 90 tags members.
|
|
(
The “( command” on page 90 prompts you with an entry
panel for updating a member TITLE.
|
|
)
The “) command” on page 91 prompts you with an entry
panel for updating a member USERKEY.
ALIas
A
The “ALIas command” on page 91 creates an alias to a
member.
ASSIST
N/A
The “ASSIST command” on page 92 controls the display of
MSL assist windows on the member selection list panel.
B
B
The “B command” on page 93 invokes the BROWSE process
on the specified one or more members. The B command can
be used as a line command or a main command.
CLONe
N/A
The “CLONe command” on page 94 provides a
comprehensive menu for cloning any library in the currentlly
displayed member selection list.
COMPress
N/A
The “COMPress command” on page 95 is used to compress
one or more of the libraries in the current concatenation
hierarchy, or to a sequential data set. It is to be distinguished
from the EDIT and VIEW subcommand COMPress, which is
used to compress the library currently in EDIT or VIEW
(“COMPRESS subcommand” on page 77).
CONFIRM
N/A
The “CONFIRM command” on page 95 activates or
deactivates the member-delete confirmation screen.
Copy
C
The “COPY command” on page 96 copies the specified one or
more members to the same or a different library.
|
|
|
|
Copy can be used as a main command.
C can be used as a line command or a main command.
COPYALl
N/A
The “COPYALl command” on page 97 copies all members of a
PDS or PDSE to another library.
DEFault
N/A
The “DEFault command” on page 98 is used to change the
default process invoked by the “SELECT command” on page
131 and the “S command” on page 128 during the current
MSL session.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
85
MSL commands
Main
command
Line
command
Delete
D
Remarks
The “Delete command” on page 99 deletes one or more
members specified from the library containing them.
’Delete’
can be used as a main command.
D
can be used as a line command or a main command.
DSName
N/A
The “DSName command” on page 100 is used to change the
member selection list to another library, to refresh the current
display, or to invoke the current process (BROWSE, EDIT, or
VIEW) on a specified data set.
Edit
E
The “E command” on page 101 invokes the EDIT process on
the member named.
EMPty
N/A
The “EMPty command” on page 102 is used to empty one or
more of the libraries in the current concatenation hierarchy.
EXCLude
X
The “EXCLude command” on page 103 is used to eliminate
members from the member selection list display (or to
unexclude all excluded members). The line command
equivalent of 'EXCLude' is X.
EXIT
N/A
The “EXIT command” on page 103 is used to return directly to
the panel from which MSL was invoked.
EXPDIR
N/A
The “EXPDIR command” on page 104 is used to expand the
directory of one of the libraries in the current concatenation
hierarchy, thereby allowing it to contain more members. It is
to be distinguished from the EDIT and VIEW subcommand
“EXPDIR subcommand” on page 79, which is used to
compress the library currently in EDIT or VIEW.
FILter
N/A
The “FILter command” on page 105 is used to selectively
tailor the display of members in the member selection list (or
to remove all filtering).
|
|
FILTTITl
N/A
The “FILTTITL command” on page 106 (or “FIL(”) can filter
the member list by a specified pattern of a member title.
|
|
FILTUKEY
N/A
The “FILTUKEY command” on page 107 (or “FIL)”) can filter
the member list by a specified pattern of a member user key.
Find
N/A
The “Find command” on page 107 locates a particular member
in the member selection list. If the member is in the hidden
list, it is displayed in the MSL.
FindText
N/A
The “FINDTEXT command” on page 108 locates the next
member in the displayed list that contains a specified text
string.
|
|
|
FINDTITL
N/A
The “FINDTITl command” on page 110 (or “F(”) can help you
locate the next occurrence of a member title matching a given
pattern.
|
|
|
FINDUKEY
N/A
The “FINDUKEY command” on page 110 (or “F)”) finds a
member title in the displayed library concatenation with a
specified key.
FLIP
N/A
The “FLIP command” on page 111 toggles between visible and
invisible (excluded and filtered-out) lines.
86
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
MSL commands
|
|
|
Main
command
Line
command
Global
N/A
The “Global command” on page 111 is used to initiate global
editing of the members in the displayed member list.
H
H
The “H command” on page 112 indicates in which libraries of
the concatenation one or more members occur. The synonym
for H is WHERE.
HIDe
N/A
The “HIDe command” on page 113 is used to selectively tailor
the display of members in the member selection list, hiding
items from display (instead of displaying them).
I
The “I line command” on page 114 displays in detail the
standard and extended ISPF statistics for a non-load-module
member, and displays a load-module map for load-module
members (like the "L" line command).
INFO
N/A
The “INFO command” on page 115 is used to display
information about the libraries in the current concatenation
sequence of the MSL.
ISPEXEC
I
The “ISPEXEC command” on page 115 invokes ISPEXEC on
the one or more members specified.
J
J
The “J command” on page 116 submits a member as a batch
job. The synonym for J is SUBMIT.
K
K
The “K command” on page 117 is used for library
management functions, under SCLM.
LIB
N/A
The “LIB command” on page 118 allows you to switch to
other libraries by changing the middle level qualifier (GROUP)
of the current displayed libraries. In a hierarchy, the LIB
command adds or removes a library to the concatenation.
LMAP
N/A
The “LMAP command” on page 119 is used to display a load
module mapping.
Locate
N/A
The “Locate command” on page 120 positions the cursor in
the member selection list panel at the first member matching
the specified character string.
MAPpds
(PDS only)
N/A
The “MAPpds (PDS only) command” on page 121 displays a
list of PDS members, including deleted members, which can
then be restored.
Move (PDS
only)
M
The “Move (PDS only) command” on page 121 moves one or
more members specified to a different data set.
|
|
|
|
MOVEALl
Remarks
The “MOVEALl command” on page 123 moves all of the
members in a data set to a different data set.
P
P
The “P (main) command” on page 124 prints one or more
members specified to a printer or to the ISPF LIST data set, as
specified on the SET panel. The P “P (line) command” on page
124 copies the one or more members specified.
PROJECT
N/A
The “PROJECT command” on page 126 changes the library (or
libraries) being processed to one (or ones) with the same name
(or names) as currently displayed except that the high-level
qualifier is as specified in the command.
REFRESH
N/A
The “REFRESH command” on page 125 refreshes the member
selection list display from the current directory.
RELease
N/A
The “RELease command” on page 126 is used to close or
delete the current print group. This is applicable only if the
PRINT processing mode is set to GROUP.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
87
MSL commands
Main
command
Line
command
Rename
R
The “Rename command” on page 127 renames a member in
the current member selection list.
RESet
N/A
The “RESet command” on page 127 is used to reset some or
all of the tailoring of the current member list. It can be used to
unexclude all excluded members, remove all filters, clear the
RENAME field, and restore the default sorting (ascending by
member name).
S
S
The “S command” on page 128 selects an item and invokes
the default process for that item. (The default process depends
on the type of object, how MSL was invoked, and the setting
on the ISPF Productivity Tool Options panel for MSL.) S can
be used as a line command or, following a member, as a main
command.
SAVE
SCLMCMD
The “SAVE command” on page 129 writes the currently
displayed member selection list to a user-specified data set, a
printer, or the ISPF LIST data set.
K
SCLMPARM
SELECT
Remarks
The “SCLMCMD command” on page 130 performs the
specified SCLM function on the members (active only if SCLM
support is active for the user).
The “SCLMPARM command” on page 131 displays the SCLM
parameters active for the current library (active only if SCLM
support is active for the user).
S
The “SELECT command” on page 131 processes members
under the default process (BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW), or
another line command specified.
|
|
SHOWcmd
The “SHOWcmd command” on page 132 controls the prompt
display of a TSO command or CLIST before execution.
|
|
|
SHOWTitl
The “SHOWTitl command” on page 133 controls the member
list display mode, and lets you enter and manage new
member titles with optional keys.
SORT
The “SORT command” on page 133 is used to put the member
selection list into a specified order.
|
|
SORTTITl
The “SORTTITl command” on page 134 (or “SORT(”) can sort
members in ascending or descending order of member titles.
|
|
|
SORTUKEY
The “SORTUKEY command” on page 135 (or “SORT)”) can
sort members in ascending or descending order of user
member keys.
SSI
The “SSI command” on page 136 displays SSI information for
the specified members.
|
STATS
Z
The “STATS command” on page 136 creates, removes, or
allows the user to change statistics of members.
SUBmit
J
The “SUBmit command” on page 137 submits a member as a
batch job.
TAG
+
The “TAG command” on page 139 places a character string in
the RENAME field of the member list of members that match
the specified name or pattern.
TAILOR
88
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
The “TAILOR command” on page 139 executes the MSL
command or commands defined as your tailoring macro. The
TAILOR command can also be used to display and change the
current definition.
MSL commands
Main
command
|
|
Remarks
TITLe
The “TITLe command” on page 140 gives you complete
control over the library member title list.
TOTALS
The “TOTALS command” on page 141 displays statistics totals
for the non-excluded, non-filtered members.
TSO
|
|
Line
command
T
The “T command” on page 138 invokes the specified TSO
command or CLIST on the one or more members specified.
TYPE
The “TYPE command” on page 141 changes the library (or
libraries) being processed to one (or ones) with the same name
(or names) as currently displayed.
UNFilter
The “UNFilter command” on page 142 removes the most
recently applid filter, or all filters.
USAGE
The “USAGE command” on page 143 lists library members
currently in use under ISPF from the displayed list, including
the user IDs of the TSO users accessing them.
UTILity
The “UTILity command” on page 143 directly invokes the
ISPF Utility Selection Panel from the member list display.
View
V
The “V command” on page 143 invokes the view process on
the one or more members specified.
W
W
The “W command” on page 144 displays a preview window
in the member selection list for the member named.
WHERE
H
A synonym of the “H command” on page 112.
X
Use the “X (eXclude) command” on page 146 to eliminate
members from the member selection list display (or to
unexclude all excluded members).
Z
The “Z command” on page 147 creates, removes, or changes
statistics of members.
All MSL line commands can be entered as group commands. See “Group
commands” on page 54 for more information.
= command
The = command invokes the immediately preceding line command on the member
named.
Syntax
=
member_name
operand
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
operand
The second operand, if any, appropriate to the previous command.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
89
= MSL command
Usage notes
This command can be used only as a line command.
If the previous command accepts (or requires) a second operand, the
corresponding operand can (or must) be entered in the RENAME column.
Feedback messages
The feedback message depends on what processing was invoked.
% command
The “%” command executes the CLIST/REXX EXEC specified on the RENAME
column, passing to the executed command the name of the library where the
member resides along with the member name.
Usage notes
“%” can only be used as a line command.
Use this command for local MSL commands. The CLIST/REXX EXEC invoked has
access to the same variables available through the T line command.
Examples
NAME
RENAME
ACCTMAIN
ACCTSTAT
% CICSSTAT UPLOAD
CICSTRAN
PAYROLM
|
VV.MM
01.00
02.00
01.12
01.04
01.20
CREATED
91/09/02
91/09/02
91/08/03
91/04/26
91/08/23
CHANGED
...
91/09/02 08:28...
91/09/02 18:49...
91/08/13 18:32...
91/09/03 08:58...
91/09/02 18:07...
+ command
Tag members by placing a label in the RENAME column. This is a synonym for
the “TAG command” on page 139.
|
|
|
LIB
2
2
4
3
2
( command
|
The ( line command prompts you to update a library member title.
|
|
Syntax
|
|
||
(
member_name
|
Operands
|
|
member_name
A unique member name from the current library concatenation.
90
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
( MSL command
|
Usage notes
|
( is the MSL line command for updating a member TITLE.
|
|
|
A member may have an associated title record in the library member title list. A
library persistent member title list is stored by MSL in the special member named
Z999TITL. A title record contains the TITLE (50 bytes) and the USERKEY (8 bytes).
|
Use the SHOWTITL command to display member titles instead of ISPF stats.
|
|
|
Example
|
( MEM123
displays a panel for you to update the TITLE in the title
record for member MEM123.
) command
|
The ) line command prompts you to update a library member user key.
|
|
Syntax
|
|
||
)
member_name
|
Operands
|
|
member_name
A unique member name from the current library concatenation.
|
Usage notes
|
) is the MSL line command for updating a member USERKEY.
|
|
|
A member may have an associated title record in the library member title list. A
library persistent member title list is stored by MSL in the special member named
Z999TITL. A title record contains the TITLE (50 bytes) and the USERKEY (8 bytes).
|
|
|
Example
) MEM123
displays a panel for you to update the USERKEY in the title
record for member MEM123.
ALIas command
The ALIas command adds an alias name to an existing member. An alias is an
additional (different name) directory entry pointing to same first block of data as
the member's primary (or parent) directory entry. A delete of an alias entry simply
removes it from the directory. A member is considered “deleted” when all
directory entries (primary and aliases) pointing to its data are removed from the
directory.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
91
ALIas MSL command
Syntax
ALIas member_name alias
Operands
member_name
A member name or pattern.
alias
A new alias name. If multiple members are aliased (a pattern is used,
instead of a member name), use = sign to specify identical characters.
Usage notes
ALIas is a main command. The line command equivalent of ALIas is A. Specify the
alias name in the RENAME field of the primary entry.
PDSE program-objects are not supported.
Examples
ALI ABC XYZ
ALI IQ* IP=====
- Make XYZ an alias of ABC
- To member names starting
with IQ create aliases
starting with IP
ASSIST command
The ASSIST command controls the display of MSL assist windows on the member
selection list panel.
Syntax
Assist
command_name
Operands
command_name
The name of the command for which you want to see an assist window. If
omitted, the whole list of available MSL commands is displayed.
92
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
ASSIST MSL command
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-IPTCmd ===>
MSL Command Assistance
For more details, point cursor at selected command and press ENTER
Enter END or CANCEL to exit
While reviewing an ASSIST example you may enter an MSL command,
press ENTER , and be prompted with command over the MSL display.
------------------------ MAIN Commands -------------------------------ASSIST
ALIAS
CLONE
COMPRESS CONFIRM COPY
COPYALL COPYTAG
DEFAULT DELETE DELETTAG DSNAME EMPTY
EXCLUDE EXIT
EXPDIR
FILTER
FILTTAG FILTTITL FILTUKEY FINDNAME FINDTAG FINDTEXT FINDTXTG
FINDTITL FINDUKEY FLIP
GLOBAL GLOBLTAG HIDE
HIDETAG HIDETITL
HIDEUKEY INFO
INFOTAG LIB
LMAP
LOCATE LOCATTAG MAPPDS
MOVE
MOVEALL MOVETAG PRINTMEM PRINTTAG PROJECT QUIT
REFRESH
RELEASE RENAME RESET
RFIND
SAVE
SCLM
SCLMPARM SET
SELECT
SELECTAG SHOWCMD SHOWTITL SORT
SORTTAG SORTTITL SORTUKEY
SSI
STATS
STATSTAG SUBMIT SUBMTTAG TAG
TAILOR TITLE
TOTALS
TYPE
UNFILTER USAGE
UTIL
WHERE
WSPATH XFER
%exec
%+ exec !tso cmd !+ cmd linecmnd MSLcmd+ MSLcmd( MSLcmd)
------------------------ LINE Commands -------------------------------A alias B browse C copy D delete E edit F xfer H where I info
J submit K sclm L lmap M move P print R rename S select T tso
V view
W window X exclud Z stats = repeat + tag
( title ) userky
% exec
! tso
Usage notes
ASSIST is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command.
You may enter any main command or line command while the assist window is
displayed.
Examples
ASSIST
A
ASSIST COPY
ASSIST C
A DEL
B command
The B command invokes the BROWSE process on the specified one or more
members. The B command can be used as a line command or a main command.
Syntax
B
member_name
MEMpatt
DATA
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
93
B MSL command
DATA Invoke the installation-defined data editor (for example, a VSAM editor) to
process this member.
Usage notes
“B” is not equivalent to BROWSE. BROWSE opens a nested level of BROWSE.
When you use B as a main command, you can specify a pattern. If you specify a
pattern, each member matching the pattern is browsed.
Feedback messages
BROWSED
The member was browsed.
DELETED
The member was deleted before the
BROWSE operation was initiated.
IO ERR
An input/output error occurred in reading
the directory of the library or the member
itself.
NO AUTH
Since you began working, your access to the
library has been revoked.
Examples
B ACCTMAIN
B *cCCT*
B AC%%MAIN
|
CLONe command
|
The CLONe main command clones the current library.
|
|
Syntax
|
|
||
CLONe library_number
|
Operands
|
|
library_number
The library concatenation sequence number.
|
Usage notes
|
|
You are prompted with a confirmation panel in which you may override the
suggested clone name and some of the space allocation attributes.
|
|
|
Examples
CLONE 2 - clone the second concatenated library.
CLON
- clone the first concatenated (or only) library.
94
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
COMPress MSL command
COMPress command
The COMPress command is used to compress one or more of the libraries in the
current concatenation hierarchy. It is to be distinguished from the EDIT and VIEW
subcommand COMPress, which is used to compress the library currently in EDIT or
VIEW.
Syntax
1
COMPress
liblist
ALL
Operands
liblist
Comprises one or more library numbers (if more than one is allocated)
separated by blanks. If omitted, the first library (library 1) is compressed.
ALL
All the concatenated libraries in the MSL.
Usage notes
COMPress is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command.
Examples
COMPRESS
COMPRESS 3
COMPRESS 2 4
COMP ALL
CONFIRM command
The CONFIRM command activates or deactivates the member-delete confirmation
screen.
Syntax
ON
CONFIRM
DATA
OFF
Where the response is CONFIRM ON or CONFIRM OFF.
Operands
ON
Activates the member-delete confirmation screen. The default is ON.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
95
CONFIRM MSL command
OFF
Deactivates the member-delete confirmation screen.
Examples
confirm ON
confirm OFF
COPY command
The Copy command copies the specified one or more members to the same or a
different library.
Syntax
Copy
member_name
out_member_name
lib
MEMpatt
lib
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member list to be copied.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
out_member_name
The target member name. It is placed in the first library of the hierarchy,
regardless of the current location of the source member.
lib
The number of the library in the current concatenation list to which the
source is to be copied.
Usage notes
Copy can be used as a main command. C can be used as a line command or a
main command.
If C is entered as a line command, type the destination in the RENAME field of the
member selection list.
With Copy or C as a main command, a pattern may be specified. In this case, each
member matching the pattern is copied. If a pattern is specified, a target member
name cannot be specified in the command. (A panel is displayed on which target
member names can be individually specified.)
If no destination is specified, a Copy prompt panel is displayed. This panel allows
specification of any data set as the destination.
When the target is a sequential data set, all copied members are merged in
sequence into a single consecutive chain of records.
|
|
96
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
COPY MSL command
Feedback messages
-COPIED
The member was copied.
-COPY ER
The member wasn't copied because an error occurred.
-DELETED
The member was deleted before the operation was initiated.
-IO ERR
An input/output error occurred in reading the directory of
the library or the member itself.
-NO AUTH
Since you began working, your access to the library has
been revoked.
-NO REPL
The member wasn't copied because the REPLACE option
was set to NO.
-NOT OLD
You specified that the target is to be replaced only if it is
newer than the source, and the source is not older than the
target.
-NO STAT
You specified that the target is to be replaced only if it is
older or newer than the source, and either the source or the
target was lacking statistics.
Examples
|
|
|
|
|
|
C *CCT*
C ACCT 2
C ACCT%11
C ACCT* 3
C PAYROL1
C PAYROL1 PAYROL
COPY PAYROL1 PAYROL
C ABC ABCD
Copy member name ABC into member ABCD in the first
(or only) concatenated library.
C *XYZ* 2
Copy all member names containing XYZ into the second
concatenated library.
COPY *
Copy all member names into a target library or a
sequential file to be specified in a prompt panel.
COPYALl command
The COPYALl command copies all the members of a PDS or PDSE to a different
library.
Syntax
COPYALl
Operands
This command has no parameters.
Usage notes
When you invoke this command, you are shown the “COPY ALL” panel, at which
you enter the target library (either by naming it directly, or by selecting from the
@H history list).
Chapter 8. MSL commands
97
COPYALl MSL command
You also specify whether you want to replace like-named library members. If you
specify Y, then all like-named members in the target library are replaced by
members from the source library. If you specify N, then like-named members are
not copied from the source library, and in effect the "copy all" becomes "copy
some".
All present members are copied, regardless of any prior filtering.
Feedback messages
-COPIED
The member was copied.
-COPY ER
The member wasn't copied because an error occurred.
-DELETED
The member was deleted before the operation was initiated.
-IO ERR
An input/output error occurred in reading the directory of
the library or the member itself.
-NO AUTH
Since you began working, your access to the library has
been revoked.
-NO REPL
The member wasn't copied because the REPLACE option
was set to NO.
-NOT OLD
You specified that the target is to be replaced only if it is
newer than the source, and the source is not older than the
target.
-NO STAT
You specified that the target is to be replaced only if it is
older or newer than the source, and either the source or the
target was lacking statistics.
Examples
COPYAL
DEFault command
The DEFault command is used to change the default process invoked by the
SELECT and S commands during the current MSL session.
Syntax
DEFault
E
V
B
Operands
98
E
Invoke the E line command when the SELECT or S command is used in a
member selection list.
V
Invoke the V line command when the SELECT or S command is used in a
member selection list.
B
Invoke the B line command when the SELECT or S command is used in a
member selection list.
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
DEFault MSL command
Usage notes
DEFault is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command.
If the operand is omitted, the current default is displayed.
Examples
DEFAULT E
DEF B
DEF
Delete command
The DELETE command deletes one or more members specified from the library
containing them.
Syntax
Delete
member_name
MEMpatt
PROMPT
CONFIRM
NOPROMPT
NOCONFIRM
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member list to be deleted.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
PROMPT
A keyword indicating that the delete prompt panel is to be displayed.
“CONFIRM” is a synonym for “PROMPT”.
NOPROMPT
A keyword indicating that the delete prompt panel is not to be displayed.
“NOCONFIRM” is a synonym for “NOPROMPT”.
Usage notes
DELETE can be used as a main command. D can be used as a line command or a
main command.
When the command is used specifying a member, a delete confirmation panel is
displayed. It shows the selection list entry of the member being deleted as well as
the top of the member.
When DELETE, DEL, or D is used as a main command, a pattern may be specified.
In this case, a confirmation panel for the entire group is displayed. By default, a
confirmation panel for the deletion of each member of the group is also displayed.
You can suppress the display of these individual confirmation panels.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
99
Delete MSL command
Feedback messages
-DELETED
The member was deleted.
-IO ERR
An input/output error occurred in reading the directory of
the library or the member itself.
-NO AUTH
Since you began working, your access to the library has
been revoked.
-REVEALD
Another member with the same name was found in a
higher level library, and is now being displayed in the MSL
instead of the deleted one.
Examples
DELETE ACCTMAIN
DEL STAT1
D PANEL1
D PANEL1 PROMPT
DEL *CCT*
DEL *CCT* NOPROMPT
DEL *CCT* NOCONFIRM
DSName command
The DSName command is used to change the member selection list to another
library, to refresh the current display, or to invoke the current process (BROWSE,
EDIT, or VIEW) on a specified data set.
Syntax
DSName
libnum
dsname
volser
(member_name)
(MEMpatt)
=
Operands
libnum The number of the library in the current concatenation list for which a
member list is to be displayed
dsname
The name of a sequential data set or a library. If not enclosed in quotation
marks, the current TSO prefix is prefixed to the name.
member_name
The name of the member in the library specified.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
100
volser
The volume serial number of the library or data set to be processed.
=
The equals sign (=) forces ISPF Productivity Tool to refresh the member list
of the current library or libraries. If this operand is specified, volser cannot
be specified.
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
DSName MSL command
Usage notes
DSName is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
If no operand is specified, the main entry panel of the current function (BROWSE,
EDIT, or VIEW) is displayed. You can specify several libraries in an ISPF hierarchy.
If a particular member of a library is specified, the current default process
(BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW) is invoked on that member. If a library is specified
without any member or pattern, an MSL is invoked for that library. This has the
effect of changing the current library. If a library is specified with a pattern, an
MSL is invoked for that library, filtered to include only members whose name
match the pattern. This also has the effect of changing the current library. If a
sequential data set is specified, the current default process (BROWSE, EDIT, or
VIEW) is invoked on that data set.
Examples
DSNAME
DSN =
DSN 2
DSN ’PAYROLL.JONES.COBOL’
DSN MYLIB(A%C*)
DSN JONES.COBOL CICS01
DSN ’ROGER12.ISPLOG1.LIST’
DSN A.COBOL(ABC)
E command
The E command invokes the EDIT process on the member named.
Syntax
E
member_name
MEMpatt
DATA
LOCK
UNLOCK
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
DATA Invoke the installation-defined data editor (for example, a VSAM editor) to
process this member.
If not specified, the EDIT default (as specified on the entry panel or via the SET
command) for locking is used.
Usage notes
E is not equivalent to EDIT. EDIT opens a nested level of EDIT.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
101
E MSL command
E can be used as a line command or a main command. If E is entered as a line
command, enter the locking parameter (if required) in the RENAME field.
When you use E as a main command, you can specify a pattern. If you specify a
pattern, each member matching the pattern is browsed.
E ACCTMAIN
E ACCT*
E ACCTMAIN LOCK
E STAT1 NOLOCK
Feedback messages
-IN USE
The member wasn't edited because it was in use.
-IO ERR
An input/output error occurred in reading the directory of
the library or the member itself.
-NO AUTH
Since you began working, your access to the library has
been revoked.
-NO SAVE
The member wasn't saved.
-SAVED
The member was saved. This feedback message is
displayed if the member was saved at any time during the
current edit session, whether or not SAVE or END was the
last command issued.
EMPty command
The EMPty command is used to empty one or more of the libraries in the current
concatenation hierarchy.
Syntax
1
EMPty
liblist
ALL
Operands
liblist
Comprises one or more library numbers (if more than one is allocated)
separated by blanks. If omitted, the first library (library 1) is emptied and
compressed.
ALL
All the concatenated libraries in the MSL.
Usage notes
EMPty is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command. Before IPT
empties a library, as a precaution, it prompts the user for a final confirmation.
102
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
EMPty MSL command
Examples
EMPTY
EMPTY 3
EMPTY 2 4
EMP ALL
EXCLude command
The EXCLude command is used to eliminate members from the member selection
list display (or to unexclude all excluded members).
Syntax
EXCLude
member_name
MEMpatt
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
Usage notes
If no operand is specified, all excluded members are unexcluded.
EXCLude is a main command. The line command equivalent of EXCLude is X.
Feedback messages
None. The specified members are removed from the displayed member selection
list.
Examples
EXCLUDE
EXCLUDE
EXCLUDE
EXCLUDE
EXCLUDE
ACCTMAIN
*TAT*
TEXT%%X
*
EXIT command
The EXIT command is used to return directly to the panel from which MSL was
invoked.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
103
EXIT MSL command
Syntax
EXIT
Operands
EXIT has no operands.
Usage notes
EXIT is a main command. It cannot be used as a line command.
Examples
eXIT
EXPDIR command
The EXPDIR command is used to expand the directory of one of the libraries in
the current concatenation hierarchy, thereby allowing it to contain more members.
It is to be distinguished from the EDIT and VIEW subcommand EXPDIR, which is
used to compress the library currently in EDIT or VIEW.
Syntax
1
EXPDIR
library_number
1
BLKS
number_of_blocks
Operands
library_number
The number of the library whose directory is to be expanded. If no number
is entered, the default is 1.
BLKS Specifies by how many blocks the directory is to be expanded.
number_of_blocks
The number of blocks by which the directory is to be expanded. If no
number is entered, the default is 1.
Usage notes
EXPDIR is a main command. it cannot be used as a line command.
One block is enough for 5 members with ISPF statistics or 20 members without
statistics.
104
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
EXPDIR MSL command
Examples
EXPDIR
EXPDIR 2
EXPDIR BLKS 3
EXPDIR 3 BLKS 4
FILter command
The FILter command is used to selectively tailor the display of members in the
member selection list (or to remove all filtering).
Syntax
FILter
MEMpatt
field_name field_pattern
field_name field_pattern
Operands
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
field_name
The name of a member selection list column heading.
field_pattern
A pattern for values of the corresponding field using the wildcard
characters “%” and “*”.
Usage notes
If no operand is specified, all filtering is removed.
FILter is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
Up to six patterns (on six different fields), including member- name, may be
specified in a single invocation; only the field name for the member name may be
omitted, and only when it is the first pattern.
The FILter command operates on the current MSL, removing from the list all
members that do not match the pattern or patterns specified (and placing them on
the hidden list).
To see members that have been filtered, enter FLIP and to remove all filtering,
enter RESET ALL.
You can also specify a relative date keyword: TODAY, WEEK, MONTH, YEAR,
RECENT (defined to the last ten days), or the minus sign followed by the number
of days (from today). The relative date function can only be specified as the last
parameter when invoking the FILTER command. The relative date must be in the
ISPF US data notation format in the member list (YY/MM/DD).
Chapter 8. MSL commands
105
FILter MSL command
Examples
FILTER ACCT*
FILTER CHANGED 87/02* USERID R%%%R*
FILTER CHANGED WEEK
FILTER CHA -20
FIL CREATED 87* CHANGED 87/02*
FIL AC* LIB 2 RENT YES REFR YES AMODE ANY RMODE ANY
FILTER
FIL
|
FILTTITL command
|
The FILTTITL (or “FIL(”) main command selects member titles to be displayed.
|
|
Syntax
|
title_val title_rel column value relationship
FILTTITL
FIL(
|
||
|
Operands
|
|
title_val
|
|
title_rel
|
column An MSL display column heading abbreviation.
|
value
|
|
relation
|
Usage notes
|
The FILTTITL command is abbreviation of FILTER TITLE title_val title_rel.
|
|
|
See the TITLE command for information on how to manage member titles. See the
SHOWTITL command for information on how to display member titles. See the
FILTER command for a complete syntax description.
|
|
The FLIP command deactivates all active filters (see also the UNFILTER
command).
|
|
|
|
Examples
A valid attribute value for column TITLE.
An applicable relation operator for TITLE.
A valid attribute value for Column.
An applicable relation operator.
FIL( *ABC FIL( * CHA M
FILTTITL
106
display all member titles that do not begin with ABC.
display all titled members modified in the last month.
display only titled members.
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
FILTUKEY MSL command
|
FILTUKEY command
|
|
The FILTUKEY (or “FIL)”) main command selects member user keys to be
displayed.
|
|
Syntax
|
FILTUKEY
FIL)
title_val title_rel column value relationship
|
||
|
Operands
|
|
title_val
|
|
title_rel
|
column An MSL display column heading abbreviation.
|
value
|
|
relation
|
Usage notes
|
The FILTUKEY command is an abbreviation of FILTER USERKEY title_val title_rel.
|
|
|
See the TITLE command for information on how to manage member titles. See the
SHOWTITL command for information on how to display member titles. See the
FILTER command for a complete syntax description.
|
|
The FLIP command deactivates all active filters (see also the UNFILTER
command).
|
|
|
|
Examples
A valid attribute value for column TITLE.
An applicable relation operator for TITLE.
A valid attribute value for Column.
An applicable relation operator.
FIL) BPER {}
FIL) * CHA W
FILTUKEY
Display all member title keys that contain BPER.
Display all titled members modified in last week.
Display only titled members.
Find command
The Find command locates a particular member in the member selection list. If the
member is in the hidden list, it is displayed in the MSL.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
107
Find MSL command
Syntax
Find
member_name
'search_string'
"search_string"
Operands
member_name
The exact name of the member that is to be located in the member.
search_string
A search string. When a quoted search string is supplied, the Find
command becomes equivalent to the FindText command.
Usage notes
Find is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
The entire MSL is searched (including members that have been filtered out or
excluded) for an exact match. If no match is found in either the displayed or
hidden list, the directory of the library (or libraries) is reread, in case another user
has recently added the member specified to the MSL. If there is still no match, a
LOCATE command is issued for the member_name on the displayed list (to display
the closest match).
If the automatic preview option is set, Find displays a preview window of the
member located. To control this option, use the SET command.
To restrict the search to the displayed list, use the LOCATE command.
Examples
FIND STAT1
F ACCTMAIN
F ’task’
F "a’B"
F X’abac’
-
Find member
Find member
Find member
Find member
Find member
hexadecimal
name STAT1 in any of the contatenated libraries
name ACCTMAIN in any of the contatenated libraries
containing string TASK
containing string A’B
containing two bytes
string of X’ABAC’
FINDTEXT command
The FINDTEXT (or FT) command locates the next member in the displayed list
that contains a specified text string. The search is constrained by the start and end
columns (see Figure 34 on page 260).
108
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
FINDTEXT MSL command
Syntax
FINDTEXT
FT
text_string
All
First
Last
Next
Prev
Operands
text_string
The string to be found. If it contains blanks or special characters, enclose
the text-string in quotation marks. The text string can be hexadecimal and
case-sensitive SBCS characters, as well as DBCS search strings. A text string
that includes single quotes (') should be enclosed with double quotes (").
FINDTEXT handling of ampersand (&) characters in search strings
conforms to ISPF EDIT conventions.
All
All members are searched, and finds are flagged for each member.
First
Finds the first member where a match is found.
Last
Finds the last member where a match is found.
Next
Starts the search from the member immediately below the one at the top of
the panel.
Prev
Finds the previous member where a match is found.
If no parameters are entered, you are presented with the Quick Find and Global
Edit Commands panel, where you can adjust the global FIND parameters.
If no keyword is entered, the search starts from the member at the top of the
display.
Usage notes
FINDTEXT is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
The listing is positioned so that the member containing the text string is the first
member on the panel. (This is pertinent to the operation of the NEXT and PREV
keywords.) The feedback message -TXT FND is placed in the rename column and
part of the found line is displayed in the member's statistics area. Processing of the
FINDTEXT command is controlled by the PROMPT AFTER option of the GLOBAL
processing options (set via the SET command). After the specified number of
members have been unsuccessfully processed, FINDTEXT stops processing.
Use the RFIND command (or PF key) to continue the search. The RFIND
command and the PF key set to RFIND (usually PF 5) can be used to reissue the
FINDTEXT command (with the identical text string) to locate the next member
containing that string. Using RFIND, if the first member on the display does not
contain the feedback message -TXT FND, the search begins from the first member
on the display. If the first member does contain the feedback message -TXT FND,
Chapter 8. MSL commands
109
FINDTEXT MSL command
the search begins with the second member. Use the PF key set to RFIND with a
new text string on the command line to continue the search with the string.
Examples
FINDTEXT ACCOUNTS
FT ACCOUNTS
FT ’MAJOR ACCOUNTS’
FT ’ JOB ’ LAST
FT MSGCLASS=(1,1)
FT "MOVE ’TAX’ TO HEADING"
ALL
Feedback messages
-TXT FND
|
The member contains the specified text string.
FINDTITl command
|
|
The FINDTITl or (“F(”) command finds a member title in the displayed library
concatenation.
|
|
Syntax
|
FINDTITl
F(
text_str
|
||
|
Operands
|
|
text_str
|
Usage notes
|
|
FINDTITL operates only on displayed members with titles. The search starts at
current row on the list, and proceeds down the list from that position.
|
|
|
See the TITLE command description or assist for how to manage member titles.
See the SHOWTITL command description or assist for how to display member
titles.
|
The RFIND command invokes the corresponding FINDTITL text_str command.
|
|
|
Examples
|
An unquoted string of up to 15 characters specifying a pattern.
F( *DEBUG*
FINDTITL
Locate a member with a title that contains DEBUG.
Locate the next titled member.
FINDUKEY command
The FINDUKEY (or “F)”) command finds a member in the displayed library
concatenation with a specified title key.
|
|
110
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
FINDUKEY MSL command
Syntax
|
|
|
FINDUKEY
F)
label
|
||
|
Operands
|
label
|
Usage notes
|
|
The FINDUKEY command operates only on displayed members with titles. The
search starts at current row and proceeds down the list.
|
|
|
See the TITLE command description or assist for information on how to manage
member titles. See the SHOWTITL command description or assist for information
on how to display member titles.
|
The RFIND command invokes the corresponding FINDUKEY label command.
|
|
|
Examples
An unquoted string or pattern of up to 8 characters.
F) *BPER*
FINDUKEY
Locate a member title key that contains BPER.
Locate next titled member with any key.
FLIP command
The FLIP command toggles between visible and invisible (excluded and
filtered-out) lines.
Syntax
FLIP
Operands
FLIP has no operands.
Examples
FLIP
Global command
The Global command is used to initiate global editing of the members in the
displayed member list.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
111
Global MSL command
Syntax
Global
edit_command
Operands
edit_command
The EDIT command to be executed for each member in the displayed MSL.
If omitted, the GLOBAL prompt panel is displayed.
-IPT- ------------------ QUICK FIND AND GLOBAL EDIT COMMANDS -----------------COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
STOP AFTER ===> 9999 (Number of members to process successfully)
PROMPT AFTER ===> 100 (Number of members to process before prompt is issued)
START COLUMN ===> 1
(Quick FIND starting column in target data record)
END COLUMN ===> 99999 (Quick FIND end column in target data record)
AUTOMATIC
===> Y (Process without editing successful members?)
LINK
===> Y (Process each command only if previous command succeeds?)
PRINT
===> N (Generate listing of each member changed and saved?)
EXCLUDE
===> N (Exclude failing members from selection list?)
Specify below the ISPF EDIT commands or macros to be executed (one per line).
Press END to process the global commands, or enter CANCEL to cancel.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------****** ***************************** Top of Data ******************************
000001 F ABC
****** **************************** Bottom of Data ****************************
After you have entered the details of your global command, you press
END. The Global Execution Confirmation panel is displayed, so that you
can confirm your action.
Usage notes
Global is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command. If the
Global command is entered without operands, the GLOBAL prompt panel is
displayed.
Global processing is performed as specified on the Global prompt panel or the SET
panel.
Examples
GLOBAL
G
G CHANGE ’CUST-MST’ ’CUST-DET’ ALL
GLOBAL LINE_AFTER .ZFIRST = DATALINE ’/* (C) 1988’
global locate ’date’
H command
The H command indicates in which libraries of the concatenation one or more
members occur.
112
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
H MSL command
Syntax
H
WHERE
member_name
MEMpatt
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
Usage notes
H can be used as a main command or a line command. The main command
WHERE is equivalent to H.
Examples
H ACCTMAIN
H %CCT*
H *
Feedback messages
-IN nnnn
|
The library or libraries in which the member occurs.
HIDe command
|
|
The HIDe command is used to selectively tailor the display of members in the
member selection list, hiding (excluding) items from display.
|
|
Syntax
|
HIDe
MEMpatt
field_name field_pattern
field_name field_pattern
|
||
|
Operands
|
|
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
|
|
field_name
The name of a member selection list column heading.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
113
HIDe MSL command
|
|
|
field_pattern
A pattern for values of the corresponding field using the wildcard
characters “%” and “*”.
|
Usage notes
|
If no operand is specified, all filtering is removed.
|
HIDe is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
|
|
|
Up to six patterns (on six different fields), including member- name, may be
specified in a single invocation; only the field name for the member name may be
omitted, and only when it is the first pattern.
|
|
|
The HIDe command operates on the current MSL, removing from the list all
members that match the pattern or patterns specified (and placing them on the
hidden list).
|
|
To see members that have been filtered, enter FLIP and to remove all filtering,
enter RESET ALL.
|
|
|
|
|
You can also specify a relative date keyword: TODAY, WEEK, MONTH, YEAR,
RECENT (defined to the last ten days), or the minus sign followed by the number
of days (from today). The relative date function can only be specified as the last
parameter when invoking the FILTER command. The relative date must be in the
ISPF US data notation format in the member list (YY/MM/DD).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples
|
HID
HID
HID
HID
HID
HID
HID
SIZ 100 =<
CRE MONTH
N XYZ .CO
*ABC* CHA -10
CRE W -
hide all members with more than 100 records.
hide all members created in last month.
hide all member names that contain XYZ.
hide all member names that do not contain ABC.
hide all members modified in last 10 days.
hide all members created before last week .
remove all filters.
I line command
|
|
|
The I line command displays member statistics information for non-load-module
members, and displays a load-module member analysis map for load-module
members.
|
|
Syntax
|
|
||
I
member_name
|
Operands
|
|
member_name
The current member name in the member selection list.
114
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
I MSL command
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes
|
|
|
Examples
v For a source member, I displays either standard or extended ISPF statistics
information.
v For a load-module member, I displays a load-module analysis map the same as
the L line command.
NAME
I IQIPLSTS
display member IQIPLSTS ISPF statistics.INFO
INFO command
The INFO command is used to display information about the libraries in the
current concatenation sequence of the MSL.
Syntax
INFO
Operands
INFO has no operands.
Usage notes
INFO is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command.
Examples
INFO
ISPEXEC command
The ISPEXEC command invokes ISPEXEC on the one or more members specified.
Syntax
ISPEXEC
I
member_name
MEMpatt
command
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
115
ISPEXEC MSL command
command
The ISPEXEC function call to be invoked for this member.
Usage notes
ISPEXEC can be used as a main command. The command I can be used as a main
command or a line command.
If I is entered as a line command, type the command operand in the RENAME
field. If ISPEXEC or I is entered as a main command, a pattern may be used, in
which case ISPEXEC is invoked on each member in the displayed list matching the
pattern. If the command operand is omitted, the type of ISPEXEC call ISPF
Productivity Tool constructs depends on the type of library (as indicated by the
third-level qualifier in the data set name), as shown in the following table:
Default function cal
constructed
Library Type
Qualified Recognized
CLIST
IS%CLIB CLIST*
ISPEXEC SELECT
CMD(member)
Load module
IS%LLIB LOAD*
ISPEXEC SELECT
PGM(member)
Message
IS%MLIB MSG*
ISPEXEC GETMSG(member)
SHORTMSG(ZERRSM)
LONGMSG(ZERRLM)
Panel
IS%PLIB PANEL*
ISPEXEC DISPLAY
PANEL(member)
Note: If the command operand is omitted and the library is a panel library, the
function call constructed is executed immediately displaying the panel directly.
Examples
ISPEXEC PANEL1
I PANEL1
I PANEL*
ISPEXEC ACCTMAIN
I PAYROLM TBOPEN
Feedback messages
The feedback message is the name of the function call you specified or that was
implied by the library type.
J command
The J command (synonym SUBMIT) submits a member as a batch job.
Syntax
J
116
member_name
MEMpatt
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
J MSL command
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
Usage notes
When J is entered as a line command, you can specify one operand in the
RENAME field, provided it fits.
The main command SUBMIT is equivalent to J.
Examples
J ACCTMAIN
J ACCT*
Feedback messages
SUBMIT
The member was submitted.
K command
The K command is used for library management functions, under SCLM.
Syntax
K
SC
member_name
MEMpatt
BUILD
DELETE
INFO
LOCK
PARSE
PROMOTE
SAVE
MIGRATE
LOCK
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
The request.
Possible request values are:
BUILD
Build a member.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
117
K MSL command
DELETE
Delete database components.
INFO Displays change code, programming language and promoter
associated with the selected member.
LOCK Lock a member or assign an access key.
PARSE
Parse a member for statistical and dependency information.
PROMOTE
Promote a member from one library to another library.
SAVE Save the member.
MIGRATE
Produce SCLM accounting information for members in a
development library.
UNLOCK
Unlock a member in a development library.
If there is no request, a prompt window is displayed.
Usage notes
For use as a main command, SCLMCMD invokes the same function.
Examples
SC PAY1293A BUILD
K PAYROL1 INFO
K paymain promote
LIB command
The LIB command allows you to switch to other libraries by changing the middle
level qualifier (GROUP) of the current displayed libraries. In a hierarchy, the LIB
command adds or removes a library to the concatenation.
Syntax
LIB
library_name
+
+
-
library_number
Operands
+
Add a single library ahead of the current concatenation.
+ library_number
Inserts a new specified group in the hierarchy concatenation. The place
where the group is inserted is determined by the library number.
118
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
LIB MSL command
Specifies that the library specified is to be removed from the concatenation
sequence.
-
library_name
The name of the library to be used as the specified library number.
Usage notes
LIB is a main command; it cannot be used as a line command.
If you have specified a library using “OTHER PARTITIONED OR SEQUENTIAL
DATA SET” area of the BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW Entry Panel, no concatenation of
libraries can be defined. In this case, you cannot use the LIB command to add a
library to the hierarchy, or to redefine any library other than library 1. The same
restriction applies if you use the DSN command to switch libraries.
This command also provides the ability to specify the plus sign followed by a
group. This notation indicates that the groups in the hierarchy concatenation
should be shifted right from the specified library number, inserting the new
specified group. This works only if an hierarchy (even of one library) is used upon
entry to the MSL.
Examples
LIB
LIB
LIB
LIB
LIB
LIB
TEST
2 TEST
2 +1 DEV
+ DEV
-
LMAP command
The LMAP command is used to display a load module mapping.
Syntax
LMAP member_name
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
Usage notes
You can also use the L line command in front of a member name to issue the
LMAP on that member.
Examples
LMAP ABENDON
Chapter 8. MSL commands
119
Locate MSL command
Locate command
The Locate command positions the cursor in the member selection list panel at the
member that matches the location parameters.
Syntax
Locate
loc_string
field_name
'text'
number
#
@
+
-
Operands
loc_string
The leading characters of the field to be located. If the leading characters
do not occur in the list, IPT positions the closest member at the top of the
panel.
field_name
The name of a member selection list column heading. If omitted, the string
is matched against the main sort field. (If you have not explicitly sorted the
MSL, this is the member name field.)
text
The string to be found within a member. The search starts with the
member that is currently at the top of the panel. If the string is not found,
then the bottommost member is displayed at the top of the panel.
number
The row number to be displayed at the top of the panel (@ or #), or the
number of rows to be skipped down (+) or up (-).
Usage notes
Locate is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command.
A search is performed from the second member displayed on the screen to locate
the first member in the displayed list for which the leading characters of the field
specified (or implied) exactly match the string specified. If not found, the search
starts again from the beginning of the list (that is, it wraps around). If not found
again, the member closest to the locate string is selected.
The listing is positioned so that the member selected is the first member on the
panel.
If the automatic preview option is on, Locate displays a preview window of the
located member. To control this option, use the SET command.
120
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Locate MSL command
Examples
LOCATE ACCTM
L ROGER USERID
L 87/02 CHANGED
L 10 @
L 2 +
L ’JCL’
MAPpds (PDS only) command
The MAPpds command displays a MAP list of PDS members, including those that
have been deleted. Deleted members can then be restored.
Syntax
MAPpds
library_number
dsn
Operands
library_number
The number of the library member. Default value is “1”.
dsn
The name of a PDF library. This allows you to display the map of a PDS
that is not the current PDS, without returning to an OLIST.
Usage notes
For more information see Chapter 11, “Browsing, viewing, and restoring deleted
members of a PDS using the MAP list,” on page 215.
Examples
MAP 2
- Display a map of second library.
MAP
- Display a map of first (only) library.
MAP ’TEST.LOAD’ - Display a map of TEST.LOAD
Move (PDS only) command
|
|
The Move command moves one or more specified members to a different PDS or
sequential data set.
Syntax
Move member_name
MEMpatt
out_member_name
lib
lib
Chapter 8. MSL commands
121
Move (PDS only) MSL command
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list to be moved.
It is deleted from its current library after the operation, although not
necessarily from the member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*” to
match the name or names of the one or more members in the current
member selection list to be moved. Each matching member is deleted from
its current library after the operation, although not necessarily from the
member selection list (since another member with the same name may still
exist in a higher level library).
out_member_name
The target member name. It is placed in the first library of the hierarchy,
regardless of the current location of the source member.
lib
The number of the library in the current concatenation list to which the
source is to be moved.
Usage notes
Move can be used as a main command. M can be used as a main command or a
line command.
If M is entered as a line command, type the member name to which it is to be
moved in the RENAME field of the MSL. When Move or M is used as a main
command, a pattern may be specified. In this case, each member matching the
pattern is moved. If a pattern is specified, a target member name cannot be
specified in the command. (A panel is displayed on which target member names
can be individually specified.)
However the command is entered, if no destination is specified, a Move Prompt
Panel is displayed. This panel allows specification of any PDS or sequential data
set as the destination.
|
Examples
MOVE PAYROL1 PAYROL
M PAYROL1 PAYROL
M PAYROL1
M ACCT 2
M ACCT* 3
M ACCT*
M *XYZ* 2
Move all member names containing XYZ into the second
concatenated library.
MOVE *
Move all member names into a target library or a
sequential file to be specified in a prompt panel.
|
|
|
|
Feedback messages
122
-DELETED
The member was deleted before the operation was initiated.
-IO ERR
An input/output error occurred in reading the directory of
the library or the member itself.
-MOVE ER
The member was not moved because an error occurred.
-NO AUTH
Since you began working, your access to the library has
been revoked.
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Move (PDS only) MSL command
-NO REPL
The member was not copied because the REPLACE option
was set to NO.
-NOT OLD
You specified that the target is to be replaced only if it is
newer than the source, and the source is not older than the
target.
-NO STAT
You specified that the target is to be replaced only if it is
older or newer than the source, and either the source or the
target was lacking statistics.
-REVEALD
Another member with the same name was found in a
higher level library, and is now being displayed in the
MSL.
MOVEALl command
The MOVEALl command moves all the members from the specified data set to a
different data set.
Usage notes
You are prompted to specify the target library and like-named member
replacement.
The target library must not be one of the currently concatenated libraries.
All present members are moved, regardless of any prior filtering. If you specify
"N" to REPLACE like-named library members, then any like-named members are
left on the source data set.
Examples
MOVEAL
Feedback messages
-DELETED
The member was deleted before the operation was initiated.
-IO ERR
An input/output error occurred in reading the directory of
the library or the member itself.
-MOVE ER
The member was not moved because an error occurred.
-NO AUTH
Since you began working, your access to the library has
been revoked.
-NO REPL
The member was not copied because the REPLACE option
was set to NO.
-NOT OLD
You specified that the target is to be replaced only if it is
newer than the source, and the source is not older than the
target.
-NO STAT
You specified that the target is to be replaced only if it is
older or newer than the source, and either the source or the
target was lacking statistics.
-REVEALD
Another member with the same name was found in a
higher level library, and is now being displayed in the
MSL.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
123
P (main) MSL command
P (main) command
The P main command prints the one or more members specified to a printer or to
the ISPF LIST data set, as specified on the SET panel.
Syntax
P
member_name
MEMpatt
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
Usage notes
If you specify a pattern, a confirm print request panel is displayed, allowing you to
verify the members that are to be printed, and to set the print options.
If the print-out is directed to the ISPF LIST data set, use the ISPF LIST command
to process the output.
Note: Don't confuse this command with the ISPF PRINT command, which prints
the screen image to the ISPF LIST data set.
Examples
P PAYROLM
P PAYROL*
Feedback messages
-PRINT I
The member was printed in immediate mode.
-PRINT G
The member was printed in group mode.
-PRINT L
The member was printed to the ISPF LIST data set.
-NO AUTH
Since you began working, your access to the library has
been revoked.
-DELETED
The member was deleted before the operation was initiated.
-EMPTY
The member selected for printing was empty.
-IO ERR
An input/output error occurred in reading the directory of
the library or the member itself.
P (line) command
The P line command copies the one or more members specified.
124
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
P (line) MSL command
Syntax
P
member_name
MEMpatt
?
I
G
L
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%”and “*”.
?
Request the print options screen.
I
Process mode to print immediately.
G
Process mode to group requests for later printing.
L
Process mode to print direct to the ISPF LIST data set.
Examples
P
P
p
p
PAYROLM
PAYROL*
accounts ?
accounts i
REFRESH command
The REFRESH command refreshes the MSL from the directory.
Syntax
REFRESH
Operands
REFRESH has no operands.
Usage notes
REFRESH is equivalent to the command DSN = =.
Examples
REFRESH
Chapter 8. MSL commands
125
PROJECT MSL command
PROJECT command
The PROJECT command changes the library (or libraries) being processed to one
with the same name as currently displayed except that the high-level qualifier is
specified in the command.
Syntax
PROJECT project_name
Operands
project_name
The name of the new high-level qualifier to be used.
Usage notes
PROJECT is a main command. It cannot be used as a line command.
Examples
PROJECT PAYROLL
PROJECT SYS1
RELease command
The RELease command is used to close or delete the current print group. This is
applicable only if the PRINT processing mode is set to GROUP.
Syntax
RELease
PURge
Operands
PURge Delete the current print group.
Usage notes
If you do not issue the RELease command, the current print group is automatically
released when you log off or change print processing mode.
RELease is accepted from within ISPF Productivity Tool BROWSE, EDIT, and
VIEW, and while an ISPF Productivity Tool enhanced member list or OLIST is
active.
126
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
RELease MSL command
Examples
RELEASE
REL
REL PURGE
REL PUR
Rename command
The Rename command renames a member in the current member selection list.
Syntax
Rename member_name new_member_name
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
new_name
The new name of the member.
Usage notes
Rename can be used as a main command or a line command. R can be used as a
line command. Patterns are not allowed with this command. Both operands are
required.
When R is used as a line command, type the new name in the Rename field. If the
new name already exists in the data set hierarchy, a rename confirmation panel is
displayed.
Note: If you continue the rename operation at this point, only the member in the
lowest level of the concatenation is displayed.
Examples
Examples
RENAME ACCTMAIN ACCTDET
R ACCTMAIN ACCTDET
R ACCT1 ACCT@
Feedback messages
The name of the member before the rename operation appears in the Rename field.
RESet command
The RESet command is used to reset the tailoring of the current member list. It can
be used to undo all excluded members, remove all filters, clear the RENAME field,
and restore the default sorting (ascending by member name).
Chapter 8. MSL commands
127
RESet MSL command
Syntax
RESet
Sort
FILTER
EXCLUDE
REName
Operands
Sort
Default sorting order (ascending by member name) should be restored.
FILTER
All filters should be removed.
EXCLUDE
All excluded members should be non-excluded.
REName
The rename field (including all feedback messages and tags) should be
cleared.
Usage notes
RESet is a main command. It cannot be used as a line command.
If no operands are specified, the default is RESET SORT FILTER EXCLUDE. The
RENAME field is not reset by default.
The RESet command does not reread the directory. To do so, use the DSNAME
command with the = operand.
Examples
Examples
RESET
RES
RES S
RES F
RES X
RES REN
RES S F X REN
S command
The S line command selects an item and invokes the default process for that item.
(The default process depends on the type of object, how MSL was invoked, and the
setting on the ISPF Productivity Tool Options panel for MSL.)
Syntax
S
128
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
S MSL command
Operands
S has no operands.
Usage notes
S can be used as a line command or, following a member, as a main command.
Examples
s accounts
s payrol
SAVE command
The SAVE command writes the currently displayed member selection list to a
user-specified data set, a printer, or the ISPF LIST data set.
Syntax
SAVE
midl_qual
Operands
midl_qual
The middle qualifier for the name of the data set to which the directory list
is saved.
Usage notes
SAVE is a main command. It cannot be used as a line command.
If midl_qual is specified, ISPF Productivity Tool creates a data set whose name uses
the following form:
Examples
’prefix.midl_qual.MEMBERS’
where prefix is the current TSO prefix (or user ID).
If midl_qual is omitted, the directory list is printed as specified on the SET panel.
If the print-out is directed to the ISPF LIST data set, it can be printed using the
ISPF LIST command.
Examples
SAVE
SAVE JONES
Chapter 8. MSL commands
129
SCLMCMD MSL command
SCLMCMD command
The SCLMCMD command performs the specified SCLM function on the members
(active only if SCLM support is active for the user).
Syntax
SCLMCMD
member_name
MEMpatt
BUILD
DELETE
INFO
LOCK
PARSE
PROMOTE
SAVE
MIGRATE
UNLOCK
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
BUILD
Build a member.
DELETE
Delete database components.
INFO Displays change code, programming language and promoter associated
with the selected member.
LOCK Lock a member or assign an access key.
PARSE
Parse a member for statistical and dependency information.
PROMOTE
Promote a member from one library to another library.
SAVE Save the member.
MIGRATE
Produce SCLM accounting information for members in a development
library.
UNLOCK
Unlock a member in a development library.
Usage notes
When used as a line command, K invokes the same function.
Examples
SCLMCMD PAYROL1 INFO
SCLMCMD PAYMAIN PROMOTE
130
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
SCLMPARM MSL command
SCLMPARM command
The SCLMPARM command displays the SCLM parameters active for the current
library (active only if SCLM support is active for the user).
Syntax
SCLMPARM
Operands
SCLMPARM has no operands.
Examples
SCLMPARM
SELECT command
The SELECT command processes members under the default process (BROWSE,
EDIT, or VIEW), or another line command specified.
Syntax
SELECT
member_name
MEMpatt
member_name
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member list to be selected for the
current or specified process. If the default or specified process is EDIT, this
can also be the name of a new member that is to be created.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
line_command
The line command to be used for this one or more members. Any valid
MSL line command can be specified. When specified, this command
overrides the default process.
Usage notes
S can be used as a main command or a line command.
If S is entered as a line command, you cannot specify the line command parameter.
In this case, the current default operation is used.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
131
SELECT MSL command
When S is entered as a main command, a pattern can be specified. In this case, all
members in the displayed list that match the pattern are processed. If S is entered
as a main command, you can specify the line command parameter. However, no
other parameters can be specified. Thus, line commands that require a parameter
in addition to the member name (such as R, which requires the new name) cannot
be used in this way.
Note: ISPF Productivity Tool has the ability to specify a line command for ISPF.
Any line command can be entered as a main command, rather than as an operand
of the SELECT command. For example, the command B ACCT* can be entered
instead of S ACCT* B.
Feedback messages
The feedback messages depend on the process performed on the member.
SELECT ACCTMAIN
SELECT ACCTMAIN B
S ACCTMAIN B
S ACCT*
S ACCT* P
|
SHOWcmd command
|
|
The SHOWcmd command controls the prompt display of TSO commands and
CLISTs prior to execution.
|
|
Syntax
|
SHOWcmd
ON
OFF
?
|
||
|
Operands
|
|
ON
Entered TSO commands are displayed in a special prompt panel for
verification before execution.
|
OFF
TSO commands are executed when entered.
|
?
The current SHOWCMD status is displayed.
|
|
When no operand is entered, the status of SHOWCMD is toggled between ON and
OFF.
|
Usage notes
|
|
The SHOWCMD status is saved in the user PROFILE and stays in effect for all
MSL displays.
|
A SHOWCMD ON status is noted with a *SHOW* mark on the MSL display.
|
A SHOWCMD OFF status is noted with a *EXEC* mark on the MSL display.
132
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
SHOWCmd MSL command
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples
SHOW OFF
SHOWC ON
SHOWCM ?
SHOWCMD
Execute TSO commands as entered.
Entered TSO commands are to be displayed in a special
prompt panel for verification before execution.
Display SHOWCMD status.
Toggle SHOWCMD ON/OFF status.
SHOWTitl command
|
The SHOWTitl command controls display of member titles.
|
|
Syntax
|
SHOWTitl
ON
OFF
?
|
||
|
Operands
|
ON
Member titles are displayed, instead of member statistics.
|
OFF
Member statistics are displayed.
|
?
The SHOWTitle option setting is displayed.
|
If an operand is omitted, the SHOWTitl option is toggled ON or OFF.
|
Usage notes
|
|
The SHOWTITL status is saved in the user PROFILE and stays in effect for all MSL
displays.
|
|
Member titles are displayed only when there is at least one member with a title
record.
|
|
See the TITLE command description (“TITLE command” on page 203) for further
information on how to manage member titles.
|
|
|
|
|
Examples
SHOWT ON
SHOWT OFF
SHOWTIT ?
SHOWTITL
Display member titles instead of member statistics.
Display member statistics.
Display SHOWTITL status.
Toggle SHOWTITL ON/OFF status.
SORT command
The SORT command is used to put the member selection list into a specified order.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
133
SORT MSL command
Syntax
SORT
field_name
order
Operands
field_name
The name of a member selection list column heading.
order
The order of sort:
A
Ascending: lowest to highest.
D
Descending: highest to lowest.
The default order depends on the particular field being sorted.
Usage notes
SORT is a main command. It cannot be used as a line command. Up to six
field-name and order pairs may be specified.
When SORT is entered with no operands, the default sorting order (member name,
ascending) is restored.
Examples
SORT
SORT
SORT
SORT
SORT
SORT
|
MEMBER D
CHANGED A
LIB A
LIB D MEMBER A CHA
LIB M CRE ID
SORTTITl command
|
|
The SORTTITL (or “SORT(”) command sorts the member selection list titled entries
in ascending or descending order.
|
|
Syntax
|
D
SORTTITl
SORT(
column
|
||
134
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
A
SORTTITl MSL command
|
Operands
|
column An MSL display column heading abbreviation or TEXT or NOTE.
|
D|A
|
Usage notes
|
The titled members are sorted first, and then pushed to top of the list.
|
|
|
See the TITLE command description or assist for information on how to manage
member titles. See the SHOWTITL command description or assist for how to
display member titles.
|
See the SORT command description or assist for additional information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples
|
The column is sorted in Descending (the default) or Ascending order.
SORTTITL CHA D
SORT( CHA A
SORT( CREATE
SORT( ID A LIB D
SORTTITL
Sort by descending order of change date.
Sort by ascending order of change date.
Sort by descending (default) order of create date.
Sort by ascending order saved user-id and descending
order of library concatenation number.
Sort by member TITLE (default column) in ascending
(default) order.
SORTUKEY command
|
|
The SORTUKEY (or “SORT)”) command sorts the member selection list titled
entries by title key.
|
|
Syntax
|
USERKEY D
SORTUKEY
SORT)
D
column
A
|
||
|
Operands
|
column An MSL display column heading abbreviation or TEXT or NOTE.
If column is omitted, the list is sorted by USERKEY.
|
The column is sorted in Descending (the default) or Ascending order.
|
D|A
|
Usage notes
|
The titled members are sorted first and moved to the top of the list.
|
|
|
See the TITLE command description or assist for information on how to manage
member titles. See the SHOWTITL command description or assist for information
on how to display member titles.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
135
SORTUKEY MSL command
|
See the SORT command description or assist for additional information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples
SORT) CHA A
SORT) CREATE
SORT) ID A LIB D
SORTUKEY
sort by ascending order of change date.
sort by descending (default) order of create date.
sort by ascending order saved user-id and descending
order of library concatenation number.
sort by member USERKEY (default column) in ascending
(default) order.
SSI command
The SSI command displays SSI information for the specified members.
Syntax
SSI member_name
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
Usage notes
SSI is available for load libraries only.
Examples
SSI ACCTMAIN
STATS command
The STATS command creates, removes, or allows the user to change statistics of
members.
Syntax
STATS
member_name
MEMpatt
CREate
REMove
CHange
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
136
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
STATS MSL command
CREate
Create new statistics. VV and MM are set to 00, the CREATED and
CHANGED dates of the member are set to the current date, the
CHANGED time is set to the current time, SIZE and INIT are set to the
current size of the member, MOD is set to 0, and USERID is set to your
user ID.
REMove
Remove existing statistics (if any).
CHAnge
Modify or create new statistics. (This is the default.)
Usage notes
STATS is a main command only. The equivalent line command is Z.
If CHANGE is specified or no operand is specified, a prompt panel is displayed.
You can make changes, or remove the statistics on the prompt panel. You reset the
fields VV, MM, CREATED, CHANGED, SIZE, INIT, and MOD selectively. (The
effect of this is as with the CREATE operand, but on each field individually.) The
fields VV, MM, and USERID can be set to any valid user-specified value.
Examples
STATS
STATS
STATS
STATS
STATS
ACCTMAIN
STATS ACCTMAIN CREATE
ACCTMAIN CRE
STATS *CCT*
*CCT* REMOVE
STATS *CCT* REM
AC%%MAIN
STATS AC%%MAIN CHANGE
AC%%MAIN CHA
SUBmit command
The SUBmit command submits a member as a batch job.
Syntax
SUBmit
member_name
MEMpatt
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
Usage notes
SUBmit is a main command. The equivalent line command is J.
Feedback messages
SUBMIT
The member was submitted.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
137
SUBmit MSL command
Examples
SUBMIT ACCTMAIN
SUB ACCT*
T command
The T command invokes the specified TSO command or CLIST on one or more
members specified.
Syntax
T
member_name
MEMpatt
tso_command
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
tso_command
The TSO command or CLIST that is to be executed for this member.
Usage notes
T can be used as a main command or a line command.
When T is used as a main command, a pattern can be specified. In this case, each
member matching the pattern is processed.
If the T command is entered as a line command, specify the TSO command
parameter in the RENAME field.
The TSO command issued has the format
Examples
tso-command ’library(member)’
where library is the name of the library in which the member resides. Omitting the
TSO command parameter causes the TSO prompt panel to be displayed.
Examples
T PAYROLM DOWNLOAD
T PAYROL* UPLOAD
T WORKDOC
Feedback messages
The feedback message consists of the TSO command you specified.
138
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
TAG MSL command
TAG command
|
The TAG (or “+”) main command places a character string in the RENAME field of
the member list of members that match the specified name or pattern.
Syntax
|
TAG
+
member_name
MEMpatt
tag
FILTER
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
tag
A character string of up to eight characters with no embedded blanks to be
placed in the RENAME field of the specified member, or all members
matching the specified pattern.
FILTER
After the tag is applied as specified, FILTER the member list to display
only those members having the specified tag (including members with this
tag as a result of prior invocations of the TAG command).
Usage notes
TAG is a main command. It cannot be used as a line command.
Examples
TAG *AB T
TAG %ABC T
TAG *A*C T FILTER
Feedback messages
The specified tag is placed in the feedback message field.
TAILOR command
The TAILOR command executes the MSL command or commands defined as your
tailoring macro. The TAILOR command can also be used to display and change the
current definition.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
139
TAILOR MSL command
Syntax
TAILOR
Define
?
Operands
Define
Display a panel on which to specify the sequence of commands to be
executed when the TAILOR command is invoked without operands.
?
Display the currently specified tailoring commands.
Usage notes
TAILOR is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command.
If TAILOR is invoked without operands, the currently defined tailoring commands
are executed. (If no tailoring commands are defined, a panel is displayed on which
tailoring commands can be specified, as if TAILOR DEFINE had been invoked.)
The PF key currently set to RCHANGE (usually PF6) also executes the TAILOR
command.
You can use the PF key set to RCHANGE with a parameter entered on the
command line.
The tailoring commands can also be defined on the ISPF Productivity Tool Options
panels (accessed via the SET command) or via the BROWSE, EDIT, or VIEW Entry
Panel (when Execute TAILOR is set to D).
Examples
TAILOR
TAILOR ?
TAILOR DEFINE
TAILOR D
TITLe command
The TITLe main command prompts you to manage library member titles. You can
update, store, empty, refresh, import, and migrate the member title list.
Syntax
TITLe member_name
140
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
TITLE MSL command
Operands
member_name
A unique member name from the current library concatenation.
Usage notes
A member may have an associated title record in the library member title list. A
title record contains a TITLE (50 bytes) and a USERKEY (8 bytes). A library
persistent member title list is stored by MSL in a special library member named
Z999TITL.
( is the MSL line command for updating a member TITLE.
) is the MSL line command for updating a member USERKEY.
Use the SHOWTITL command to display member titles.
Examples
TITL MEM123
TITLE
Display to create or update member MEM123 title record.
Display a menu for managing the library concatenation
member title lists.
TOTALS command
The TOTALS command displays statistics totals for the non-excluded and
non-filtered members.
Syntax
TOTAls
Operands
TOTALS has no operands.
Usage notes
TOTALS is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command.
Examples
TOTALS
TYPE command
The TYPE command changes the library being processed with the same name as
currently displayed except that the low-level qualifier is specified in the command.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
141
TYPE MSL command
Syntax
TYPE type_name
Operands
type_name
The name of the new low-level qualifier to be displayed.
Usage notes
TYPE is a main command. It cannot be used as a line command.
Examples
TYPE COBOL
TYPE CNTL
UNFilter command
The UNFilter command removes the most recently applied filter, or all filters.
Syntax
UNFilter
ALL
Operands
ALL
A keyword indicating that all filters are to be removed.
Usage notes
UNFilter is a main command. It cannot be used as a line command.
If ALL is not specified, one level of filtering is removed: the last applied filter is
removed first.
UNFilter ALL is equivalent to entering the “FILter command” on page 105 with no
operands, or the “RESet command” on page 127.
Examples
UNFILTER
UNF
UNF ALL
142
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
USAGE MSL command
USAGE command
The USAGE command lists library members currently in use under ISPF, and the
user IDs of the TSO users accessing them.
Syntax
USAGE
Operands
USAGE has no operands.
Usage notes
USAGE is a main command. It cannot be used as a line command.
Examples
USAGE
|
UTILity command
|
The UTILity command temporarily invokes ISPF main option 3 (Utilities).
|
|
Syntax
|
|
||
UTILity option
|
Operands
|
option
|
Usage notes
|
The ISPF Utilities are invoked within the current split screen.
|
|
Upon return from the ISPF Utilities invocation, the current member selection list is
re-displayed.
|
|
|
|
Examples
UTIL 2
UTIL 12
UTILITY
A valid option code for the ISPF Utilities menu.
Invoke the ISPF Data Set Utility menu.
Invoke the ISPF SuperC Compare Utility menu.
Display the ISPF Utility Selection Panel menu.
V command
The V command invokes the view process on one or more members specified.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
143
V MSL command
Syntax
V
member_name
MEMpatt
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
Usage notes
V is not equivalent to VIEW; VIEW opens a nested level of VIEW.
V can be used as a main command or a line command.
When you use V as a main command you can specify a pattern. If you specify a
pattern, each member matching the pattern is processed.
Examples
V ABENDOFF
V ABEND*
Feedback messages
SAVED
The member was saved at some during the session just
ended. (You issued a SAVE command and explicitly
confirmed your SAVE request.) This feedback message is
displayed if the member was saved at any time during the
session, whether or not SAVE or END was the last
command issued.
VIEWED
The member was viewed.
DELETED
The member was deleted before the operation was initiated.
IO ERR
An input/output error occurred in reading the directory of
the library or the member itself.
NO AUTH
Since you began working, your access to the library has
been revoked.
W command
The W command displays a preview window in the member selection list for the
member named.
144
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
W MSL command
Syntax
W
member_name
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
Usage notes
W can be used as a main command or a line command. Patterns cannot be used
with this command.
Depending on the position of the assist window, the W command displays up to
ten lines of the specified member.
Examples
W ACCTMAIN
W DEMO
Feedback messages
None.
WHERE command
The WHERE command indicates in which concatenation libraries one or more
members occur.
Syntax
WHERE
member_name
MEMpatt
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
Usage notes
WHERE is a main command only. The equivalent line command is H.
Chapter 8. MSL commands
145
WHERE MSL command
Examples
WHERE ACCTMAIN
WHERE %CCT*
WHERE *
Feedback messages
-IN nnnn
The library or libraries in which the member occurs.
X (eXclude) command
Use the X command to eliminate members from the member selection list display
(or to unexclude all excluded members).
Syntax
X
member_name
MEMpatt
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
Usage notes
If no operand is specified, all excluded members are non- excluded.
X can be used as a main command or a line command. When X is used as a main
command, a pattern may be specified. In this case, all members in the current list
matching the pattern are excluded.
The “EXCLude command” on page 103 command is a main command synonym of
X.
Feedback messages
None. The specified members are removed from the displayed member selection
list.
Examples
X
X
X
X
X
146
ACCTMAIN
*TAT*
TEXT%%X
*
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Z MSL command
Z command
The Z command (synonym STATS) creates, removes, or changes statistics of
members.
Syntax
Z
STATS
member_name
MEMpatt
CREate
REMove
CHAnge
Operands
member_name
The name of the member in the current member selection list.
MEMpatt
A member name pattern using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
CREate
Create new statistics. VV and MM are set to 00, the CREATED and
CHANGED dates of the member are set to the current date, the
CHANGED time is set to the current time, SIZE and INIT are set to the
current size of the member, MOD is set to 0, and USERID is set to your
user ID.
REMove
Remove existing statistics (if any).
CHAnge
Modify or create new statistics. (This is the default.)
Usage notes
Z can be used as a main command or a line command. The main command STATS
is equivalent to Z.
If CHANGE is specified or no operand is specified, a prompt panel is displayed.
You can make changes or remove the statistics. On the prompt panel, the fields VV,
MM, CREATED, CHANGED, SIZE, INIT, and MOD can be reset selectively. (The
CREATE command has similar results, but on each field individually.) The fields
VV, MM, and USERID can be set to any valid user-specified value.
Z ACCTMAIN
Z ACCTMAIN CREATE
Z ACCTMAIN CRE
Z *CCT*
Z *CCT* REMOVE
Z *CCT* REM
Z AC%%MAIN
Z AC%%MAIN CHANGE
Z AC%%MAIN CHA
Chapter 8. MSL commands
147
Z MSL command
148
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
ISPF Productivity Tool provides a function called OLIST that gives access to the
different object classes.
OLIST maintains two types of object lists–temporary and permanent.
Permanent OLISTs are maintained in the user's OLIST library. By default, when the
user logs on, ISPF Productivity Tool looks for a non-concatenated library with the
DD name PLSTLIBW.
If it does not find this DD name PLSTLIBW pre-allocated, it tries to allocate an
existing library named 'id.PLIST.LIBRARY' (later, using the Customization Wizard,
you determine whether “id” is the TSO userid or the user's current TSO prefix). If
such a library does not exist, it attempts to use DD IPITBLIB. If this is also
unavailable, ISPF Productivity Tool dynamically creates a new 'id.PLIST.LIBRARY',
with these attributes: “DSNTYPE(LIBRARY) DSORG(PO) RECFM(F B) LRECL(80)
BLKSIZE(6160) SPACE=(320,160)”, and the UNIT name specified with the
Customization Wizard.
Note: Although ISPF Productivity Tool version 7.1 allows a user to separate the
OLISTs from other persistent tables in different libraries, it is recommended that a
single PDSE library be maintained for both purposes.
Main
Command
Line
Command
=
/
A
C
/
The “/ (slash) line command” on page 154 displays the
Object List Line Command input panel. From this panel you
have access to all line commands that can be applied an
OLIST data set. You can use the slash command when you
are not sure of the available line commands.
A
The “A command” on page 155 allocates a data set.
The “Assist command” on page 156 displays information
about OLIST main and line commands.
B
The “B line command” on page 156 invokes an MSL with a
default process of BROWSE, or invokes BROWSE on an
object. The action taken depends on the type of object.
BF
The “BF line command” on page 157 invokes a VSAM
BROWSE function on an OLIST object.
C
The “C line command” on page 158 catalogs the specified
data set on the indicated volume.
CANcel
|
|
|
The “CANcel command” on page 158 ends the use of the
OLIST without saving any changes you have made to the list
itself.
CLONe
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
The “= (equal) line command” on page 154 invokes the
immediately preceding line command on the item specified.
The same as POPULATE.
Assist
B
Remarks
The “CLONe command” on page 159 provides a
comprehensive menu for cloning any given non-VSAM data
set.
149
OLIST commands
Main
Command
Line
Command
CLRVOL
The “CLRVOL command” on page 159 clears the VOLUME
column of a data set object.
CMDparms
The “CMDparms command” on page 160 controls a field in
which TSO command parameters can be specified. The
parameters specified in this field are appended to all TSO
commands you enter on the OLIST.
COMPress
(PDS only)
COMP
The “COpy line command” on page 161 copies the one or
more members specified.
COPYALl
The “COPYALl line command” on page 161 copies all the
members of one partitioned dataset to a different data set.
CUT
The “CUT command” on page 161 copies the OLIST into the
specified clipboard number.
/D
The “/D line command” on page 162 deletes one or more
entries in the OLIST. The remaining entries are renumbered.
D
The “D command” on page 162 deletes a data set or the one
or more members specified (with confirmation).
DEFault
150
The “COMPress (PDS only) line command” on page 160
compresses the specified library.
COPY
D
|
|
|
|
Remarks
The “DEFault command” on page 163 changes the default
process invoked by the SELECT and S commands during the
current OLIST session.
DSLIST
DSLIST
The “DSLIST line command” on page 163 invokes an ISPF
data set list (option 3.4) of all items in the current catalog
matching the specification.
E
E
The “E line command” on page 164 invokes an MSL with a
default process of EDIT, or invokes EDIT on a data set or
member. The action taken depends on the type of object.
EF
The “EF line command” on page 165 invokes a VSAM EDIT
function on an OLIST object.
EMPty
EMP
The “EMPTY line command” on page 165 removes all
members from the specified library, or all data from a
sequential data set.
eXclude
X
The “eXclude main command” on page 166 excludes selected
OLIST objects. When this command is used, the *EXCLUDE*
tag appears next to the Volume or Class column on the OLIST
screen. If you need to exclude a certain range of entries, use
the /XX line command at the beginning of the range and the
end of the range.
EXPDIR
(PDS only)
EXPDIR
The “EXPDIR (PDS only) line command” on page 167
expands the library specified.
EXPORT
The “EXPORT command” on page 167 saves the OLIST under
its current name in the specified library.
FILLCLAS
The “FILLCLAS command” on page 168 is an alias of
FILLVOL (“FV”). It checks the existence and attributes of each
object in an OLIST and updates all CLASS and VOLUME
fields.
FILLVOL
The “FILLVOL command” on page 168 fills in the VOLUME
column of data set objects.
FILTER
The “FILter command” on page 169 selectively tailors the
display of members in the OLIST (or to remove all filtering).
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
OLIST commands
Main
Command
|
|
Line
Command
Find
The “Find command” on page 169 locates the next item in the
OLIST whose name contains a specified text string.
FINDMEM
Alias of the “MEMFind command” on page 190.
FINDTEXT
The “FINDTEXT (FT) command” on page 170 searches for the
first sequential file or the first member of a library that
contains the search text. The search starts from the first OLIST
entry displayed on the screen. A synonym is FT.
FLIP
The “FLIP command” on page 172 toggles between visible
and invisible (excluded and filtered-out) lines.
FM
Alias of the “MEMFind command” on page 190.
FREe
FREe
FT
|
|
The “FREe line command” on page 173 frees unused space in
a specified dataset object.
Same as FINDTEXT.
/I
The “/I line command” on page 175 inserts one or more
empty lines in the OLIST for the insertion additional items.
HDELETE
The “HDELETE line command” on page 174 deletes a
migrated (archived) data set object.
HLIST
The “HLIST line command” on page 174 displays archiving
information about a migrated data set object.
I
The “INFO line command” on page 175 displays information
about a data set object.
LEVEL
The “LEVEL command” on page 175 shows only data set
objects that satisfy the specified level of DSNAME qualifier,
thus acting like a filter.
LISTALOC
The “LISTALOC command” on page 176 appends allocated
data sets to the current OLIST.
LISTBASE
LISTB
The “LISTBASE command” on page 177 appends
generation-data-group base names to the current OLIST.
LISTBOOK
LISTK
The “LISTBOOK command” on page 177 appends
BookManager BOOK data set names to the current OLIST.
LISTCAT
LISTC
The “LISTCAT line command” on page 178 appends
catalogued data set names to the current OLIST.
LISTCLON
LISTGDG
The “LISTCLon main command” on page 179 populates an
OLIST with clone data set names matching a given pattern.
LISTG
LISTHIST
LISTMIGR
|
|
|
Remarks
The “LISTGDG command” on page 179 appends
generation-data-group data set names to the current OLIST.
The “LISTHIST command” on page 180 appends the most
recently used data sets to the current OLIST.
LISTM
The “LISTMigr command” on page 181 appends migrated
(archived) data set names to the current OLIST.
LISTMULT
The “LISTMULT main command” on page 181 appends data
set names to the current OLIST from multiple list
specifications.
LISTNVS
The “LISTNvs main command” on page 182 populates an
OLIST with NON-VSAM data set names matching a given
pattern.
LISTPAGE
The “LISTPAGE main command” on page 182 appends
catalogued Paging-Space data set names to the current OLIST.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
151
OLIST commands
Main
Command
Line
Command
LISTPDSE
The “LISTPDSE main command” on page 183 appends
catalogued PDSE library data set names to the current OLIST.
LISTSHLF
LISTF
The “LISTSHLF command” on page 184 appends
BookManager BOOKSHELF data set names to the current
OLIST.
LISTSMP
LISTZ
The “LISTSMP command” on page 185 appends SMP/E
ZONE VSAM cluster names to the current OLIST.
LISTSYS
LISTTAPE
The “LISTSYS command” on page 185 appends specific
system data set names to the current OLIST.
LISTT
LISTVSAM
LISTVTOC
The “LISTTAPE main command” on page 186 appends
catalogued TAPE library data set names to the current OLIST.
The “LISTVSAM main command” on page 187 appends
VSAM cluster names to the current OLIST.
LISTV
The “LISTVTOC command” on page 188 appends data set
names, from specific volumes, to the current OLIST.
Locate
The “Locate command” on page 189 locates the next data set
(or object) name beginning with the specified text string.
MAPpds
The “MAPpds (PDS only) command” on page 189 displays a
data map of a PDS library, from which you can restore
deleted members.
MEMFind
The “MEMFind command” on page 190 locates the first, next,
or all libraries in the OLIST that contain the specified
member.
MF
Same as MEMFind.
MLIST
Same as LISTMULT.
MOVE (PDS
only)
M
MOVEALl
OLIST
The “MOVE (PDS only) line command” on page 192 moves
the specified member or members.
The “MOVEALl line command” on page 192 moves all of the
members from one data set to a different data set.
O
The “OLIST line command” on page 192 invokes a temporary
OLIST of all items in the current catalog matching the
specification.
OPEN
The “OPEN command” on page 193 switches to another
OLIST.
OPRINT
The “OPRINT command” on page 193 prints the current
OLIST.
PASTE
The “PASTE command” on page 194 attaches the contents of
a previously cut OLIST to the end of the current OLIST.
POPULATE
The “POPULATE command” on page 194 accesses a
pull-down menu which allows you to select how to populate
the current OLIST. This is similar to selecting the Populate
option on the Action Bar. From the Populate pull-down menu,
you select from nine population options.
PRINT (PDS P
or Sequential
only)
The “PRINT (PDS or Sequential only) line command” on page
195 copies the one or more members specified.
/R
152
Remarks
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
The “/R line command” on page 195 repeats an existing line
in the OLIST one or more specified times (presumably for
subsequent editing).
OLIST commands
Main
Command
Remarks
REFRESH
The “REFRESH line command” on page 195 refreshes the
current OLIST display from original parameters.
RELEASE
The “RELEASE main command” on page 196 closes or deletes
the current print group.
RENAME
R
The “RENAME line command” on page 196 renames a data
set or a member.
RESet
The “RESet command” on page 197 clears selected (or all)
columns in the display and removes the empty lines.
RFIND
The “RFIND main command” on page 198 repeats the current
FIND, EXCLUDE, FINDTEXT, or MEMFIND command.
S
|
|
|
Line
Command
S
The “S line command” on page 198 selects an item and
invokes the default process for that item. (The default process
depends on the type of object, how OLIST was invoked, and
the setting on the ISPF Productivity Tool Options panel for
OLIST.)
SAVE
The “SAVE command” on page 199 saves permanent OLIST
under a new name. This command can also save a temporary
list as a permanent list with a new name.
SHOWARCh
The “SHOWARCh command” on page 199 is an alias name of
SHOWMIG (or SHOWM). It controls the hiding (exclusion) of
migrated dataset objects.
SHOWCLAs
The “SHOWCLAs command” on page 200 shows the Class
(Type) column in the OLIST display.
SHOWcmd
The “SHOWcmd command” on page 200 controls whether
TSO commands, REXX EXECs, and CLISTs are to be
displayed before execution (so that they can be modified) or
are to be executed immediately.
SHOWMigr
The “SHOWMigr command” on page 201 controls the display
of migrated (archived) data sets.
SHOWVOL
The “SHOWVOL command” on page 202 shows the Volume
column in the OLIST display.
SORT
The “SORT command” on page 202 sorts the entries in the
OLIST.
SUBmit
SUBMIT
TITLE
U
The “SUBmit line command” on page 203 submits a data set
or a member as a batch job.
The “TITLE command” on page 203 gives you the ability to
enter a description for an existing OLIST from a Define OLIST
Description input panel.
U
The “U line command” on page 204 uncatalogs the data set.
UPDate
The “UPDate command” on page 204 invokes the ISPF
Productivity Tool EDIT panel for extensive editing of the
OLIST.
Note: You can edit and save the history command list.
UTIL
The “UTIL command” on page 205 opens a nested level of
ISPF option 3 (Utilities) or a suboption of option 3.
V
V
The “V line command” on page 206 invokes an MSL with a
default process of VIEW, or invokes VIEW on a data set or
member. The action taken depends on the type of object.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
153
OLIST commands
Main
Command
Line
Command
VALIDate
X
Remarks
The “VALIDate command” on page 206 is used to compare
the entries in the OLIST with the current catalog and volume,
and to bring them into conformity with the catalog. It marks
items on the OLIST that are not in the catalog, and corrects
the volume information for those that show the wrong
volume. Migrated or archived data sets are indicated.
VF
The “VF line command” on page 207 invokes a VSAM VIEW
function on an OLIST object.
X
The “X main command” on page 209 can be used as a Main
line command or a Line command to remove an Object List
entry from an OLIST.
XFER
The “XFER line command” on page 209 accesses a pop-up
window to upload or download data sets or workstation files.
Note: From the main command, you can enter a number followed by a space and
a line command, or, you can enter a range of entries <from#>-<to#> followed by a
space and a line command to execute the EDIT, VIEW or BROWSE commands.
In the Command line, enter: 3 E to edit the entry Number 3, or, 3-6 b to browse
the entries from Number 3 to Number 6.
= (equal) line command
The = line command invokes the immediately preceding line command on the item
specified.
Syntax
=
Usage notes
= can only be used as a line command.
Examples
Command
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- -------- ---- ----------------------- -----B
1 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.JCL’
=
2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
=
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
=
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
=
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
/ (slash) line command
The slash command displays the Object List Line Command input panel.
154
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
/ (slash) OLIST command
Syntax
/
Usage notes
-IPT-------------------- Object List Line Command ------------------COMMAND ===>
Select line command (with "S") or point with cursor
Press ENTER to execute or END to cancel.
Allocate dataset
List VTOC
Browse
Move members
Catalog dataset
OLIST
Compress library
Print
Copy members
Rename dataset
Delete
Submit members
DSLIST
Uncatalog dataset
Edit
View
Expand directory
TSO commands
Free unused space
Delete line(s)
Dataset information
Insert line(s)
Listcat
Repeat line(s)
MEMBER
NUM. DATA SET NAME
VOLUME
-------- ----- ---------------------------------------------- -----1 ’SYS1.AADRLIB’
G1703D
Figure 27. Object List Line Command input panel
From this panel you have access to all line commands that can be applied to an
OLIST data set. Use the slash command when you are not sure of the available line
commands.
The slash command can only be used as a line command.
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- LEVEL SYS1*LIB ---------------- Row 1 to 15 of 132
Command
===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Hotbar: OPRINT
REFRESH CLRVOL FILLVOL UTIL
UPDATE CUT
FLIP
*TEMPORARY LIST*
TSO PARMS ===>
Command
Member Numbr Data Set Names / Objects
Class
--------- -------- ----- ---------------------------------------------- ------/
1 ’SYS1.AADRLIB’
2 ’SYS1.AADRYLIB’
3 ’SYS1.ACMDLIB’
A command
The A line command allocates a data set.
Usage notes
A can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a main
command.
The A command ignores the member name field.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
155
A OLIST command
Examples
Command
-------A
A
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
2 a
Assist command
The Assist main command can either display a list of all main and line commands
of OLIST or detailed information about a specific command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-IPTCmd ====>
OLIST Command Assistance
For more details, point cursor at selected command and press ENTER
Enter END or CANCEL to exit
While reviewing an ASSIST example you may enter an OLIST command,
press ENTER, and be prompted with command over the OLIST display.
------------------------ MAIN Commands -------------------------------ASSIST
#f-#l
CANCEL CLEARVOL CMDPARMS CUT
DEFAULT END
EXCLUDE EXPORT
FILLCLAS FILLVOL FILTER FIND
FINDTEXT FLIP
LEVEL
LISTALOC LISTBASE LISTBOOK LISTCAT LISTCLON LISTGDG LISTHIST
LISTMIGR LISTMULT LISTNVS LISTPAGE LISTPDSE LISTSHLF LISTSMP LISTSYS
LISTTAPE LISTVSAM LISTVTOC LOCATE MEMFIND OPEN
OPRINT PASTE
POPULATE QUIT
REFRESH RELEASE RESET
RFIND
RIGHT
SAVE
SET
SHOWCMD SHOWMIG SHOWTYPE SHOWVOL SORT
TITLE
UPDATE
UTIL
VALIDATE
------------------------ LINE Commands -------------------------------/
/D /DD /I
/R
/X /XX =
?<Cmd> %<Exec>
ALLOCATE BF
BROWSE CATALOG CLONE
COMPRESS COPY
COPYALL
DELETE
DSLIST
EDIT
EF
EMPTY
EXPDIR FREE
HDELETE
HLIST
INFO
LISTBASE LISTBOOK LISTCAT LISTGDG LISTMIGR LISTSHLF
LISTSMP LISTTAPE LISTVTOC MAPPDS MOVE
MOVEALL OLIST
PRINT
RENAME
SELECT
SUBMIT UNCATALO VF
VIEW
XFER
<other>
Figure 28. The ASSIST list of all main and line commands
command-name
The name of the command for which you want to see an assist window. If
omitted, the whole list of available OLIST commands is displayed.
Usage notes
ASSIST is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command.
You may enter any main command while the assist window is displayed.
B line command
The B line command invokes an MSL with a default process of BROWSE, or
invokes BROWSE on an object. The action taken depends on the type of object, as
shown below:
TYPE
Member or pattern
specification (if any)
SEQ
156
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Processing
Browse data set
B OLIST command
TYPE
Member or pattern
specification (if any)
PDS
None
Display MSL of all members with browse as
default process
PDS
Pattern specified
Display MSL of matching members with
browse as default process
PDS
Member specified
Browse member
Processing
LIST
Display temporary OLIST of matching
items with browse as default process
VSAM
Browse VSAM file (if option installed)
DB2
Browse DB2 file (if option installed)
USER
Browse VSAM file (if option installed)
PC
Browse PC file (if option installed)
Usage notes
B can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a main
command.
Examples
Command
-------B
B
B
B
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects
-------- ---- ----------------------2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
Volume
-----TST001
TST001
BF line command
The BF line command invokes a VSAM BROWSE function on an OLIST object. The
action taken depends on the type of object, as shown below:
TYPE
Member or pattern
specification (if any)
SEQ
Processing
Invoke the VSAM browser
PDSe
None
Display MSL of all members with browse as
default process
PDSe
Pattern specified
Display MSL of matching members with
browse as default process
PDSe
Member specified
Invoke VSAM browser over member
SCLM
None
Display MSL of all members with edit as
default process
SCLM
Pattern specified
Display MSL of matching members with
edit as default process
SCLM
Member specified
Invoke ISPF browser over member
SCLM
Same as for SCLM
LIST
Display temporary OLIST of matching
items with browse as default process
OLIST
Display permanent OLIST of matching
items with browse as default process
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
157
BF OLIST command
Member or pattern
specification (if any)
TYPE
Processing
VSAM
Browse VSAM file (if option installed)
USER
Invoke the USER-supplied browser (if
option installed)
Usage notes
BF can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a
main command.
The VSAM browser must be first defined during IPT customization via the
%IQIWIZRD CLIST. If that is not the case, this command acts like the OLIST
BROWSE command.
Examples
Command
-------BF
BF
BF
BF
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects
-------- ---- ----------------------2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
Volume
-----TST001
TST001
C line command
The C line command catalogs the specified data set on the indicated volume.
Usage notes
C can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a main
command.
The volume field must be specified.
The C command ignores the member name field.
Examples
Command
-------C
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
CANcel command
The CANcel command ends the use of the OLIST without saving any changes you
have made to the list itself.
Syntax
CANcel
158
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
CANcel OLIST command
Operands
CANcel has no operands.
Usage notes
CANcel is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command.
Note: On the editing panel that is displayed following the “UPDate command” on
page 204, the CANcel command ends the editing session without saving any
changes you have made; you are returned to the OLIST display panel.
Examples
CANCEL
CAN
|
CLONe command
|
|
The CLONe line command clones a partitioned-library or sequential data set
object.
|
|
Syntax
|
|
||
CLONe Object_name Volume
|
Operands
|
|
|
Object_name
The name of the object. A clone dataset name must have a suffix (such as
“.CLONE”) conforming to the installation naming convention.
|
|
Volume
|
Usage notes
|
|
You are prompted with a confirmation panel in which you can override the
suggested clone name and some of the space allocation attributes.
The volume of the object.
CLRVOL command
The CLRVOL command clears the VOLUME column of a data set object.
Syntax
CLRVOL
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
159
CLRVOL OLIST command
Operands
CLRVOL has no operands.
Usage notes
The command is a good candidate for the OLIST Hotbar.
CMDparms command
The CMDparms command controls a field in which TSO command parameters can
be specified. The parameters specified in this field are appended to all TSO
commands you enter on the OLIST.
Syntax
ON
CMDparms
OFF
Operands
ON
Displays the field. (This is the default.)
OFF
Removes the field.
Usage notes
CMDparms is a main command only. It cannot be used as a line command.
This option is also controlled from the ISPF Productivity Tool Options panel.
Examples
CMDPARMS
CMD
CMD ON
CMD OFF
COMPress (PDS only) line command
The COMPress line command compresses the specified library.
Usage notes
COMPress can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number,
as a main command.
The COMPress command ignores the member name field.
160
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
COMPress (PDS only) OLIST command
Examples
Command
-------COMPRESS
COMP
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
COpy line command
The COPY line command copies one or more members or sequential data sets,
possibly having different attributes.
|
|
Usage notes
An object name, member or pattern, and volume are required.
|
COPY can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a
main command.
This command is passed to MSL for processing; the COPY/MOVE prompt panel is
displayed for specification of the target library and other parameters.
If a dataset having the specified name and volume does not exist, or if it does not
have partitioned organization, you are prompted with an entry panel in which you
can modify the Line command, Dataset name, or Volume.
|
|
|
Examples
Command
-------COPY
COPY
COPY
COPY
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----*
2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
*
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
COPYALl line command
The COPYALl line command copies all members of a partitioned data set to
another data set.
Usage notes
The command supports only PDS and PDSE libraries.
When you invoke this command, you are prompted to the target library and
like-named member replacement. The target library must be different from the
current one. All members are copied regardless of member name specification.
Examples
COPYALL
CUT command
The CUT command copies the OLIST into the specified clipboard number.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
161
CUT OLIST command
Syntax
00
CUT
TO
STAtus
board
Operands
board
An integer from 00 to 99 or a name indicating the clipboard from which
the data is to be pasted. If no board is specified, 00 is the default clipboard.
STAtus
Displays the clipboard management status.
Usage notes
Use the PASTE command to copy a previously cut OLIST to the end of a displayed
OLIST or to an edited file.
Examples
CUT TO MYLIST
CUT 91
CUT
CUT STA
/D line command
The /D line command deletes one or more entries in the OLIST. The remaining
entries are renumbered.
Usage notes
/D can only be used as a line command; it cannot be used as a main command.
/D can be used with a number specifying the number of lines to delete.
/D can be used in pairs, in the form /DD, to indicate a block of lines to delete.
Examples
Command
-------/D2
/D
/DD
/DD
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects
-------- ---- ----------------------1 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.JCL’
2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
Volume
-----TST001
TST001
D command
The D line command deletes a data set or the one or more members specified
(with confirmation).
162
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
D OLIST command
Usage notes
D can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a
main command.
Examples
Command
-------D
D
D
D
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects
-------- ---- ----------------------2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
Volume
-----TST001
TST001
DEFault command
The DEFault command changes the default process invoked by the SELECT and S
commands during the current OLIST session.
Syntax
DEFault
E
V
B
Operands
E
Invoke the E line command when the SELECT or S command is used in an
OLIST.
V
Invoke the V line command when the SELECT or S command is used in an
OLIST.
B
Invoke the B line command when the SELECT or S command is used in an
OLIST.
Usage notes
DEFault is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
If the operand is omitted, the current default is displayed.
Examples
DEFAULT E
DEF B
DEF
DSLIST line command
The DSLIST line command invokes an ISPF data set list (option 3.4) of all items in
the current catalog matching the specification.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
163
DSLIST OLIST command
Usage notes
DSLIST can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as
a main command. The item must conform to input specifications for a data set list.
You must specify at least one asterisk. To get a full list of a specific level, specify it
as shown in the last example below.
You can also invoke DSLIST by clicking on (or moving the cursor to) a line, and
pressing the F10 (LEFT) or F11 (RIGHT) key.
Examples
Command
-------DSLIST
DSLIST
DSLIST
DSLIST
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.*.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.*’
TST001
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COB*’
5 ’ACCOUNTS.*’
E line command
The E line command invokes an MSL with a default process of EDIT, or invokes
EDIT on a data set or member. The action taken depends on the type of object, as
shown below:
Member or pattern
specification (if any)
TYPE
SEQ
Processing
Edit data set
PDS
None
Display MSL of all members with edit as
default process
PDS
Pattern specified
Display MSL of matching members with
edit as default process
PDS
Member specified
Edit member
LIST
Display temporary OLIST of matching
items with edit as default process
VSAM
Edit VSAM file (if option installed)
DB2
Edit DB2 file (if option installed)
USER
Edit VSAM file (if option installed)
PC
Edit PC file (if option installed)
Usage notes
E can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a main
command.
Examples
Command
-------E
E
E
E
164
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects
-------- ---- ----------------------2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Volume
-----TST001
TST001
EF OLIST command
EF line command
The EF line command invokes a VSAM EDIT function on an OLIST object. The
action taken depends on the type of object, as shown below:
Member or pattern
specification (if any)
TYPE
SEQ
Processing
Invoke the VSAM editor
PDSe
None
Display MSL of all members with browse as
default process
PDSe
Pattern specified
Display MSL of matching members with
browse as default process
PDSe
Member specified
Invoke VSAM editor over member
SCLM
None
Display MSL of all members with edit as
default process
SCLM
Pattern specified
Display MSL of matching members with
edit as default process
SCLM
Member specified
Invoke ISPF editor over member
SCLM
Same as for SCLM
LIST
Display temporary OLIST of matching
items with edit as default process
OLIST
Display permanent OLIST of matching
items with edit as default process
VSAM
Edit VSAM file (if option installed)
USER
Invoke the USER-supplied editor (if option
installed)
Usage notes
EF can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a
main command.
The VSAM editor must be first defined during IPT customization via the
%IQIWIZRD CLIST. If that is not the case, this command acts like the OLIST EDIT
command.
Examples
Command
-------EF
EF
EF
EF
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects
-------- ---- ----------------------2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
Volume
-----TST001
TST001
EMPTY line command
The EMPTY line command empties all data from a partitioned or a sequential data
set.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
165
EMPTY OLIST command
Usage notes
EMPty can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a
main command.
The EMPty command ignores the member name field.
Examples
Command
-------EMPTY
E
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
eXclude main command
Use the eXclude main command to exclude selected OLIST objects. When this
command is used, the *EXCLUDE* tag appears next to the Volume or Class
column on the OLIST screen.
eXclude can also be used as a line command by specifying X.
Syntax
eXclude
Char
Next
PREFix
SUFFix
Word
All
First
Last
Prev
string
Operands
string
The text string to be found in the item name.
Char
When specified, restricts search of the text string to a character within the
data set name. This is the default.
PREFix
When specified, restricts search of the text string to the prefix of a qualifier
within the data set name.
SUFFix
When specified, restricts search of the text string to the suffix of a qualifier
within the data set name.
166
Word
When specified, restricts search of the text string to the qualifier within the
data set name.
Next
Search the list for the next member specified in the string. This is the
default.
All
Exclude all members that possess the text string.
First
Search the list for the first member specified in the string.
Last
Search the list for the last member specified in the string.
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
eXclude OLIST command
Prev
Search the list for the previous member specified in the string.
Usage notes
If no operands are supplied, a menu is displayed for you to specify parameters.
Command RFIND may be subsequently used to exclude the next occurrence of the
specified string.
Examples
EXCLUDE ASM
X SYS1 W A
X TEST SUFF F
X ’T L’ P
EXCLUDE
EXPDIR (PDS only) line command
The EXPDIR line command expands the library specified.
Usage notes
EXPDIR can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as
a main command.
The EXPDIR command ignores the member name field.
Examples
Command
-------EXPDIR
EXPDIR
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
EXPORT command
The EXPORT command saves the OLIST under its current name in the specified
library.
Syntax
EXPORT library_name
Operands
library_name
The name of the library to be used as the specified library number.
Usage notes
Use the EXPORT command to export an OLIST to a public OLIST library.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
167
EXPORT OLIST command
Examples
EXPORT TEST
|
FILLCLAS command
|
|
The FILLCLAS command checks the existence and attributes of each object of a
given OLIST and updates all CLASS and VOLUME fields.
|
|
Syntax
|
FILLCLAS
FC
|
||
|
Operands
|
FILLCLAS has no operands.
|
Usage notes
|
FILLCLAS can be abbreviated “FC”.
|
|
Examples
FILLCLAS
FILLVOL command
The FILLVOL command fills in the VOLUME column of data set objects.
Syntax
FILLVOL
FV
Operands
FILLVOL has no operands.
Usage notes
The FILLVOL command can be abbreviated “FV”. The command is a good
candidate for the OLIST Hotbar.
|
Examples
FILLVOL
168
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
FILter OLIST command
FILter command
The FILter command shows only the selected objects from the current OLIST
display.
Syntax
FILter
Char
string
PREFix
SUFFix
Word
Operands
string
A text string to be found in the object name.
Char
Character within the OLIST.
PREFix
First letter of a word within the OLIST.
SUFFix
Last letter of a word within the OLIST.
Word
Word within the OLIST.
Usage notes
Wildcard characters are not accepted under the command FILter.
If no operands are supplied, a menu is displayed for you to specify parameters.
Command FLIP may be subsequently used to show all objects excluded from
display.
Examples
FILTER
FILTER
FILTER
FILTER
TEST WORD
R CHAR
I PREFIX
T SUFFIX
Find command
The Find command locates the next item in the OLIST whose name contains a
specified text string.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
169
Find OLIST command
Syntax
Find string
Operands
string
The text string to be found in the item name.
Usage notes
Find is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
Do not enclose the string or pattern in quotation marks.
Find starts the search from the second entry on the list and searches to the end of
the list. If nothing is found, the search starts again from the top. If again nothing is
found, the list does not change it position.
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ ----│
-IPT- │ 132
│ COMMAND ===>
│ CSR
│
│ P
│ Enter selection parameters to find entries:
│ LIST*
T │ Search string ===> ’TEXT’
│
C │
│ ass
- │ Direction
===> N (N=Next, P=Prev, L=Last, F=First, A=All)
│ ----│ String type
===> C (C=Character, P=Prefix, S=Suffix, W=Word)
│
│
│
│
Press ENTER to process or the END key to cancel.
│
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
5 ’SYS1.ADBBLIB’
6 ’SYS1.ADFQMLIB’
7 ’SYS1.ADFQPLIB’
8 ’SYS1.ADGTCLIB’
9 ’SYS1.ADGTLLIB’
C
H
Figure 29. The Find command pop-up
Examples
FIND STAT1
F
FINDTEXT (FT) command
The FINDTEXT (or FT) command searches for the first sequential file or the first
member of a library that contains the search text. The search starts from the first
OLIST entry displayed on the screen. The search is constrained by the start and
end columns (see Figure 34 on page 260).
170
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
FINDTEXT (FT) OLIST command
Syntax
FINDTEXT
FT
search_string
All
First
Last
Next
Prev
Operands
search_string
The string to be found. If it contains blanks or special characters, the
text-string should be enclosed in quotation marks. The search string can be
hexadecimal and case-sensitive SBCS characters, as well as DBCS search
strings. A text string that includes single quotes (') should be enclosed with
double quotes (").
FINDTEXT handling of ampersand (&) characters in search strings
conforms to ISPF EDIT conventions.
All
All libraries are searched, and finds are flagged for each library.
First
Finds the first library where a match is found.
Last
Finds the last library where a match is found.
Next
Starts the search from the object immediately below the one at the top of
the panel.
Prev
Finds the previous library where a match is found.
Usage notes
FINDTEXT is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
If the MEMBER column contains a member name or a member name pattern, the
search is limited to that member (or members).
If no search string is entered, a text search prompt panel is displayed. This lets you
specify the search string, and also the start and end column, and other options.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
171
FINDTEXT (FT) OLIST command
-IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- DATA SET HISTORY ----------------- Row 1 to 6 of 6
┌──────────────────────── OLIST Text Search ────────────────────────────────┐
- │
-IPT- │
- │ COMMAND ===>
│
C │
│
H │ Specify string to search within the OLIST entries:
│
│
(double quote) to search for ’ (single quote) characters.
│
T │ Note: use C’... or c’... for case sensitive search strings.
│
C │
use X’... or x’... for hexadecimal search strings.
│
- │ Search string ===> ABCXYZ
│
│
│
│ Specify search range in target data records:
│
│ START COLUMN ===> 1
│
│
END COLUMN ===> 99999
│
│
│
│ Specify how many items to process before being prompted to resume:
│
│
STOP AFTER ===> 9999 (Number of items to process successfully)
│
│ PROMPT AFTER ===> 9999 (Number of items to process before
│
│
a prompt screen is displayed)
│
│
│
│
Specify Y (Yes) or N (No) for the following options:
│
│
AUTOMATIC ===> N (Process until reaches success limit?)
│
│
EXCLUDE ===> N (Exclude failing items from displayed list?)
│
│
│
│
Press ENTER to process or the END key to cancel.
│
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
If a search string is entered, but no keyword is entered, the search starts with the
object at the top of the panel.
Once an FT is entered, RFIND (PF5) is either FT search_string Next or FT
search_string Prev, depending on the initial FT “direction”. Last and Prev imply
the “upwards” direction (FT search_string Prev), otherwise the search is in the
“downwards” direction.
If EXCLUDE(Y) is in effect, objects that do not include the search string (or
skipped) are excluded (hidden) from display.
Since the search stops at the first member within the library, to search for multiple
members switch into the member list and use the MSL GLOBAL FIND or
FINDTEXT commands.
If the search is successful, to search again from the next line in the OLIST press the
RFIND key, or re-enter the FT search, adding the Next keyword.
Examples
FINDTEXT ACCOUNTS
FT ACCOUNTS ALL
FT ’MAJOR ACCOUNTS’ L
FLIP command
The FLIP command toggles between visible and invisible (excluded and
filtered-out) lines.
172
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
FLIP OLIST command
Syntax
FLIP
Operands
FLIP has no operands.
Examples
FLIP
FREe line command
|
The FREe line command frees unused space in a specified data set object.
|
|
Syntax
|
|
||
FREe objectname,volume
|
Usage notes
|
You are prompted to select one or more of these applicable actions:
|
|
COMPRESS (PDS only)
the dataset.
|
|
RELEASE (Non-VSAM or VSAM)
unused space extents.
|
|
CONSOLIDATE (Non-VSAM or VSAM)
contiguous space extents.
|
|
|
If a dataset by the specified name and volume does not exist, you are prompted
with an entry panel in which you may modify: the Line command, Dataset name,
or Volume.
Examples
Command
-------FREE
FREE
FREE
FREE
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects
-------- ---- ----------------------2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
Volume
-----TST001
TST001
2 FRE
I line command
The I line command provides information about a data set.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
173
I OLIST command
Data Set Information
Command ===>
Data Set Name
. . . : SYS1.ALINKLIB
General Data
Volume serial . .
Device type . . .
Organization . .
Record format . .
Record length . .
Block size . . .
1st extent blocks
Secondary blocks
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
G1703D
3390
PO
U
0
32760
187
146
Creation date . . . : 2005/09/20
Referenced date . . : 2006/09/27
Expiration date . . : ***None***
Current Allocation
Allocated blocks . : 187
Allocated extents . : 1
Maximum dir. blocks : 194
Current Utilization
Used blocks . . . .
Used extents . . .
Used dir. blocks .
Number of members .
:
:
:
:
162
1
162
966
Figure 30. The Data Set Information panel
Usage notes
I can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a main
command.
The I command ignores the member name field.
Examples
2 i
HDELETE line command
The HDELETE line command deletes a migrated (archived) data set object.
Usage notes
If a data set by the specified name is catalogued, a confirmation panel is displayed.
If a data set by the specified name is not catalogued, an entry panel prompts you.
In it you can modify the Line command, Data Set name, or Volume.
Examples
Command
-------HDELETE
HDELETE
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
HLIST line command
The HLIST line command displays archiving information about a migrated data set
object.
Usage notes
If a data set by the specified name is not catalogued, an entry panel prompts you.
In it you can modify the Line command, Data Set name, or Volume.
174
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
HLIST OLIST command
Examples
Command
-------HLIST
HLIST
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
/I line command
The /I line command inserts one or more empty lines in the OLIST for the
insertion additional items.
Usage notes
/I can only be used as a line command; it cannot be used as a main command.
/I can be used with a number specifying the number of empty lines to insert.
Examples
Command
-------/I
/I3
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
INFO line command
The INFO line command displays information about a data set object.
Usage notes
If a data set by the specified name is not catalogued, an entry panel prompts you.
In it you can modify the Line command, Data Set name, or Volume.
If a data set is migrated (archived), the HLIST command is invoked.
If a data set is a VSAM cluster, the IDCAMS utility is invoked.
Examples
Command
-------INFO
INFO
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
LEVEL command
The LEVEL command shows only data set objects that satisfy the specified level of
DSNAME qualifier.
Syntax
LEVEL
level_number
ALL
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
175
LEVEL OLIST command
Operands
level_number
A qualifier level number
ALL
Displays data sets of every level
Usage notes
LEVEL can only be used a main command.
If you enter the command LEVEL with no operand, a message is displayed
requesting the input of either a level qualifier or the operand ALL.
The first level of qualifier is assumed. Therefore, a level of qualified specified as '1'
would return data set names of two positions or less, where a level qualifier of '2'
would return all data sets of three positions or less.
Level 1:
Level 2
Level 3
SERVICES
SERVICES
SERVICES
SERVICES.ACSREP
SERVICES.ACSREP
SERVICES.ACSREP
SERVICES.ACSREP.JCL
SERVICES.ACSREP.JCL
SERVICES.ACSREP.PCF.JCL
LISTALOC command
The LISTALOC command appends allocated data sets to the current OLIST.
Syntax
LISTAloc
ddname
Operands
ddname
Any DD name allocated to your TSO session.
Usage notes
LISTALOC is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
You may use this command with the “MEMFind command” on page 190 or
“FINDTEXT (FT) command” on page 170, to reveal where in the concatenation a
certain member resides.
Examples
LISTA STEPLIB
LISTA
176
- add to OLIST the DD STEPLIB data sets.
- add all data sets allocated to your TSO session.
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
LISTBASE OLIST command
LISTBASE command
The LISTBASE command appends generation-data-group base names to the
current OLIST.
Syntax
LISTBase
base_pattern
Operands
base_pattern
A free form pattern of GDG base name. If the pattern is not supplied, IPT
displays the DSNAME pattern entry panel.
Usage notes
LISTBASE is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position.
IPT supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as
a contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
IPT automatically appends a .* to any DSN pattern that is not supported by ISPF
DSLIST.
Examples
LISTB IMS*DAY* - add to OLIST generation-data-group base
names matching a pattern of IMS*DAY*
LISTB - display command associated entry panel
LISTBOOK command
The LISTBOOK command appends BookManager BOOK data set names to the
current OLIST.
Syntax
LISTBOOK
book_pattern
Operands
book_pattern
A free form pattern of BookManager BOOK names. If the pattern is not
supplied, IPT displays the DSNAME pattern entry panel.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
177
LISTBOOK OLIST command
Usage notes
LISTBOOK is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position.
IPT supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as
a contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
Specifying a suffix .BOOK in the DSN pattern is not required.
Examples
LISTBOOK PP*DB2 - add to OLIST data set names matching a pattern
of PP*DB2*.BOOK
LISTK - display command associated entry panel
LISTCAT line command
The LISTCAT command appends catalogued data set names to the current OLIST.
Syntax
LISTCat
DSNpatt
VOLpatt
Operands
DSNpatt
A free form pattern of a catalogued DSNAME. If the pattern is not
supplied, IPT displays the DSNAME pattern entry panel.
VOLpatt
A free form pattern of a VOLUME.
Usage notes
LISTCAT is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position.
IPT supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as
a contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
IPT automatically appends a .* to any DSN pattern that is not supported by ISPF
DSLIST.
Examples
LISTC ISP*LPA* SYS* - add to OLIST catalogued data set names
matching a pattern of ISP*LPA* that reside on volumes
matching a pattern of SYS*
178
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
LISTCAT OLIST command
LISTC SYS%.M*LIB* - add to OLIST catalogued data set names
matching a pattern of SYS%.M*LIB*
LISTC - display command associated entry panel
|
LISTCLon main command
|
The LISTCLon command appends cloned data set names to the current OLIST.
|
|
Syntax
|
LISTCLon
DSNpatt
VOLpatt
|
||
|
Operands
|
|
|
DSNpatt
A free form pattern of a catalogued DSNAME. If the pattern is not
supplied, IPT displays the DSNAME pattern entry panel.
|
|
VOLpatt
A free form pattern of a VOLUME.
|
Usage notes
|
LISTCLON is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
|
|
A clone dataset name must have a suffix (such as “.CLONE” ) conforming to the
installation naming convention.
|
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position.
|
|
IPT supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as
a contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
|
|
|
IPT automatically appends a .* to any DSN pattern that is not supported by ISPF
DSLIST. If the DSN is longer than 38 characters, the appended “.CLONE” may be
truncated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples
LISTCL ISP*LPA* SYS* - add to OLIST catalogued dataset names
matching a pattern of ISP*LPA*.<clone>
that reside on volumes matching a pattern of SYS*.
LISTCL SYS%.M*LIB* add to OLIST catalogued dataset names
matching a pattern of SYS%.M*LIB*.<clone>.
LISTGDG command
The LISTGDG command appends generation-data-group data set names to the
current OLIST.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
179
LISTGDG OLIST command
Syntax
LISTGDG
base_pattern
Operands
base_pattern
A free form pattern of GDG base name. If the pattern is not supplied, IPT
displays the DSNAME pattern entry panel.
Usage notes
LISTGDG is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position.
IPT supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as
a contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
IPT automatically appends a .* to any DSN pattern that is not supported by ISPF
DSLIST.
GDG data set objects are displayed with a - (-nn) marker in the command line,
where nn is the generation number.
Examples
LISTG SYS*LOG* - add to OLIST generation-data-set names
matching a pattern of SYS*LOG*
LISTG - display command associated entry panel
LISTHIST command
The LISTHIST command appends the most recently used data sets to the current
OLIST.
Syntax
LISTHistC
Usage notes
You may use this command to access the most recently used data sets.
Examples
LISTH
180
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
LISTMIGR OLIST command
LISTMigr command
The LISTMIGR command appends migrated (archived) data set names to the
current OLIST.
Syntax
LISTMigr
DSNpatt
Operands
DSNpatt
A free-form pattern of a catalogued DSNAME.
Usage notes
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position. ISPF Productivity Tool
supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as a
contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
ISPF Productivity Tool automatically appends a “.*” to any DSN pattern that is not
supported by ISPF DSLIST.
Examples
LISTM CICS*DATA* - add to OLIST migrated data set names
matching a pattern of CICS*DATA*
LISTM - display command associated entry panel
LISTMULT main command
The LISTMULT main command appends data set names to the current OLIST from
multiple specifications.
Syntax
LISTMULT
MLIST
Usage notes
LISTMULT displays a data entry panel for specifying multiple LISTCAT
specifications. Each specification may include a different DSNAME or VOLUME
pattern.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position. ISPF Productivity Tool
supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as a
contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
181
LISTMULT OLIST command
ISPF Productivity Tool automatically appends a “.*” to any DSN pattern that is not
supported by ISPF DSLIST.
Examples
MLIST
|
- display a data entry panel for specifying multiple
LISTCAT specifications.
LISTNvs main command
|
The LISTNvs command appends cloned data set names to the current OLIST.
|
|
Syntax
|
LISTNvs
DSNpatt
VOLpatt
|
||
|
Operands
|
|
|
DSNpatt
A free form pattern of a catalogued DSNAME. If the pattern is not
supplied, IPT displays the DSNAME pattern entry panel.
|
|
VOLpatt
A free form pattern of a VOLUME.
|
Usage notes
|
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position.
|
|
|
ISPF Productivity Tool supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The
whole DSN is treated as a contiguous character string, regardless of the number of
dots (qualifiers).
|
|
ISPF Productivity Tool automatically appends a “.*” to any DSN pattern that is not
supported by ISPF DSLIST.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples
LISTN ISP*LPA* SYS* - add to OLIST NON-VSAM dataset names
matching a pattern of ISP*LPA*
that reside on volumes matching a pattern of SYS*.
LISTN SYS%.M*LIB* add to OLIST NON-VSAM dataset names
matching a pattern of SYS%.M*LIB.
LISTPAGE main command
The LISTPAGE main command appends catalogued Paging-Space data set names
to the current OLIST.
182
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
LISTPAGE OLIST command
Syntax
LISTPage
DSNpatt
VOLpatt
Operands
DSNpatt
A free-form pattern of a catalogued DSNAME.
VOLpatt
A free-form pattern of a VOLUME.
Usage notes
If no operands are supplied, you are prompted to supply the DSNAME pattern
and (optionally) the volume pattern.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position. ISPF Productivity Tool
supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as a
contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
ISPF Productivity Tool automatically appends a “.*” to any DSN pattern that is not
supported by ISPF DSLIST.
Examples
LISTP PAGE* SYS* - add to OLIST paging-space data set names
matching a pattern of PAGE* that reside on volumes
matching a pattern of SYS*
LISTP SYS%.PAG* - add to OLIST paging-space data set names
matching a pattern of SYS%.PAG*
LISTP - display command associated entry panel
LISTPDSE main command
The LISTPDSE main command appends catalogued PDSE library data set names to
the current OLIST.
Syntax
LISTPDsE
DSNpatt
VOLpatt
Operands
DSNpatt
A free-form pattern of a catalogued DSNAME.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
183
LISTPDSE OLIST command
VOLpatt
A free-form pattern of a VOLUME.
Usage notes
If no operands are supplied, you are prompted to supply the DSNAME pattern
and (optionally) the volume pattern.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position. ISPF Productivity Tool
supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as a
contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
ISPF Productivity Tool automatically appends a “.*” to any DSN pattern that is not
supported by ISPF DSLIST.
Examples
LISTPDE INT*25* USR* - add to OLIST PDSE library names
matching a pattern of INT*25* that reside on volumes
matching a pattern of USR*
LISTPDSE IS*MAC* - add to OLIST PDSE library names
matching a pattern of IS*MAC*
LISTPDSE - display command associated entry panel
LISTSHLF command
The LISTSHLF command appends BookManager BOOKSHELF data set names to
the current OLIST.
Syntax
LISTSHLF
shelf_pattern
Operands
shelf_pattern
A free form pattern of BookManager BOOKSHELF names. If the pattern is
not supplied, IPT displays the DSNAME pattern entry panel.
Usage notes
LISTSHLF is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position.
IPT supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as
a contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
Specifying a suffix .BKSHELF in the DSN pattern is not required.
184
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
LISTSHLF OLIST command
Examples
LISTSHLF PP*DB2 - add to OLIST data set names matching a pattern
of PP*DB2*.BKSHELF
LISTF - display command associated entry panel
LISTSMP command
The LISTSMP command appends SMP/E ZONE VSAM cluster names to the
current OLIST.
Syntax
LISTSMP LISTZ
zone_pattern
Operands
zone_pattern
A free form pattern of SMP/E ZONE VSAM cluster names. If the pattern is
not supplied, IPT displays the DSNAME pattern entry panel.
Usage notes
LISTSMP is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position.
IPT supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as
a contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
Specifying a suffix .CSI in the DSN pattern is not required.
Examples
LISTSMP SYS* - add to OLIST VSAM cluster names matching a pattern
of SYS*.CSI
LISTZ - display command associated entry panel
LISTSYS command
The LISTSYS command populates the current OLIST with the libraries of the
specified system libraries.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
185
LISTSYS OLIST command
Syntax
/
LISTSys
ALL
LINKLIST
LINK
LPALIB
LPA
AFPLIST
AFP
PARMLIB
PARM
Operands
ALL
Indicates APFLIST, LINKLIST, and LPALIB (default).
APFLIST
The authorized program facility library list.
LINKLIST
The LINKLIST load libraries.
LPALIB
The link pack area libraries.
PARMLIB
The z/OS PARMLIB libraries.
Usage notes
Use this command with The “MEMFind command” on page 190 command to
locate where the system may locate a module.
Examples
LISTS LPA
- add to OLIST all library names included in the
system Link-Pack-Area (LPA).
LISTS PARM - add to OLIST all library names included in the
system parameter library list (PARMLIB).
LISTS ALL - add to OLIST all library names included in the
system lists of: LINKLIST, LPALIB, PARMLIB, APF.
LISTSYS
- display a menu for specifying parameters.
LISTTAPE main command
The LISTTAPE main command appends catalogued TAPE data set names to the
current OLIST.
186
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
LISTTAPE OLIST command
Syntax
LISTTape
DSNpatt
VOLpatt
Operands
DSNpatt
A free-form pattern of a catalogued DSNAME.
VOLpatt
A free-form pattern of a VOLUME.
Usage notes
If no operands are supplied, you are prompted to supply the DSNAME pattern
and (optionally) the volume pattern.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position. ISPF Productivity Tool
supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as a
contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
ISPF Productivity Tool automatically appends a “.*” to any DSN pattern that is not
supported by ISPF DSLIST.
Examples
LISTT SYS*SMF* DAY* - add to OLIST TAPE data set names
matching a pattern of SYS*SMF* that reside on volumes
matching a pattern of DAY*
LISTTAP IMS*LOG* - add to OLIST TAPE data set names
matching a pattern of IMS*LOG*
LISTTAPE - display command associated entry panel
LISTVSAM main command
The LISTVSAM main command appends VSAM cluster names to the current
OLIST.
Syntax
LISTVSam
DSNpatt
Operands
DSNpatt
A free-form pattern of a catalogued DSNAME.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
187
LISTVSAM OLIST command
Usage notes
If no operands are supplied, you are prompted to supply the DSNAME pattern.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position. ISPF Productivity Tool
supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as a
contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
ISPF Productivity Tool automatically appends a “.*” to any DSN pattern that is not
supported by ISPF DSLIST.
Examples
LISTVS CICS*CSI*
LISTVS
LISTVTOC command
The LISTVTOC command appends data set names, from specific volumes, to the
current OLIST.
Syntax
LISTVtoc VOLpatt
DSNpatt
Operands
VOLpatt
A free form pattern of a VOLUME. If the pattern is not supplied, IPT
displays the DSNAME pattern entry panel.
DSNpatt
A free form pattern of a DSNAME. If the pattern is not supplied, IPT
displays the DSNAME pattern entry panel.
Usage notes
LISTVTOC is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
A pattern may have “*” and “%” wild cards in any position.
IPT supports more generic patterns than ISPF DSLIST. The whole DSN is treated as
a contiguous character string, regardless of the number of dots (qualifiers).
IPT automatically appends a “*” to any DSN pattern that ends with a “.”, or is just
a first level qualifier.
Examples
LISTV WRK* SYS*DATA* - add to OLIST any data set names
matching a pattern of SYS*DATA* that reside on volumes
matching a pattern of WRK*
188
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
LISTVTOC OLIST command
LISTV SYSRES - add to OLIST all data set names residing on
volume SYSRES
LISTV - display command associated entry panel
Locate command
The Locate command locates the next data set (or object) name beginning with the
specified text string.
Syntax
Locate
string
DSNpatt
number
Operands
string
The text string the data set name is to begin with.
DSNpatt
A pattern representing the text string to be located at the beginning of the
item name using the wildcard characters “%” and “*”.
number
The entry number of the item to be located.
Usage notes
Locate is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
If the specified text string does not begin with a quotation mark ('), quotation
marks beginning data set names are ignored. If the specified text string begins with
a quotation mark, only data set names beginning with a quotation mark are
considered to match.
Examples
LOCATE ACCOUNTS
L ’ACCOUNTS
LOCATE A*B
L 23
MAPpds (PDS only) command
The MAPpds command displays a map of all existing and deleted members of a
PDS library. Deleted members may be browsed, viewed, and restored into the
directory.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
189
MAPpds OLIST command
Syntax
MAPpds
Operands
MAPpds has no operands.
Usage notes
MAPpds is a line command only; it cannot be used as a main command.
For more information about MAPPds, see Chapter 11, “Browsing, viewing, and
restoring deleted members of a PDS using the MAP list,” on page 215.
MEMFind command
The MEMFind command locates the first, next, or all libraries in the OLIST that
contain the specified member.
Syntax
MEMFind
MF
FINDMem
FM
Next
member_name
All
First
Operands
member_name
The name of the member, or a generic unrestricted member_name pattern.
Next
Search the list for the next library containing the member specified. This is
the default.
All
Search all libraries for the member specified.
First
Search the list in order; stop as soon as a library is found containing the
member.
Usage notes
MEMFIND is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
The search starts at the first OLIST entry displayed on the screen.
If no operands are supplied, a menu is displayed for you to specify parameters:
190
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
MEMFind OLIST command
-IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- DATA SET HISTORY ----------------- Row 1 to 6 of
C --------------------------- OLIST Find Member --------------------------H | -IPTCmd ===>
|
| The MEMFIND command must be followed by a member name
|
T | Specify member name(s) to search within the OLIST libraries:
|
C | Member name(s) ===>
(Specific name
|
- |
or unrestricted name pattern
|
|
|
| Search scope ===> 1 1=Start from Olist NEXT entry
|
|
2=Start from Olist FIRST entry
|
|
3=Search ALL Olist entries
|
|
|
| Exclude failed ===> N Y/N
|
|
|
|
Press ENTER to process or the END key to cancel.
|
|
|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
6
R
E
ST*
s
---
If NEXT, FIRST, or ALL is not specified, the search begins with the next item on
the current display.
Following a MEMFind, the RFIND command (or the key assigned to RFIND,
normally PF5) repeats the last MEMFind (with the operand NEXT assumed).
When the member is found, MEMFind places the member name in the MEMBER
field.
When ALL is specified with GLOBAL EXCLUDE(YES) in effect, only matching
libraries are displayed.
Examples
MEMFIND PAYMAIN
MEMFIND PAYM*
MEMF PAYMAIN FIRST
MEMFIND PAYMAIN NEXT
MEMFIND P* NEXT
MEMF TAX1990 ALL
MLIST command
The MLIST command populates the current OLIST with entries from multiple list
specifications.
Syntax
MLIST
Operands
MLIST has no operands.
Usage notes
This command is identical to the “LISTMULT main command” on page 181.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
191
MOVE (PDS only) OLIST command
MOVE (PDS only) line command
The MOVE line command moves the specified member or members.
Usage notes
A member or pattern is required.
MOVE can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a
main command.
This command is passed to MSL for processing; the COPY/MOVE prompt panel is
displayed for specification of the target library and other parameters.
Examples
Command
-------MOVE
MOVE
MOVE
MOVE
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----*
2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
*
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
MOVEALl line command
The MOVEALl line command moves all members from the nominated data set to a
different data set.
Usage notes
You are prompted to specify the target library and like-named member
replacement.
The target library must not be one of the currently concatenated libraries.
All present members are moved, regardless of any prior filtering.
Examples
MOVEAL
OLIST line command
The OLIST line command invokes a temporary OLIST of all items in the current
catalog matching the specification.
Usage notes
OLIST can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a
main command. The first level must be fully qualified. In all other levels,
wildcards (“%” and “*”) can be used freely.
OLIST is the default process whenever a generic data set specification is selected.
The VOLUME field is ignored.
192
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
OLIST OLIST command
Examples
Command
-------OLIST
OLIST
OLIST
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.%PAY*.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.%%TEST.*’
TST001
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST’
OPEN command
The OPEN command switches to another OLIST.
Syntax
OPEN olist_name
Operands
olist_name
The name of the OLIST you want to switch to.
Usage notes
Usually, it is easier to switch to another OLIST by typing over the permanent
OLIST name. However, when operating in a temporary OLIST, the Open list field
is not visible. This is when the OPEN command is useful.
Examples
open ledger1
open payrol
OPRINT command
The OPRINT command prints the current OLIST.
Syntax
OPRINT
Operands
OPRINT has no operands.
Examples
OPRINT
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
193
PASTE OLIST command
PASTE command
The PASTE command attaches the contents of a previously cut OLIST to the end of
the current OLIST.
Syntax
00
PASTE
FROM
STAtus
board
Operands
board
An integer from 00 to 99 or a name, indicating the clipboard from which
the data is to be pasted. If no board is supplied, the default clipboard is 00.
STAtus
Displays clipboard management status.
Usage notes
Use The “CUT command” on page 161 command and The “PASTE command”
command to copy lines among different OLISTs.
The selected clipboard must have been created by a previous OLIST CUT
command.
Examples
PASTE 5
PASTE
POPULATE command
The POPULATE command accesses a pull-down menu which allows you to select
how to populate the current OLIST. This is similar to selecting the Populate option
on the Action Bar. From the Populate pull-down menu, you select from nine
population options.
Syntax
POPULATE
Operands
POPULATE has no operands.
194
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
POPULATE OLIST command
Examples
POPULATE
PRINT (PDS or Sequential only) line command
The PRINT line command prints a sequential data set or invokes the MSL PRINT
command for a partitioned data set.
Usage notes
A member or pattern may be specified.
PRINT can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a
main command.
Examples
Command
-------PRINT
PRINT
PRINT
PRINT
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----*
2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
*
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
/R line command
The /R command repeats an existing line in the OLIST one or more specified times
(presumably for subsequent editing).
Usage notes
/R can only be used as a line command; it cannot be used as a main command.
/R can be used with a number specifying the number of times to repeat the line.
You can overtype the information in the other input fields (MEMBER, DATA SET
NAME, VOLUME). The original line remains intact. The cursor is positioned on
the first of the newly inserted lines, so that you can select it by pressing the Enter
key.
Examples
Command
-------/R
/R3
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
REFRESH line command
The REFresh line command refreshes the current OLIST from original parameters.
Usage notes
A permanent OLIST is refreshed by reloading its latest stored copy from the OLIST
library. A temporary OLIST that was created from a given DSN pattern, is
refreshed by revisiting the catalog or VTOCs to match the originally specified
pattern. A temporary OLIST, created from the IPT Data Set History List, is
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
195
REFRESH OLIST command
refreshed from the most recent version of that list.
Examples
REF
REFRESH
RELEASE main command
The RELease main command closes or deletes the current print group.
Syntax
RELease
PURge
Operands
PURge
When this keyword is specified, the current print group closed and
deleted. If the keyword is not specified, the current print group is closed
and unallocated.
Usage notes
Current print group is written out to dynamically allocated SYSOUT data set with
DD name IQISOUT.
Examples
RELEASE
REL PUR
RENAME line command
The RENAME line command renames a data set or a member.
Usage notes
RENAME can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number,
as a main command.
RENAME does not accept a pattern in the member field.
Examples
Command
-------RENAME
R
R
196
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
RESet OLIST command
RESet command
The RESet command clears selected (or all) columns in the display and removes
the empty lines.
Syntax
Command
RESet
All
CLAss
DEL
Member
VOLume
Type
FILTER
EXCLUDE
Operands
Command
Blank out the Command column. This is the default.
All
Blank out the Command column, the Member column, and the Volume or
CLass column.
CLAss Blank out the Class column.
Del
Following a VALIDATE command, remove from the OLIST entries that
contain “*DEL*” in the Class column because they do not correspond to
any object in the catalog or on the volume.
Member
Blank out the Member column.
Type
Blank out the Class column.
Volume
Blank out the Volume column.
Filter
Remove all OLIST filtering.
Exclude
Restore all OLIST excluded objects.
Usage notes
RESet is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
When RESet is issued (with or without operands), empty lines are removed and
the entries are renumbered.
If RESet FILTER or RESET X is used, all other parameters stay the same.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
197
RESet OLIST command
Examples
RESET
RES ALL
RESET COMMANDS
RES C
RESET DEL
RES DEL
RES FILTER
RESET MEMBER
RES M
RES X
RESET VOLUME
RESET VOL
RFIND main command
The RFIND main command repeats the current FIND, EXCLUDE, FINDTEXT, or
MEMFIND command.
Syntax
RFIND
parms
Operands
parms
Any valid operands of OLIST command FIND.
Usage notes
If any of FIND, EXCLUDE, FINDTEXT, or MEMFIND are executed on the current
OLIST, only the most recently used is in effect for RFIND.
Command RFIND is usually available via F5 key and is most effective when used
without any operands.
When EXCLUDE is in effect, RFIND excludes, from the OLIST display, the next
object matching the exclusion criteria.
Examples
RFIND
S line command
The S line command selects an item and invokes the default process for that item.
(The default process depends on the type of object, how OLIST was invoked, and
the setting on the ISPF Productivity Tool Options panel for OLIST.)
Usage notes
S can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a main
command.
198
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
S OLIST command
Examples
Command
-------S
S
S
S
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects
-------- ---- ----------------------2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAYMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAYM*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
Volume
-----TST001
TST001
TST001
5 S
SAVE command
The SAVE command saves a permanent OLIST under a new name.
Syntax
SAVE
new_name
Operands
new_name
New name of the indicated OLIST.
Usage notes
SAVE is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
If no new-name is specified, the OLIST is saved under the current name.
Examples
SAVE
A temporary OLIST can be saved as a permanent OLIST. When saving as a
permanent OLIST, you need to rename the OLIST with a new name.
|
SHOWARCh command
|
The SHOWARCh command controls the display of migrated (archived) data sets.
|
|
Syntax
|
SHOWARCh
ON
OFF
?
|
||
|
Operands
|
OFF
Migrated data sets are initially hidden (excluded) from the OLIST display.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
199
SHOWARCh OLIST command
|
ON
Migrated data sets are displayed as usual.
|
?
Displays the current SHOWARCh status.
|
If no parameter is supplied, the SHOWARCh option toggles between ON or OFF.
|
Usage notes
|
|
The SHOWARCH setting is saved in your PROFILE and stays in effect for all
subsequent OLIST displays.
|
|
|
Examples
SHOWARCH
SHOWARC OFF
SHOWCLAs command
The SHOWCLAs command shows the Class (Type) column in the OLIST display.
Syntax
SHOWCLAs
SHOWTYPe
Usage notes
The OLIST display may include either a Class or Volume column on the right hand
side of the Object name.
Main command SHOWVOL switches back to a Volume display.
Use main command RCHANGE (F6) to toggle between SHOWTYPE and
SHOWVOL.
SHOWCLAs is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
Examples
SHOWCLA
SHOWTYPE
SHOWcmd command
The SHOWcmd command controls whether TSO commands, REXX EXECs, and
CLISTs are to be displayed before execution (so that they can be modified) or are
to be executed immediately.
200
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
SHOWcmd OLIST command
Syntax
|
SHOWcmd
ON
OFF
?
Operands
ON
TSO commands, REXX EXECs, and CLISTs are to be displayed before
execution.
OFF
TSO commands, REXX EXECs, and CLISTs are to be executed immediately.
|
?
Display SHOWcmd option setting.
|
Usage notes
|
If an operand is omitted, the SHOWCMD option is toggled ON or OFF.
|
SHOWcmd is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
|
|
The SHOWcmd setting is saved in your user PROFILE and stays in effect for all
subsequent OLIST displays.
|
|
A SHOWcmd ON status is noted with a *SHOW* mark on the OLIST display. A
SHOWcmd OFF status is noted with a *EXEC* mark on the OLIST display.
|
This option is also controlled from the ISPF Productivity Facility Options panels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples
|
|
SHOW ON
- TSO commands are displayed before being
executed on selected object.
SHOW OFF - TSO commands are executed immediately.
SHOW ?
- Display SHOWcmd option setting.
SHOW
- Toggle the option ON or OFF
SHOWMigr command
The SHOWMigr command controls the display of migrated (archived) data sets.
Syntax
SHOWMigr
ON
OFF
?
Operands
OFF
Migrated data sets are initially hidden (excluded) from the OLIST display.
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
201
SHOWMigr OLIST command
ON
Migrated data sets are displayed as usual.
?
Displays the current SHOWMigr status.
If no parameter is supplied, the SHOWMigr option toggles between ON or OFF.
Usage notes
The SHOWMIGR setting is saved in your PROFILE and stays in effect for all
subsequent OLIST displays.
Examples
SHOWMIGR
SHOWM OFF
SHOWVOL command
The SHOWCOL command shows the Volume column in the OLIST display.
Syntax
SHOWVOL
Usage notes
The OLIST display may include either a Class or Volume column on the right hand
side of the Object name.
Main command SHOWCLAS switches back to a Class display.
Use main command RCHANGE (F6) to toggle between SHOWTYPE and
SHOWVOL.
SHOWVOL is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
Examples
SHOWVOL
SORT command
The SORT command sorts the entries in the OLIST.
Syntax
SORT field_name
order
202
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
SORT OLIST command
Operands
field_name
The name of an OLIST field: COMMAND, DSNAME, MEMBER, CLASS,
or VOLUME.
order
The order of sort:
A
Ascending: lowest to highest.
D
Descending: highest to lowest.
Usage notes
SORT is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
The SORT command ignores a leading quote (or hyphen) in the item name.
Examples
SORT
SORT
SORT
SORT
SORT
SORT
DSN
MEMBER
MEMBER D
DSN D MEMBER A
VOLUME
class VOLUME
SUBmit line command
The SUBmit line command submits a data set or a member as a batch job.
Usage notes
SUBmit can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as
a main command.
Examples
Command
-------SUBMIT
SUB
SUBMIT
SUB
Member Num. Data Set Names/Objects
-------- ---- ----------------------2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
Volume
-----TST001
TST001
TITLE command
The TITLE command gives you the ability to set a permanent OLIST heading.
Syntax
TITLE
heading
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
203
TITLE OLIST command
Operands
heading
The heading text (in free form).
Usage notes
TITLE is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
The TITLE command always displays an entry panel to let you modify the OLIST
heading before saving it.
The description is saved in the reference list
Examples
TITLE My Project
TITLE
U line command
The U line command uncatalogs the data set.
Usage notes
U can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a
main command.
The U command ignores the member name field.
Examples
Command
-------U
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
3 U
UPDate command
The UPDate command invokes the ISPF Productivity Tool EDIT panel for extensive
editing of the OLIST.
Syntax
UPDATE
Operands
UPDate has no operands.
Usage notes
UPDate is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
204
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
UPDate OLIST command
Examples
UPDATE
UPD
UTIL command
The UTIL command opens a nested level of ISPF option 3 (Utilities). or a
suboption of option 3.
Syntax
UTIL
option
Operands
option
An integer indicating a menu item of option 3.
Usage notes
UTIL is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command. If no option
is supplied, the ISPF Utility Selection panel is displayed.
Menu Help
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Utility Selection Panel
Option ===>
1
Library
Compress or print data set. Print index listing. Print,
rename, delete, browse, edit or view members
2 Data Set
Allocate, rename, delete, catalog, uncatalog, or display
information of an entire data set
3 Move/Copy
Move, or copy members or data sets
4 Dslist
Print or display (to process) list of data set names.
Print or display VTOC information
5 Reset
Reset statistics for members of ISPF library
6 Hardcopy
Initiate hardcopy output
7 Transfer
Download ISPF Client/Server or Transfer data set
8 Outlist
Display, delete, or print held job output
9 Commands
Create/change an application command table
11 Format
Format definition for formatted data Edit/Browse
12 SuperC
Compare data sets
(Standard Dialog)
13 SuperCE
Compare data sets Extended
(Extended Dialog)
14 Search-For Search data sets for strings of data
(Standard Dialog)
15 Search-ForE Search data sets for strings of data Extended (Extended Dialog)
16 Tables
ISPF Table Utility
17 Udlist
Print or display (to process) z/OS UNIX directory list
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│
Press the END key to return to OLIST │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Figure 31. The Utility Selection panel
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
205
UTIL OLIST command
Examples
UTIL
UTIL 2
V line command
The V line command invokes an MSL with a default process of VIEW, or invokes
VIEW on a data set or member. The action taken depends on the type of object, as
shown below:
Member or pattern
specification (if any)
TYPE
SEQ
Processing
View data set
PDS
None
Display MSL of all members with view as
default process
PDS
Pattern specified
Display MSL of matching members with
view as default process
PDS
Member specified
View member
LIST
Display temporary OLIST of matching
items with view as default process
VSAM
View VSAM file (if option installed)
DB2
View DB2 file (if option installed)
USER
View VSAM file (if option installed)
PC
View PC file (if option installed)
Usage notes
V can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a main
command.
Examples
Command
-------V
V
V
V
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects
-------- ---- ----------------------2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
Volume
-----TST001
TST001
4 V
VALIDate command
The VALIDate command is used to compare the entries in the OLIST with the
current catalog and volume, and to bring them into conformity with the catalog. It
marks items on the OLIST that are not in the catalog, and corrects the volume
information for those that show the wrong volume. Migrated or archived data sets
are indicated.
206
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
VALIDate OLIST command
Syntax
VALIDate
Operands
VALIDate has no operands.
Usage notes
VALIDate is a main command only; it cannot be used as a line command.
Following VALIDate, use the RESET DEL command to remove entries that have
the feedback message “-NOT FND-” in the command column because they were
not found in the catalog or the volume.
Examples
VALIDATE
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- Objects List --------------------- Row 1 to 4 of 4
Command
===>
Scroll ===> CSR
Hotbar: OPRINT
REFRESH CLRVOL FILLVOL UTIL
UPDATE CUT
FLIP
+------------------------------------------------------------------- Assist -+
| NOTE: Enter the "RESET DEL" command to remove items marked as deleted
|
|
(Those with "-NOT FND-" in the COMMAND column)
|
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Open list ===> NEWLIST (or BLANK for reference list)
TSO PARMS ===>
Command
Member
NUM Data Set Names / Objects
Class
--------- -------- ---- ---------------------------------------------- -------NOT FND1 ’INTT125.CNTL.JCL’
*DEL*
2 ’INTT025.SPFE.JCL’
PDS
3 CLIST
PDS
4 )u/intt125/MYDATA
OE
---------------- END OF LIST ---------------┌──────────────────────────────┐
│ IQIP908 1 item(s) not found │
└──────────────────────────────┘
VF line command
The VF line command invokes a VSAM VIEW function on an OLIST object. The
action taken depends on the type of object, as shown below:
TYPE
Member or pattern
specification (if any)
SEQ
Processing
Invoke the VSAM editor
PDSe
None
Display MSL of all members with browse as
default process
PDSe
Pattern specified
Display MSL of matching members with
browse as default process
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
207
VF OLIST command
TYPE
Member or pattern
specification (if any)
Processing
PDSe
Member specified
Invoke VSAM editor over member
SCLM
None
Display MSL of all members with edit as
default process
SCLM
Pattern specified
Display MSL of matching members with
edit as default process
SCLM
Member specified
Invoke ISPF editor over member
SCLM
Same as for SCLM
LIST
Display temporary OLIST of matching
items with edit as default process
OLIST
Display permanent OLIST of matching
items with edit as default process
VSAM
Edit VSAM file (if option installed)
USER
Invoke the USER-supplied editor (if option
installed)
Usage notes
VF can be used as a line command or, when preceded by an item number, as a
main command.
The VSAM editor must be first defined during IPT customization via the
%IQIWIZRD CLIST. If that is not the case, this command acts like the OLIST VIEW
command.
Examples
Command
-------VF
VF
VF
VF
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects
-------- ---- ----------------------2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
ACCMAIN
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
PAY*
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
Volume
-----TST001
TST001
/X line command
The /X line command excludes one or more entries in the OLIST.
Usage notes
/X can only be used as a line command; it cannot be used as a main command.
/X can be used with a number specifying the number of lines to exclude.
/X can be used in pairs, in the form /XX, to indicate a block of lines to exclude.
Examples
Command
-------/X2
208
Member
Num. Data Set Names/Objects Volume
-------- ---- ----------------------- -----1 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.JCL’
2 ’ACCOUNTS.JONES.COBOL’
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
/X OLIST command
/X
/XX
/XX
ACCMAIN
PAY*
3 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
4 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
5 ’ACCOUNTS.TEST.COBOL’
TST001
TST001
X main command
The X main command is identical to the EXCLUDE main command (see “eXclude
main command” on page 166).
The X line command is identical to the /X line command (see “/X line command”
on page 208).
Examples
2 X
5-11 X
XFER line command
The XFER line command accesses a pop-up window to upload or download data
sets or workstation files.
You must have an active workstation connection using the ISPF Workstation Client
to use this command.
Syntax
XFER
Operands
XFER has no operands.
Examples
XFER
Chapter 9. OLIST commands
209
XFER OLIST command
210
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 10. TSO command shell
ISPF Productivity Tool's TSO Command Shell provides a convenient way of
entering TSO commands, CLISTs, REXX EXECs, and ISPEXECs from within ISPF.
The TSO Command Shell maintains two independent lists: History Command List
and Permanent Command List.
Both History Command List and Permanent Command List can store up to 999
commands. You can invoke any command from either list by selecting the number
of that list from the TSO Command Shell, or, directly from any ISPF panel without
having to display the TSO command processor panel. The commands in History
Command List are stored chronologically-- from the most recent to the least recent.
Both History Command List and Permanent Command List are remembered across
ISPF session.
TSO shell options
Using the command IPT SET, you can select the TSO settings. From the TSO Shell
Options panel, you are asked to select one of the two options:
v Use the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell
v Use the standard ISPF TSO shell
When you select the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO shell, you can set your panel
preference:
v Enter “H” to show History Command List in the Initial screen, or “P” to show
Permanent Command List
v Enter “Y” to automatically fill Permanent Command List or History Command
List, or “N” without automatic filling
v Enter a number in “Output line number” to display the output of TSO
commands
The Command list limit field lets you nominate the maximum number of entries
to be stored in permanent and history command lists.
Invoking the TSO command shell
You can invoke the TSO Command Shell using one of the following methods:
v From the ISPF main menu, select option 6
v On the command line of any panel, enter the TSO command with a question
mark:
tso ?
To exit the TSO Command Shell, press the END key.
TSO shell commands
ISPF Productivity Tool TSO Shell has the following commands:
Command
Remarks
/IS
Uses standard ISPF/TSO.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
211
TSO shell commands
Command
Remarks
/H
Displays history command list.
/EH
Edits the history command list.
/EP
Edits the permanent command list.
/SAV
Saves the command list in the library.
/RES
If you did not save your new entries in the library, you can
always use this command to restore the command list to its
original one.
<c><entry number>
<c> can be a question mark “?”, or a slash “/”, or can be
omitted.
Invoking a command
In the ISPF Productivity Tool TSO Command Shell panel, you can invoke the
commands on History Command List or Permanent Command List using the
following methods:
v Enter a command entry number on the main Command line and press Enter.
v Enter a question mark followed by a command entry number (for example, ?3),
and press Enter.
v Move the cursor to a command on Permanent Command List and press Enter.
v Enter a slash and a command number (for example /5), and press Enter. This
brings up the whole command to one screen no matter how long the command
is.
Note: To avoid redundancy, the command invoked by number is not added to
History Command List.
You can also invoke an ISPF Productivity Tool TSO command from other panels:
v Enter a command entry number from Permanent Command List, for example
TSO 3.
v Use the equal sign to invoke the most recently executed command, for example,
TSO =.
v Invoke the TSO Command Shell with a new command on the main Command
line, for example:
TSO ?ALLOC FILE(INPUT) DA(’ACCT.TEST’) SHR [ENTER]
Adding entries to permanent command list
You can add an entry to Permanent Command List using one of the following
methods:
v Type the command directly into the command line field
v Use the Edit command to “Cut” and “Paste”
v If your “Automatic filling” is set up, you can type a new command in the main
command line and press ENTER.
212
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Modifying a command
Modifying a command
Before executing a command, you can modify the command. To modify the
command, invoke the command first to bring it to the main Command line. Edit
the command and press ENTER to execute it. If your Automatic filling is set up,
the new command is shown in Permanent Command List.
To ensure that a command is correct before you execute it, you can proceed a
command from Permanent Command List with a question mark and bring it to the
main Command line. Make appropriate changes if you need to.
Chapter 10. TSO command shell
213
214
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 11. Browsing, viewing, and restoring deleted
members of a PDS using the MAP list
The MAP list (member selection list) is reached by entering the OLIST MAPpds
line command, or the MSL MAPpds main command.
-IPT--PDS-MAP L2-- TESTUR.TEST.PDS ------------------------ROW 00001 OF 00137
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
*SORT*
ON VOLUME C$US02
NAME
SYNONYM SEQNUM
TTR DATASIZE BLKNUM RECNUM
9Z000609
50 000609 00000A00
1
9Z000607
49 000607 000007D0
1
9Z000605
48 000605 00000C80
1
9Z000603
47 000603 00000B40
1
9Z000601
46 000601 00000A00
1
9Z00060F
53 00060F 00000B40
1
9Z00060D
52 00060D 00000A00
1
9Z00060B
51 00060B 000008C0
1
9Z000517
45 000517 000007D0
1
9Z000515
44 000515 000008C0
1
IQICDEL0
1 00002A 000009B0
1
IQICDEL1
2 000101 00000EB0
1
IQICDEL2
3 000103 00000DC0
1
IQICDEL3
4 000105 00000C80
1
IQICDEL4
5 000107 00000B90
1
IQICF001
6 000109 00000BE0
1
IQICF002
7 00010B 00000BE0
1
IQICLIP
8 00010D 00000690
1
IQICLIPS
9 00010F 00000780
1
IQICOPAS
10 000111 00001B30
1
Here is further explanation of some of these columns:
NAME
This field is blank if the member is a currently-deleted member, otherwise
it shows the member name. If a deleted member is restored without
supplying the member name, then the SYNONYM value becomes the
NAME value.
When the MAP list is sorted by NAME, then currently deleted members
appear at the top of the list (since they have a blank NAME), and members
that have been restored without supplying a name are at the bottom of the
list (because “9” sorts after letters).
SYNONYM
This field is blank for current members. If a member has been deleted, then
the SYNONYM is the TTR of the member with a leading “9Z”. This
guarantees a unique synonym.
When you sort by SYNONYM, the column is sorted in descending order.
This means that the most-recently-created deleted member is at the top of
the list.
SEQNUM
This is the default sort order. If you sort by this column, then the “*SORT*”
indicator disappears, and the column heading is not highlighted.
TTR
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
The TTR is used as a portion of the SYNONYM for deleted blocks.
215
Browsing, viewing, and restoring deleted members of a PDS using the MAP list
RECNUM
This column is only populated when you have browsed or viewed a
member.
Main commands available on the MAP list are:
Assist Shows main and line commands available in the MAP list.
EXIT
Terminates the member list “MAP mode” display processing.
EXPDIR
Same as the MLS EXPDIR command (see “EXPDIR subcommand” on page
79).
Find
Finds a member entry in a PDS MAP list. The syntax is “Find seqn” or
“Find name” where seqn is the member entry sequence number. and name.
INFO Displays data set information for the library or libraries being processed.
If multiple libraries are concatenated in the member list, side-by-side
information is displayed.
REFresh
Refreshes the member selection list from the directory. This is equivalent to
the command “DSN = =”.
SORT Sorts the entries in the MAP list. See “Sorting members in the MAP list”
on page 217 for more information.
UNLock (or DEQ)
Releases exclusive control of a PDS library.
The MAPpds command display attempts to acquire exclusive control in
anticipation of a subsequent attempt to restore a deleted member.
Line commands available on the MAP list are:
B
Browses a member or range of members.
When used as a line command, browses just this member.
When used as a main command, you can name the member (for example B
IQICDEL0, or you can nominate a range of members (for example 5-12 to
browse the members with the sequence number 5 to the sequence number
12). B * browses all members, one at a time.
To stop in the middle of browsing a range of members, enter QUIT, and
then respond to the message by pressing ENTER.
You can browse deleted members.
After you have browsed (or viewed or edited) a member, the total number
of records (RECNUM) is updated.
216
E
Edits a member or range of members. You cannot actually edit a member
using E. It acts more like the V command. However, when you view using
the E command, you can CUT into a clipboard (see “Enhanced CUT and
PASTE” on page 39).
R
Restores deleted members. See “Restoring deleted members” on page 217
for more information.
V
Views a member. Same as E.
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Sorting members in the MAP list
Sorting members in the MAP list
The quick way to sort is to point and shoot a column heading. When you do this,
SEQNUM is the second sort key. “*SORT*” above the SYNONYM column indicates
that the list is sorted, and the column it is sorted by is highlighted. SEQNUM is
the default sort order. If you sort by SEQNUM then the “*SORT” indicator is
turned off, and no column is highlighted.
Alternatively, you can enter the SORT main command. You can specify the column
(Name, Synonym, SEQnum, Ttr, DATasize, Blknum, Recnum) and order
(Ascending, which is the default, or Descending).
Restoring deleted members
The Restore line and main command restores deleted members.
To see which members have been deleted, sort the MAP list by SYNONYM or
NAME. Either method places the deleted members (which have a blank NAME
and a non-blank SYNONYM) at the top of the list. The only difference is that when
you sort by SYNONYM, the most-recently created member is at the top of the list.
This is more likely to be a member that you want to restore.
To restore a member so that it has the value of SYNONYM as its NAME, enter the
R line command against the entry, or nominate the member in a restore range on
the R main command.
Examples:
R 5
- restores deleted member with sequence number 5
R 4-7 - restores deleted members with sequence number 4 through 7
R 9-* - restores deleted members with sequence number 9
to the end of deleted members
If you nominate a range, and the range includes current (not-deleted) members,
then the deleted members in the range are restored, but nothing happens to the
current members.
If you restore a range of members, you can then sort the MAP list by descending
name (SORT N D), and the restored members (which have names beginning with
“9Z”) are displayed at the top of the list. You can now rename them.
To restore a member and give it a name (different from the SYNONYM), enter the
line command R name against the entry, or the main command R sequence_number
name. The name must be unique.
Note: Deleted members are lost after a COMPRESS.
Chapter 11. Browsing, viewing, and restoring deleted members of a PDS using the MAP list
217
Restoring deleted members
218
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Chapter 12. Panel Extension Language
The ISPF Productivity Tool (IPT) Panel Extension Language (PEL) provides new
functionality to the ISPF panel language. PEL is implemented as a dynamic panel
preprocessor. PEL reads panel members from the panel library, preprocesses the
panel lines, and lets ISPF use the results. Using this technique, PEL provides
several advantages:
v Common panel sections can be shared across multiple panels via the include
member statement. This facility provides the means to design a common
interface (for example, a pull-down menu) that can be used across multiple
panels, applications, or the entire ISPF session. With centralization of common
panel elements and the ability to change a member and have its effects reflected
on all panels, installations benefit from reduced maintenance costs.
v Multiple panel versions can be dynamically generated based upon
environmental conditions. With this facility, panels can be created with different
lines used for different versions of ISPF, different groups of users, different logon
procedures, different programs, and more. These versions can be maintained in
the same panel library as they originate from the same source. Here again,
installations benefit from reduced maintenance effort.
v Access to new variables not available in the standard panel language without
writing code.
v Ability to create panels that co-exist in multiple ISPF environments. For example,
while preparing the migration to a new version of ISPF, panel code can be
written so that it does not affect users working on the previous version of ISPF,
while allowing users who have already migrated to the new version take
advantage of new facilities.
Users are provided with the ability to display or hide the action bars on panels.
The following panel uses PEL to display different lines depending on the presence
of a pre-allocated DDNAME. It also demonstrates an INCLUDE statement and
some PEL assignment statements.
)BODY
%--------- LOCALLY WRITTEN UTILITIES ----------%COMMAND ==>_ZCMD
+Current system:&SYS running MVS &MVS &FMID
% 1 + SMFEXT - Browse SMF extracts
))IF-DDNAME=OPERLIB
% 2 + SCHED - Scheduling system
))ELSE
% 2 + SDSF
- Display Jobs
))IF-END
% 3 + HDF
- Hardware Definitions
% X + EXIT
- Return to main menu
)INIT
))INC:SYSVARS
)PROC
&ZSEL=TRANS(&:ZCMD
1,’PGM(SMFEXT) PARM(PROMT,PANEL=SMPX12)’
))IF-DDNAME=OPERLIB
2,’CMD(%SCD01)’
))ELSE
2,’PGM(SDSF)’
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
219
Panel Extension Language
))END-IF
3,’CMD(%HDF)’
x,’EXIT’ )
)END
The included member SYSVARS contains three lines:
))ASSIGN:SYS=SYSID
))ASSIGN:MVS=MVSLEVEL
))ASSIGN:FMID=MVSFMID
As you can see, PEL checks for the presence of a preallocated DD name
“OPERLIB”. If it is present, the menu will contain a job scheduling utility, and if
not, it will contain SDSF. On a particular system, the panel could be generated as:
)BODY
%--------- LOCALLY WRITTEN UTILITIES ----------%COMMAND ==>_ZCMD
+Current system:&SYS running MVS &MVS &FMID
% 1 + SMFEXT - Browse SMF extracts
% 2 + SCHED - Scheduling system
% 3 + HDF
- Hardware Definitions
% X + EXIT
- Return to main menu
)INIT
&SYS=’SYST’
&MVS=’SP4.3.0’
&FMID=’HBB4430’
)PROC
&ZSEL=TRANS(&:ZCMD
1,’PGM(SMFEXT) PARM(PROMT,PANEL=SMPX12)’
2,’CMD(%SCD01)’
3,’CMD(%HDF)’
x,’EXIT’ )
)END
The panel would be displayed as:
--------- LOCALLY WRITTEN UTILITIES ----------COMMAND ==>_ZCMD
Current system: SYST running MVS SP4.3.0 HBB4430
1
SMFEXT - Browse SMF extracts
2
SCHED - Scheduling system
3
HDF
- Hardware Definitions
X
EXIT
- Return to main menu
Statement syntax
PEL statements are identified by right parenthesis in the first and second positions
of the panel line.
Comment lines are identified by “))*” beginning in column one. These lines are
ignored by ISPF.
Some PEL statements place a dependency on the availability of IPT in the ISPF
session. Some may be optional, and provide support for panel elements that are
not needed when IPT is not active. To allow use of PEL statements within panels
that are sometimes processed outside the IPT environment, the leading left
parentheses may be replaced with the tag “/*<<IBMIPT>>” or “/*<<SPFE>>”. The
alternate tag starts with the standard comment indicator, and is valid for
non-BODY sections of the panel.
For example, these two lines provide the identical function:
220
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Statement syntax
))INC:OPERUTIL
/*<<IBMIPT>>INC:OPERUTIL
When PEL statements are evaluated
PEL is a dynamic preprocessor. You need not run a special utility to activate the
PEL statements. However, due to panel caching, PEL statements are evaluated the
first time the user references a panel. Subsequent displays of the same panel reuse
the previous evaluation. For example, after displaying the menu shown in the
example above, the menu will show the same information even if the user frees or
allocates the OPERLIB DD name. To cause the panel statements to be re-evaluated,
perform the same actions as you would if the panel source had changed. For
example, run the ISPF session in Dialog Test mode. This is the least recommended
method since running under Dialog Test incurs significant overhead.
v Use the IPT panel testing facility to specify that the panel is being tested and
should be constantly refreshed. This is a more efficient solution than running
under Dialog Test because panel refreshing will occur only for the specified
panel. The IPT panel testing facility is activated via the IPTDTEST command
shortcut, or by clicking the Test option on the MSL or OLIST action bar and
select Panel testing and diagnosis.
v Restart your ISPF session. You need not re-logon.
Assignments
With PEL, you can set dialog variables to values that are not otherwise accessible.
For example, you can set a variable to the program name specified in the PGM=
statement on the logon procedure.
Each PEL assignment statement generates a single panel assignment statement
where the assigned value is a character constant created by IPT at the time the
panel is evaluated. For example, the statement:
ASSIGN:DEST=TSODEST
generates (in a specific installation) the following line:
DEST=’REMOTE12’
Like any other assignment statement, PEL assignment statements are only valid in
the sections where ISPF assignment statements are valid.
The following table lists the available assignments:
Table 2. Assignment context
Keyword
Value returned
Notes
APPL
ISPF application ID
Similar to ZAPPLID
CPUID
Current CPUID
CPU serial number
CPUMODEL
Current model
CPU model number
GUI
GUI workstation mode
Returns Y or N (based upon ZGUI
variable)
LOGPGM
Logon procedure program
From PGM= statement in LOGON
JCL.
MIGSYS
Name of migration system
As specified during IPT
customization
Chapter 12. Panel Extension Language
221
Assignments
Table 2. Assignment context (continued)
Keyword
Value returned
Notes
MIGVOL
Name of migration volume
from IPT customization
If none specified, the value from
the DELVOL in ISRCONFG is
used.
MVSFMID
Current IBM® FMID
Example: HBB4430
MVSLEVEL
Current MVS level
Example: SP4.3.0
OPER
Operator authority
From PSCBCTRL. Returns Y or N
PANEL
Name of current panel
Useful in included panels
PGM
Program invoking panel
From SELECT PGM()
SMS
Indicates if SMS is active
Returns Y or N
SMSLEVEL
Current SMS level
SPFEVER
IPT Version
Four character maintenance
version (for example, 5001)
SRC.MGR
Checks which source
manager is active (SCLM, or
not).
If SCLM activated for user (using
IPT customization) returns S,
otherwise returns N.
SYSID
The SYSTEMID
From CVTSNAME
TSODEST
Default destination
From PSCBDEST
TSOUNIT
Default allocation unit
From PSCBGPNM
VER
ISPF Version
Similar to part of ZENVIR
Conditional statements
PEL provide a set of conditional statements to allow inclusion or omission of panel
lines.
The general structure of the conditional statement block is as follows:
))IF-CONDITION
(panel statements included if condition is true)
))ELSE
(panel statements included if condition is false)
))IF-END
The ))ELSE construct is optional, but the ))IF-END line is required. Up to 8 nested
levels of IF statements can be specified.
|
Testing IPT customization site-wide dialog settings
|
))IF-VAR.DLGV<n>=<c>
|
Where:
|
<n>
One of 1, 2, 3, or 4
|
|
<c>
A one character value set during IPT customization to the corresponding
PEL managed variable.
|
|
|
|
Example:
)BODY WIDTH(80) CMD(ZCMD)
))IF-VAR.DLGV1=A
.
.Corporate Accounting Menu
222
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Testing IPT customization site-wide dialog settings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
))ELSE
))IF-VAR.DLGV1=L
.
))ELSE
.
))IF-END
))IF-END
.Corporate Legal Affairs Menu
.Corporate General Menu
ISPF version testing
))IF-VER<OP>ISPFVERSION
Where:
<op>
One of the comparison symbols =, <, or >.
ispfversion
A three character specification of the ISPF version being tested.
Example:
PROC
.
.
))IF-VER>3.2
8,’PGM(MYPROG) PARM(A) SUSPEND’
))ELSE
8,’PGM(MYPROG) PARM(A) ’
))IF-END
.
.
)END
Since the SUSPEND keyword is only supported on ISPF versions above 3.2, a test
is included to pass different statements based on the version of ISPF.
Environment testing
PEL lets you check several environment values to conditionally pass panel lines to
ISPF. This feature provides the ability to custom tailor panels for different groups
of users based on userid, logon procedure name, the allocation of a DDNAME, or
for different programs.
))IF-<environment-keyword>=<environment-value>
Where:
<environment-keyword>
One of the environment variables.
<environment-value>
The value the environment variable is tested against.
The following table lists the supported environment fields:
Table 3. Environmental keyword context
Environment keyword Valid environment values
Notes
APPL
current applied
From ZAPPILD
DD
DD name to be tested
True if DD allocated
GUI
Y or N
If running in GUI mode
Chapter 12. Panel Extension Language
223
Environment testing
Table 3. Environmental keyword context (continued)
Environment keyword Valid environment values
Notes
HOTBAR
Y or N
Set by the user with the SET
command (in MSL or PLIST).
LOGPGM
Logon proc program name
From PGM= on the logon JCL
MIGSYS
name of migration system or
N/A if none specified
From IPT customization.
MIGVOL
Migration system volser
From IPT customization or
ISRCONFG
OPER
Y or N
From PSCBCTRL
PANEL
current panel
Used in included members
PGM
current program
From SELECT PGM()
SECTION
current panel section
Used in included members
SRC.MGR
S or N or Y
If SCLM active for userid (as set
by IPT customization), and S is
true.
SYSID
System ID
From CVTSNAME
TSODEST
Default destination
From PDSCDEST
TSOUNIT
Default allocation unit
From PSCBGPNM
USERID
Current userid
For example, assume that you want the system group (which uses the LOG$SYS
logon procedure) to have access to a special system utilities menu. You could
change the main menu )BODY section to have the following lines:
))IF-LOGONPROC=LOG$SYS
%Y + - SYSTEM UTILITIES
))IF-END
Similarly, in the &ZSEL statement on the )PROC section:
))IF-LOGONPROC=LOG$SYS
Y,’PANEL(SYSUTIL)’
))IF-END
As another example, assume that you include menu definition lines in an external
member called MENUDEF1 that is included from both the main menu (ISR@PRIM)
and the utilities menu (ISRUTIL). The following lines can be used in MENUDEF1
to change the description of the X command:
))IF-PANEL=ISR@PRIM
%X - TERMINATE ISPF USING LOG/LIST DEFAULTS
))ELSE
%X - RETURN TO PREVIOUS PANEL
))IF-END
Unconditional branching
Two statements allow you to define labels and branch to a label, bypassing lines in
between:
))JMP:<label>
))LBL:<label>
where:
224
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Unconditional branching
<label>
An 8 character label (padded with blanks if necessary). Labels have the
same syntax rules as member names. They must start with alphabetic, @, $,
or #, and be followed by alphanumeric or $, @, #.
Example:
))JMP:LABEL1
%Y + - SYSTEM UTILITIES
THE ABOVE LINE IS IGNORED
))LBL:LABEL1
Note: IPT will ignore all statements up to the first label statement matching the
JMP statement label. You can therefore have multiple non-unique labels. The label
specified in the JMP statement is searched for in the forward direction only.
Statements between the JMP and the matching LBL pair are never cached.
Including external members
The ))INC:xxxx statement is used to include external members into the processed
panel. Up to eight levels of nesting are allowed.
))INC:<member-name>
Where:
<member-name>
The name of the member to be included.
Example:
))INC:SYSOPT
PEL requirements
Panels pre-processed by the ISPF panel preprocessor (ISPPREP) are ignored by
PEL. Panels that contain PEL statements cannot be pre-processed by the ISPF
preprocessor. The performance penalty of not using the ISPF panel preprocessor is
more than offset by the PEL caching mechanism used within IPT.
The panels and referenced members (included members) must reside in the
ISPPLIB library. LIBDEFs cannot be used.
The panels must be allocated to the ISPPLIB library using real allocation. Products
(such as TSO/PLUS) that simulate real allocation but allocate the library in another
address space cannot be used with PEL.
PEL quick reference
Table 4. PEL statement and function summary
Statement
Function
))ASSIGN:variable=KEYWORD
Assign value to variable
))ELSE
IF condition alternative
))IF-APPL=applid
Test for ZAPPLID
))IF-DDNAME=allocatedddname
Test for allocated DD
))IF-END
IF block terminator
Chapter 12. Panel Extension Language
225
PEL quick reference
Table 4. PEL statement and function summary (continued)
|
226
Statement
Function
))IF-GUI=Y-or-N
Test if running in GUI mode
))IF-LOGONPROC=logonproc
Test LOGON PROC name
))IF-OPER=Y or N
Test for operator authority
))IF-PANEL=panel-name
Test displayed panel name
))IF-PGM=program-name
Test SELECT PGM() caller
))IF-TSODEST=destination
Test for destination
))IF-TSOUNIT=unitname
Test for default unit name
))IF-UID=userid Test
TSO USERID
))IF-VAR.DLGV<n>=<c>
Test site-wide dialog variable settings
))IF-VER<v.r
Test ISPF version
))IF-VER=v.r
Test ISPF version
))IF-VER>v.r
Test ISPF version
))INC:member
Include member (with caching)
))JMP:label
Branch to label
))LBL:label
Label definition
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
|
|
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
|
|
This is a brief overview of the IPT Batch Utility, which is intended to help system
and application programmers manipulate partitioned and sequential data sets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
A more detailed overview is available in the “Online User Guide”, with additional
information and numerous examples. You can create it by submitting a job like
this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Both the IQIBUPRT and IQIBUDOC DD names are dynamically allocated as JES
output data sets of SYSOUT class A.
v The IQIBUPRT file contains the utility report that would normally be written to
SYSPRINT.
v The IQIBUDOC file contains the IQIBUTIL Online User Guide. If the IPT load
library is not included in the system list of libraries (LINKLIST), it must be
specified in a JOBLIB or STEPLIB DD statement.
|
|
//BUGUIDE
//JOBLIB
//JOBSTEP
JOB ...
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL
Introducing IQIBUTIL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IQIBUTIL is fully compatible with the IBM IEBCOPY utility. It supports all
IEBCOPY EXEC PARM options, all input (SYSIN) control statements, as well as all
job control JCL statements. This introduction summarizes the additional
functionality provided by IQIBUTIL on top of standard IEBCOPY capabilities.
Detailed documentation of the standard IEBCOPY user interface is available in
“Chapter 3. IEBCOPY (Library Copy) Program” of IBM z/OS DFSMSdfp Utilities,
SC26-7414.
|
|
The notational conventions used in this chapter and in the Online User Guide
follow the same conventions as the DFSMSdfp Utilities book.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New functions in IQIBUTIL
In addition to standard IEBCOPY functions, you can use IQIBUTIL to perform the
following tasks:
v Empty and compress a physical sequential or a partitioned data set.
v Delete members of a partitioned data set.
v Rename members of a partitioned data set.
v Add alias names to members of a partitioned data set.
v Copy one or more members of a partitioned data set and merge them into a
sequential data set.
v Copy a sequential data set into another sequential data set with same or
different record format, as well as same or different record length.
v Move members from one partitioned data set into another partitioned or
sequential (unload) data set. Note: this function deletes all successfully copied
(original) members.
v Recover deleted members of a partitioned data set (PDS only).
v Expand directory a partitioned data set (PDS only).
v Create IPT-managed list of member titles for a partitioned data set.
v Import IPT-managed list of member titles from one partitioned data set to
another.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
227
Statement syntax
v Print a listing of IPT-managed titles of a partitioned data set.
|
IEBCOPY Utility Compatibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct IQIBUTIL to adhere to the syntax rules of the IEBCOPY utility by specifying
PARM=COMPAT. When executing IEBCOPY standard functions such as COPY or
COPYGRP, direct IQIBUTIL to do so in a totally compatible fashion by specifying
PARM=PASSTHRU, which means that all pertinent input control statements must
adhere to the standard and current IEBCOPY rules.
|
|
|
Note: When IQIBUTIL member name pattern support for PDSE libraries requires a
higher z/OS level, it will implicitly assume full compatibility mode
(PARM=PASSTHRU).
Order of processing
|
Unlike IEBCOPY, IQIBUTIL first parses and validates all EXEC PARM options as
well as all SYSIN control statements. It also dynamically pre-allocates all data sets
specified via OUTDSN and INDSN keyword parameters. IQIBUTIL terminates all
further processing upon any syntax error or dynamic allocation failure.
|
|
|
|
Utility control statement syntax conventions
|
|
|
|
|
IQIBUTIL assumes a control statement continuation if a comma followed by a
blank is found before column 72. A statement continuation must have one or more
blanks starting in column 1. The character specified in column 72 has no special
significance.
|
|
|
The sequential number of each input control statement is printed in the utility
output report as a six digit number enclosed within a pair of angle brackets: "<"
(less than sign) and ">" (greater than sign).
Data set dynamic allocation
|
IQIBUTIL can dynamically allocate any input or output data set specified via
INDSN or OUTDSN keyword parameters. Also certain print (SYSOUT) data sets
such as DD(IQIBUPRT) and DD(IQIBUDOC), may be dynamically allocated as
needed.
|
|
|
|
Member name pattern mask support
|
|
IQIBUTIL supports two member name pattern characters:
1. A wild card asterisk (*) represents “any string of zero or more characters”.
2. A wild card percent sign (%) represents “any single character”.
|
|
A member name pattern mask can be specified instead of a specific member name
in a SELECT or EXCLUDE control statement.
|
|
New member name pattern mask support
|
When a member name pattern mask is specified in a SELECT statement it can be
accompanied by a new name mask with an equal sign (=) meaning “use the
original character in the same position”.
|
|
|
228
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Statement syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-standard member name support
When MEMRULE=3 option is in effect, non-standard member names and new
member names may be specified via the SELHEX and EXCLHEX control
statements. See “Example 14: Manipulate non-standard member names” on page
253.
IPT-managed partitioned data set member title list
IPT can maintain an optional persistent list of member titles for a partitioned data
set that does not contain load-module members (that is, an undefined record
format). This persistent list is stored by IPT in a dedicated member with a
site-wide defined member name (such as Z999TITL).
|
Copying partitioned data set members into a sequential data
set
|
|
|
IQIBUTIL can copy one or more members of a partitioned data set into a single
sequential data set. Multiple members are consecutively merged into the output
data set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Virtual storage for tables and buffers
For all IEBCOPY-supported commands, IQIBUTIL uses similar storage resources.
For all other functions and enhancements it uses storage above the 16MB line.
Avoiding the need to supply control statements
IQIBUTIL supports the same convention as IEBCOPY for executing the utility
without the SYSIN DD input control statements file. When any of the parameters
COPYSEQ, EMPTY, EXPDIR, MOVE, RECOVER, TITLEIMP, TITLEMIG, or
TITLELIST is specified in the JCL EXEC PARM field, then SYSIN is not opened
and a corresponding control statement is automatically generated, as explained
below.
JCL EXEC statement PARM for option parameters
|
|
IQIBUTIL supports the following EXEC statement PARM keywords in addition to
the standard IEBCOPY keywords:
|
|
|
|
|
CLASS=class
This parameter directs IQIBUTIL to use a specific SYSOUT class for any
dynamically allocated output report data sets written to DD statements
IQIBUPRT and IQIBUDOC. The class value may be any valid SYSOUT
class character.
|
|
|
COMPAT
This parameter directs IQIBUTIL to enforce the stricter syntax rules of
IEBCOPY.
|
|
|
COPYSEQ
This parameter directs IQIBUTIL to generate a control statement to
perform a COPYSEQ operation.
|
|
|
EMPTY
|
|
|
EXPDIR
This parameter directs IQIBUTIL to generate a control statement to
perform an EXPDIR operation.
This parameter directs IQIBUTIL to generate a control statement to
perform an EMPTY operation.
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
229
JCL EXEC statement PARM for option parameters
|
|
HELP This parameter directs IQIBUTIL to write write a listing of the Online User
Guide to the sequential data set specified via IQIBUDOC DD statement.
|
|
|
|
INDISP=disp
You may set a default disposition of a data set that was dynamically
allocated via a INDSN= parameter. The disp keyword may be OLD or SHR
(SHR is the default).
|
|
|
|
MAXRC=n
When running multiple utility operations, you may set a limit for an
acceptable utility step return code. If this limit is reached, all remaining
operations are skipped.
Note: n is a decimal number of up to 4 digits. A zero value has no effect
(same as omitted).
|
|
MEMRULE=n
You may set the member naming convention rule as follows:
n=1
Accept only member names with upper-case alpha or numeric or
national symbol characters.
n=2
Accept, in addition to those included when MEMRULE=1, "_"
(X'6D') and "{" (x'C0').
n=3
Accept, in addition to those included when MEMRULE=2, all
printable special characters except for: "*", "%", "(", ")", "," (comma),
and " " (blank).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: The value of n cannot be higher than the site-wide IPT
customization setting for this rule.
|
|
|
|
|
MOVE
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER=n or N=n or NUMBER=ALL or N=ALL
You may set the default number of directory blocks to be used in an
EXPDIR operation, or the default number of deleted members to be used
in a RECOVER operation. The operand n is either "ALL" or a decimal
number of up to 6 digits.
|
|
Note: The maximum acceptable number of directory blocks (for EXPDIR)
is 99.
This parameter directs IQIBUTIL to generate a control statement to
perform a MOVE operation.
|
|
|
|
OUTDISP=disp
You may set a default disposition (SHR or OLD) of a dynamically allocated
data set via OUTDSN= parameter (see below). The disp keyword may be
OLD or SHR (SHR is the default).
|
|
|
PASSTHRU
Specifying this parameter directs IQIBUTIL to accept only IEBCOPY
supported control statements for standard IEBCOPY operations.
Note: This does not apply to IQIBUTIL operations ALIAS, COPYSEQ,
DELETE, EMPTY, EXPDIR, RECOVER, TITLEIMP, TITLEMIG, or
TITLELIST.
|
|
|
RC4NODEL
Specifying this parameter causes IQIBUTIL to set return code 4 when a
DELETE operation fails to delete one or more members.
|
|
|
230
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
JCL EXEC statement PARM for option parameters
|
|
|
RECOVER
This parameter directs IQIBUTIL to generate a control statement to
perform a RECOVER operation.
|
|
|
TITLEIMP
This parameter directs IQIBUTIL to generate a control statement to
perform a TITLEIMP operation.
|
|
|
TITLEMIG
This parameter directs IQIBUTIL to generate a control statement to
perform a TITLEMIG operation.
|
|
|
TITLELIST
This parameter directs IQIBUTIL to generate a control statement to
perform a TITLELIST operation.
|
Usage notes
|
|
If you issue the SAVE command under VIEW, a confirmation panel is displayed.
You can confirm or cancel the requested save operation.
|
|
|
If there is not enough room in the library or the directory to save the member, ISPF
Productivity Tool offers to compress the library or expand the directory (as
appropriate) before attempting to perform the save operation.
|
|
JCL DD statements
|
|
|
|
|
These DD statements are used by IQIBUTIL in addition to the standard IEBCOPY
statements:
IQIBUDFL DD
Defines a partitioned data set that contains the IPT panel definition
members.
|
|
|
|
|
Member IQIDFLTS of this library contains the IPT site-wide parameter
defaults. If member IQIDFLTS is copied into a PARMLIB system library,
this DD statement may be omitted.
IQIBUPRT DD
Defines a sequential data set for listing control statements and messages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This data set may be specified instead of the standard SYSPRINT DD.
When both SYSPRINT and IQIBUPRT DDs are omitted (or DUMMY),
IQIBUTIL dynamically allocates an IQIBUPRT DD as a SYSOUT data set.
IQIBUDOC DD
Defines a sequential data set for listing IQIBUTIL user guide summary
(this report).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When IQIBUDOC is omitted (or DUMMY), it is dynamically allocated as a
SYSOUT data set, if PARM=HELP is specified or due to any control
statement syntax error.
IQIBUTIL special control statements
IQIBUTIL supports the following major control statements in addition to the
standard IEBCOPY statements:
ALIAS
Indicates an operation to add alias names to one or more members of a
partitioned data set.
COMPRESS
Indicates an operation to compress a PDS partitioned data set.
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
231
IQIBUTIL special control statements
COPYSEQ
Indicates an operation to consecutively copy one or more members of a
partitioned data set into a sequential data set. This command can also be
used to copy one sequential data set to another sequential data set with
same or different record format.
DELETE
Indicates an operation to delete one or more members of a partitioned data
set.
EMPTY
Indicates the beginning of a deletion operation of all members of a
partitioned data set, followed by a compress operation of the data set (PDS
only). This command can also erase all data of a physical sequential data
set.
EXPDIR
Indicates an operation to expand the directory of a PDS partitioned data
set.
MOVE
Indicates the beginning of a COPY operation from one partitioned data set
to another, followed by deletion of all successfully copied input members.
RECOVER
Indicates a restoration of a deleted member of a PDS partitioned data set.
RENAME
Indicates an operation to rename one or more members of a partitioned
data set.
TITLEIMP
Indicates a copy operation of all IPT-managed member titles from one
partitioned data set to another.
TITLEMIG
Indicates a conversion operation of a sequential data set (or member) into
an IPT-managed persistent member title list of a partitioned data set.
TITLELIST
Indicates a report operation of all IPT-managed member titles of a
partitioned data set.
INDSN=
Indicates the beginning of another COPY step similar to the standard
INDD= statement.
EXCLHEX
Specifies a member name (16 hexadecimal digits) to be excluded from
current operation.
SELHEX
Specifies a member name (16 hexadecimal digits), and optionally a new
name, to be included in current operation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Filtering target member names
|
|
|
Manipulating of specific or groups of members is accomplished by specifying the
member name filtering criteria in a combination of SELECT and EXCLUDE control
statements following a major control statement.
|
|
|
|
|
Member name pattern masks are specified via the MEMBER keyword parameter of
a SELECT or EXCLUDE statement following the same syntax convention as for
standard member names.
v An “*” (asterisk) represents any string of 0 to 8 characters.
v A “%” (percent sign) represents any single character.
232
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Filtering target member names
|
|
|
For example, this control statement targets all member names starting with “X”
and having “MRO” in character positions 3 to 5:
|
|
|
|
|
New member name pattern masks are specified via the MEMBER keyword
parameter of a SELECT statement following the same syntax convention as for
standard new member names.
v An “=” (equal sign) represents the character in same position in the target
member name.
|
|
|
|
For example, this control statement renames all member names starting with “X”
and having “MRO” in character positions 3 to 5, into new names that have “IBM”
in positions 3 to 5 and same characters in all other positions.
|
|
If the new member name mask length is less than 8, longer original member
names are truncated.
|
Member name filter processing rules
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A member filter group is defined by a group of SELECT AND EXCLUDE
statements. The following general rules apply to the processing of a member filter
group:
v If no member name pattern masks are used, you cannot use both a SELECT and
EXCLUDE statement in the same filter group.
v A given member name or pattern mask can be used only once per filter group in
either a SELECT or an EXCLUDE statement.
|
|
|
|
SELECT MEMBER=X%MRO*
SELECT MEMBER=((X%MRO*,==IBM===))
v Regardless of the statements order, EXCLUDEd member name pattern masks are
processed first, followed by EXCLUDEd specific member names, SELECTed
member name pattern masks, and finally by SELECTed specific member names.
After processing of a filtered target member group, IQIBUTIL prints out a list of
all filter statements that have been found as irrelevant (that is, not affecting the
filtering results).
Utility control statements syntax
Here is information about the control statements.
ALTERMOD
|
|
The ALTERMOD statement is required to alter load modules in place. ALTERMOD
only works with a PDS (not a PDSE).
|
Table 5. ALTERMOD syntax
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
where:
ALTERMOD
OUTDD=DDname
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
ALTERMOD
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
233
ALTERMOD
|
|
OUTDD=DDname
specifies the DDname of the partitioned data set that is to be altered.
|
|
|
|
“O=” is an acceptable abbreviation of “OUTDD=”.
OUTDSN={DSname| (DSname,SHR)| (DSname,OLD)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged partitioned data set that is to be
altered.
“ODS=” is an acceptable abbreviation of “OUTDSN=”.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{SHR|OLD} specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set.
When this parameter is omitted, the default from the “OUTDISP=” EXEC
PARM field applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
LIST={YES|NO}
specifies whether the names of the altered members are to be listed in the
SYSPRINT data set. When this parameter is omitted, the default from the
EXEC PARM field applies.
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for ALTERMOD:
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v The target member group can be specified in one or more EXCLUDE or SELECT
statements following this statement.
COPY
|
|
|
The COPY statement is used to begin one or more copy, unload, or load
operations.
|
Table 6. COPY syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
|
|
where:
OUTDD=DDname
specifies the DDname of the output data set.
|
|
|
“O=” is an acceptable abbreviation of “OUTDD=”.
OUTDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR)|(DSname,OLD)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged output data set.
|
“ODS=” is an acceptable abbreviation of “OUTDSN=”.
234
COPY
OUTDD=DDname
,INDD=[(]{DDname|
(DDname,R) }[,...][)]
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
COPY
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
,INDD=[(]{DDname|
(DDname,R)}[,...][)]
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
COPY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{SHR|OLD} specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set.
When this parameter is omitted, the default from “OUTDISP=” EXEC
PARM field applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
INDD=[(]{DDname|(DDname,R)}[,...][)]
specifies the DDname of an input data set. R specifies that all members to
be copied or loaded from this input data set are to replace any identically
named members on the output partitioned data set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
“I=” is an acceptable abbreviation of “INDD=”.
INDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR[,R])|(DSname,OLD[,R])|(DSname,,R)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged input data set. {SHR|OLD} specifies
the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set. When this parameter
is omitted, the default from the “INDISP=” EXEC PARM field applies.
When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
|
|
|
|
|
“IDS=” is an acceptable abbreviation of “INDSN=”.
LIST={YES|NO}
specifies whether the names of the copied members are to be listed in the
SYSPRINT data set. When this parameter is omitted, the default from the
EXEC PARM field applies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for COPY:
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v Either INDD or INDSN keywords may be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v An INDD= or INDSN= statement following a COPY statement begins a new
step in the current COPY operation.
v The target member group can be specified in one or more EXCLUDE or SELECT
statements following one or more INDD and INDSN specifications.
|
COPYGRP
|
|
The COPYGRP statement is used to begin a group copy, unload, or load operation.
A group consists of a member and all of its aliases.
|
Table 7. COPYGRP syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
COPYGRP
OUTDD=DDname
,INDD={DDname|
((DDname,R))}
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
COPYGRP
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
,INDD={DDname|
((DDname,R))}
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
235
COPYGRP
|
where all keywords have the same meaning and syntax as for the COPY statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for COPYGRP:
v COPYGRP can be used to copy member groups from or to a PDSE data set.
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v Only a single input data set is allowed and must be specified via an INDD or
INDSN keyword.
v The target member groups can be specified in one or more EXCLUDE or
SELECT statements.
COPYGROUP
|
|
|
The COPYGROUP statement is used to begin a group copy, unload, or load
operation. A group consists of a member and all of its aliases.
|
Table 8. COPYGROUP syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
|
where all keywords have the same meaning and syntax as for the COPYGRP
statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for COPYGROUP:
v COPYGROUP operates same as COPYGRP when either the input or output is a
PDSE data set. It can also copy, unload, and load just PDS and PS data sets.
v When running in a z/OS level that does not support an IEBCOPY COPYGROUP
statement, IQIBUTIL converts it to a COPYGRP statement with identical
parameters.
COPYGROUP
OUTDD=DDname
,INDD={DDname|
((DDname,R))}
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
COPYGROUP
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
,INDD={DDname|
((DDname,R))}
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
COPYMOD
|
The COPYMOD statement is used to begin one or more copy, unload, or load
operations of load module libraries.
|
|
236
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
COPYMOD
|
Table 9. COPYMOD syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where:
MAXBLK={nnnnn|nnK}
specifies the maximum block size for records in the output partitioned data
set. The nnnnn value is specified as a decimal number; K indicates that the
nn value is to be multiplied by 1024 bytes.
MINBLK={nnnnn|nnK}
specifies the minimum block size for records in the output partitioned data
set.
|
|
|
Usage notes for COPYMOD:
v All other keyword parameters have the same meaning and syntax as for the
COPY statement.
|
COPYMOD
OUTDD=DDname
,INDD=[(]{DDname|
(DDname,R) }[,...][)]
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,MAXBLK={nnnnn|nnK}]
[,MINBLK={nnnnn|nnK}]
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
COPYMOD
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
,INDD=[(]{DDname|
(DDname,R)}[,...][)]
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,MAXBLK={nnnnn|nnK}]
[,MINBLK={nnnnn|nnK}]
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
ALIAS
|
Use the ALIAS statement to add alias names to partitioned data set members.
|
Table 10. ALIAS syntax
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
|
|
where:
OUTDD=DDname
specifies the DDname of the partitioned data set that is to be updated.
ALIAS
OUTDD=DDname
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
ALIAS
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
237
ALIAS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OUTDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR)|(DSname,OLD)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged partitioned data set that is to be
updated. {SHR|OLD} specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated
data set. When this parameter is omitted, the default from the
“OUTDISP=” EXEC PARM field applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is
used.
LIST={YES|NO}
specifies whether the names of the aliased members are to be listed in the
SYSPRINT data set. When this parameter is omitted, the default from the
EXEC PARM field applies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for ALIAS:
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v The target member group must be specified in one or more SELECT statements
following this statement.
v All the MEMBER keyword entries of each SELECT statement must include a
new member name parameter which becomes the target alias name.
v ALIAS command is not allowed to operate on a program object member of a
PDSE library.
COMPRESS
|
|
Use the COMPRESS statement to compress a PDS data set.
|
Table 11. COMPRESS syntax
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
where:
|
All keyword parameters have the same syntax as for the COPY statement.
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for COMPRESS:
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v The COMPRESS statement is converted into an equivalent COPY statement for a
compress operation.
COMPRESS
OUTDD=DDname
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
COMPRESS
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
COPYSEQ
|
Use the COPYSEQ statement to consecutively copy one or more members of a
partitioned data set into a physical sequential data set. Use the COPYSEQ
statement to copy a physical sequential data set into another sequential data set.
|
|
|
238
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
COPYSEQ
|
Table 12. COPYSEQ syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where:
OUTDD=DDname
specifies the DDname of the output sequential data set.
OUTDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR)|(DSname,OLD)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged output sequential data set.
{SHR|OLD} specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set.
When this parameter is omitted, the default from the "OUTDISP=" EXEC
PARM field applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
INDD=DDname
specifies the DDname of an input data set.
INDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR)|(DSname,OLD)
specifies the DSname of the cataloged input data set. {SHR|OLD} specifies
the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set. When this parameter
is omitted, the default from the “INDISP=” EXEC PARM field applies.
When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
LIST={YES|NO}
specifies whether the names of the copied members are to be listed in the
SYSPRINT data set. When this parameter is omitted, the default from the
EXEC PARM field applies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for COPYSEQ:
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v Either INDD or INDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v The output data set must be physical sequential.
v The target member group can be specified in one or more EXCLUDE or SELECT
statements following the COPYSEQ statement.
v When the input data set is not partitioned, no SELECT or EXCLUDE statements
are allowed to follow the COPYSEQ statement.
|
|
|
COPYSEQ
OUTDD=DDname
,INDD=DDname
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
COPYSEQ
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
,INDD=DDname
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
DELETE
Use the DELETE statement to delete one or more members of a partitioned data
set.
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
239
DELETE
|
Table 13. DELETE syntax
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where:
OUTDD=DDname
specifies the DDname of the target partitioned data set.
OUTDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR)|(DSname,OLD)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged target partitioned data set.
{SHR|OLD} specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set.
When this parameter is omitted, the default from the "OUTDISP=" EXEC
PARM field applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
LIST={YES|NO}
specifies whether the names of the copied members are to be listed in the
SYSPRINT data set. When this parameter is omitted, the default from the
EXEC PARM field applies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for DELETE:
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v The target member group must be specified in one or more EXCLUDE or
SELECT statements following the DELETE statement.
v A new member name or R (replace) parameter is not allowed in the MEMBER
keyword parameter of a SELECT statement following the DELETE statement.
DELETE
OUTDD=DDname
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
DELETE
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
EMPTY
|
|
|
Use the EMPTY statement to delete all members of a partitioned data set or to
erase all data of a physical sequential data set.
|
Table 14. EMPTY syntax
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
where:
|
All keyword parameters have the same syntax as for the DELETE statement.
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for EMPTY:
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v An EMPTY operation of a PDS data set also automatically triggers a COMPRESS
operation after removing all members of the data set.
240
EMPTY
OUTDD=DDname
EMPTY
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
EXPDIR
|
EXPDIR
|
|
Use the EXPDIR statement to expand the directory of a PDS data set with one or
more directory blocks.
|
Table 15. EXPDIR syntax
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where:
OUTDD=DDname
specifies the DDname of the target PDS data set.
OUTDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR)|(DSname,OLD)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged target PDS data set. {SHR|OLD}
specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set. When this
parameter is omitted, the default from the "OUTDISP=" EXEC PARM field
applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
NUMBER={nn|ALL}
specifies the number of directory blocks to be added to the partitioned
data set directory. The nn value is specified as a decimal number between 0
and 99 or the word ALL. A 0 is treated as an omitted parameter. ALL is
interpreted as 99 directory blocks. When this parameter is omitted, the
default from the “NUMBER=” EXEC PARM field applies. When both are
omitted, one directory block is added.
|
|
Usage notes for EXPDIR:
v A PDS directory cannot be expanded beyond the first extent of the data set.
|
EXPDIR
OUTDD=DDname
[,NUMBER={nnnn|ALL}]
EXPDIR
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
[,NUMBER={nn|ALL}]
MOVE
|
|
|
The MOVE statement is used to begin a copy or unload operation of one or more
members of a partitioned data set, followed by a deletion of all successfully copied
members in the input data set.
|
Table 16. MOVE syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
or
MOVE
OUTDD=DDname
,INDD={DDname|((DDname,R))}
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
241
MOVE
|
Table 16. MOVE syntax (continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
where all keywords have the same meaning and syntax as for the COPY statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for MOVE:
v MOVE automatically triggers the RC4NOREP EXEC PARM option, as well as a
DELETE statement, with identical member filtering, against the input partitioned
data set of the MOVE statement.
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v Only a single input data set is allowed and must be specified via an INDD or
INDSN keyword.
v The target member groups can be specified in one or more EXCLUDE or
SELECT statements.
MOVE
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
,INDD={DDname|
((DDname,R))}
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
RECOVER
|
|
Use the RECOVER statement to recover deleted members of a PDS data set.
|
Table 17. REOVER syntax
|
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where:
OUTDD=DDname
specifies the DDname of the target PDS data set.
OUTDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR)|(DSname,OLD)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged target PDS data set. {SHR|OLD}
specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set. When this
parameter is omitted, the default from the "OUTDISP=" EXEC PARM field
applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
NUMBER={nnnnn|ALL}
specifies the number of deleted members to be recovered. The nnnnn value
is specified as a decimal number between 0 and 99999 or the word ALL. A
0 is treated as an omitted parameter. ALL applies to all deleted members.
When this parameter is omitted, the default from the “NUMBER=” EXEC
PARM field applies. When both are omitted, one deleted member is
recovered.
242
RECOVER
OUTDD=DDname
[,NUMBER={nnnnn|ALL}]
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
RECOVER
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
[,NUMBER={nnnnn|ALL}]
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
RECOVER
|
|
|
|
LIST={YES|NO}
specifies whether the names of the recovered members are to be listed in
the SYSPRINT data set. When this parameter is omitted, the default from
the EXEC PARM field applies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for RECOVER:
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v Previously deleted members cannot be recovered after a COMPRESS operation.
v The recovery process is performed by order of most recently deleted members.
v Each recovered member gets an 8 character name of the format <9Ztttttt>; where
tttttt is a 6 digit (hexadecimal) location address (i.e., TTR) of the first data block
of the member.
v Recovered members can be subsequently manipulated like any other members
in the PDS data set.
|
RENAME
|
Use the RENAME statement to rename members of a partitioned data set.
|
Table 18. RENAME syntax
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
where:
|
All keyword parameters have the same syntax as for the ALIAS statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for RENAME:
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v The target member group must be specified in one or more SELECT statements
following this statement.
v All the MEMBER keyword entries of each SELECT statement must include a
new member name parameter which becomes the target member name.
|
RENAME
OUTDD=DDname
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
RENAME
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
TITLEIMP
|
|
Use the TITLEIMP statement to import IPT-managed member titles from one
partitioned data set to another partitioned data set.
|
Table 19. TITLEIMP syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
or
TITLEIMP
OUTDD=DDname
,INDD={DDname|
((DDname,R))}
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
243
TITLEIMP
|
Table 19. TITLEIMP syntax (continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where:
OUTDD=DDname
specifies the DDname of the output partitioned data set.
OUTDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR)|(DSname,OLD)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged output partitioned data set.
{SHR|OLD} specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set.
When this parameter is omitted, the default from the "OUTDISP=" EXEC
PARM field applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
INDD={DDname|((DDname,R))}
specifies the DDname of an input partitioned data set. R specifies that all
member titles copied from this input data set are to replace any identically
named member titles on the output partitioned data set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
“I=” is an acceptable abbreviation of “INDD=”.
INDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR[,R])|(DSname,OLD[,R])|(DSname,,R)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged input partitioned data set.
{SHR|OLD} specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set.
When this parameter is omitted, the default from the "INDISP=" EXEC
PARM field applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
|
|
|
|
|
“IDS=” is an acceptable abbreviation of “INDSN=”.
LIST={YES|NO}
specifies whether a member title list report is to be written into the
SYSPRINT data set. When this parameter is omitted, the default from the
EXEC PARM field applies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for TITLEIMP:
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v Either INDD or INDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v The persistent member title list, of a partitioned data set, is stored by IPT in a
dedicated member of the data set. It has a reserved special name (such as
"Z999TITL") that can be defined via the IPT customization wizard.
v TITLEIMP is not allowed to operate on load module data set libraries.
TITLEIMP
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
,INDD={DDname|
((DDname,R))}
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
TITLEMIG
|
Use the TITLEMIG statement to create IPT-managed member titles from an input
sequential data set.
|
|
244
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
TITLEMIG
|
Table 20. TITLEMIG syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where:
OUTDD=DDname
specifies the DDname of the output partitioned data set.
OUTDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR)|(DSname,OLD)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged output partitioned data set.
{SHR|OLD} specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set.
When this parameter is omitted, the default from the "OUTDISP=" EXEC
PARM field applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
INDD={DDname|((DDname,R))}
specifies the DDname of an input sequential data set. R specifies that all
member titles copied from this input data set are to replace any identically
named member titles on the output partitioned data set.
INDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR[,R])|(DSname,OLD[,R])|(DSname,,R)}
specifies the DSname of the cataloged input sequential data set.
{SHR|OLD} specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set.
When this parameter is omitted, the default from the "INDISP=" EXEC
PARM field applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
LIST={YES|NO}
specifies whether a member title list report is to be written into the
SYSPRINT data set. When this parameter is omitted, the default from the
EXEC PARM field applies.
|
Migrated title input record layout:
|
|
Columns 1 to 8
Member name (8 characters)
|
|
Columns 9 to 9
Blank separator (1 character)
|
|
Columns 10 to 59
Member title (50 characters)
|
|
Columns 60 to 60
Blank separator (1 character)
TITLEMIG
OUTDD=DDname
,INDD={DDname|
((DDname,R))}
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
TITLEMIG
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
,INDD={DDname|
((DDname,R))}
,INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
[,LIST={YES|NO}]
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
245
TITLEMIG
|
|
Columns 61 to 68
Member user key (8 characters)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for TITLEMIG:
v Either OUTDD or OUTDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v Either INDD or INDSN keywords must be specified, but together they are
mutually exclusive.
v The input sequential data set may be a JES input file (like SYSIN).
v The persistent member title list, of a partitioned data set, is stored by IPT in a
dedicated member of the data set. It has a reserved special name (such as
"Z999TITL") that can be defined via the IPT customization wizard.
v TITLEMIG is not allowed to operate on load module data set libraries.
v Existing member titles, in the output data set, are replaced by migrated titles of
identically named members.
TITLELIST
|
|
|
Use the TITLELIST statement to report into SYSPRINT a listing of IPT-managed
member titles.
|
Table 21. TITLELIST syntax
|
[label]
|
or
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where:
OUTDD=DDname
specifies the DDname of a partitioned data set.
OUTDSN={DSname|(DSname,SHR)|(DSname,OLD)}
specifies the DSname of a cataloged partitioned data set. {SHR|OLD}
specifies the disposition of the dynamically allocated data set. When this
parameter is omitted, the default from the "OUTDISP=" EXEC PARM field
applies. When both are omitted “SHR” is used.
TITLELIST
OUTDD=DDname
TITLELIST
OUTDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR)|
(DSname,OLD)}
INDSN=
|
|
|
Use the INDSN= (or IDS= abbreviation) statement in all cases where an INDD= (or
I= abbreviation) statement may be used.
|
Table 22. INDSN= syntax
|
|
|
|
|
[label]
INDSN={DSname|
(DSname,SHR[,R])|
(DSname,OLD[,R])|
(DSname,,R)}
SELHEX
|
The SELHEX statement specifies a single member name and optionally a new
member name with or without a REPLACE indicator. This member name should
be included in the current operation.
|
|
|
246
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
SELHEX
|
Table 23. SELHEX syntax
|
|
|
|
[label]
|
where:
|
|
|
|
|
MEMBER=({HDname|HDname,HDnewname[,R]|HDname,,R})
specifies a 16 hexadecimal digits of a member name to be selected from
input data set. HDnewname specifies a 16 hexadecimal digits new name for
the selected member. R indicates an unconditional replace of target
member.
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for SELHEX:
v This statement should be used, instaed of a SELECT statement, for manipulating
non-standard member names.
v The MEMBER parameter must be enclosed in a single set of parentheses.
|
SELHEX
MEMBER=({HDname|
HDname,HDnewname[,R]|
HDname,,R})
EXCLHEX
|
|
The EXCLHEX statement specifies a single member name to be excluded from the
current operation.
|
Table 24. EXCLHEX syntax
|
|
[label]
|
where:
|
|
|
MEMBER=(HDname)
specifies a 16 hexadecimal digits of a member name to be excluded from
input data set.
|
|
|
|
Usage notes for EXCLHEX:
v This statement should be used, instead of an EXCLUDE statement, for
manipulating non-standard member names.
v The MEMBER parameter must be enclosed in a single set of parentheses.
|
|
EXCLHEX
MEMBER=(HDname)
IQIBUTIL examples
|
Here are examples to show some of the uses of IQIBUTIL.
|
|
All the examples described in Chapter 3. IEBCOPY (Library Copy) Program of the
document DFSMSdfp Utilities also apply to IQIBUTIL.
|
Example 1: Print IQIBUTIL User Guide Summary
|
|
|
//GUIDEME
//JOBLIB
//JOBSTEP
|
|
|
|
|
In this example:
v Both DD names IQIBUPRT and IQIBUDOC are dynamically allocated as JES
output data sets of SYSOUT class A.
v The IQIBUPRT file contains the utility report that would normally be written to
SYSPRINT.
JOB ...
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
247
IQIBUTIL examples
|
|
v The IQIBUDOC file contains the IQIBUTIL user guide summary (that is, the
online version of this document).
|
|
If the IPT load library is not included in the system list of libraries (LINKLIST), it
must be specified in a JOBLIB or STEPLIB DD statement.
|
Example 2: Copy and replace selected members of a data set
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//COPY
JOB ...
//JOBLIB
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
//COPYSTEP EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL,
// PARM=’LIST=YES,INDISP=SHR,OUTDISP=OLD’
//IQIBUDFL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=H
//SYSIN
DD *
COPY OUTDSN=MROTTER.TEST.ASM
INDSN=MROTTER.RELEASE.ASM
SELECT MEMBER=((ABC*,X=Y=====,R))
E M=(ABC12345,ABCDUMMY)
/*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In this example:
v All members with names that begin with “ABC”, except for members
“ABC12345” and “ABCDUMMY”, are copied from library
MROTTER.RELEASE.ASM to library MROTTER.TEST.ASM.
v All member names matching the filtering criteria are renamed in the output
library, with an “X” in the first character and “Y” in the third character of their
original names.
v The IQIBUDFL file must point to a valid IPT panel library that contains the
site-wide customization options specified via the IPT wizard.
v Input data set MROTTER.RELEASE.ASM is going to be dynamically allocated
with a disposition SHR as specified in the EXEC PARM.
v Input data set MROTTER.TEST.ASM is going to be dynamically allocated with a
disposition OLD as specified in the EXEC PARM.
v The names of all copied members are reported in the SYSPRINT output data set.
Example 3: Empty a partitioned and a sequential data set
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//EMPTYIT JOB ...
//STEP1
EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL,PARM=’CLASS=X’
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
//IQIBUDFL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
//MYLIB
DD DISP=OLD,DSN=INTT125.DEV.LOADLIB
//SYSIN
DD *
EMPTY O=MYLIB
EMPTY ODS=(INTT125.DEV.LOG,OLD)
/*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In this example:
v All members of PDS library INTT125.DEV.LOADLIB are first deleted, followed
by a COMPRESS operation of this library.
v In the second step, sequential data set INTT125.DEV.LOG is first dynamically
allocated with a disposition OLD, followed by erasing all its data.
v Since DD name SYSPRINT is missing, IQIBUTIL replaces it with DD name
IQIBUPRT, dynamically allocated to SYSOUT class X (specified via EXEC
PARM). The IQIBUPRT file contains the IQIBUTIL output report.
248
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
IQIBUTIL examples
|
Example 4: Delete members of a partitioned data set
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//DELETEIT JOB ...
//DELETE
EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL,PARM=’RC4NODEL’
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
//IQIBUDFL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
//MYLIB
DD DISP=OLD,DSN=INTT225.TEST.COBOL
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN
DD *
DELETE O=MYLIB
EXCLUDE M=A*,
B*,
C*
SELECT MEMBER=(A123,B345,XYZ)
/*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In this example:
v All members of partitioned data set INTT225.TEST.COBOL with names that do
not start with letters A or B or C are deleted.
The EXCLUDE statement spans 3 control records.
Since EXCLUDE takes precedence over SELECT, both “SELECT
MEMBER=A123” and “SELECT MEMBER=B345” are going to be reported as
“irrelevant filters”.
If member XYZ is not found in the library, the DELETE operation sets a
return-code 4 due to the RC4NODEL option specified in the EXEC PARM.
|
|
|
|
Example 5: Move members from one partitioned data set to
another
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//MOVEMEMS
//MOVE
//STEPLIB
//IQIBUDFL
//SYSPRINT
//SYSIN
MOVE
|
|
|
|
In this example:
v Three members of partitioned data set SPIFFY.TEST.SOURCE are copied into
partitioned data set SPIFFY.RELEASE.SOURCE.
v The same three members are then deleted from SPIFFY.TEST.SOURCE.
|
Both data sets are dynamically allocated.
|
|
|
If member MEM300 is already present in the output data set, a return-code 4 is
generated due to an implicit PARM=RC4NOREP option triggered by the MOVE
operation. As a result, none of the selected members are deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JOB ...
EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
DD SYSOUT=*
DD *
ODS=(SPIFFY.RELEASE.SOURCE,OLD),
LIST=YES
IDS=(SPIFFY.TEST.SOURCE,OLD)
S M=((MEM100,NEW100,R),
(MEM200,NEW100,R),MEM300)
/*
Example 6: Add alias names to load module members
//MYJOB
//ALIASING
//STEPLIB
//IQIBUDFL
//MYLIB
//SYSPRINT
JOB ...
EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL,PARM=’LIST=YES’
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=SPIFFY.PDS.LLIB
DD SYSOUT=*
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
249
IQIBUTIL examples
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//SYSIN
DD *
DELETE OUTDD=MYLIB
S M=IPI*
ALIAS O=MYLIB
S M=((IQIMSL,IPIMSL),
(IQIPLST,IPIPLST))
/*
In this example:
v All member names that begin with “IPI” from PDS library SPIFFY.PDS.LLIB are
deleted.
v Then alias names IPIMSL and IPIPLST to are added to load module members
IQIMSL and IQIPLST respectively.
This would not work with a PDSE load module library.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example 7: Rename selected members of a partitioned data
set
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//JOB007
JOB ...
//RENAMING EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
//IQIBUDFL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
//SRC
DD DISP=OLD,DSN=MROTTER.TEST.SOURCE
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN
DD *
RENAME O=SRC,LIST=YES
SELECT MEMBER=((MEM%01,ZZZ===),
(MEM201,NEW201),(MEM101,NEW101),
(MEM501,NEW501),(MEM401,NEW401))
EXCLUDE M=%%%5*
/*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In this example:
v All six-character member names that begin with "MEM" and end with "01" up to
six-character names that begin with "ZZZ" and end with identical suffix are
renamed, with following exception:
– Member MEM501 is not renamed at all.
The following filters are irrelevant:
"
"
"
"
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
MEMBER=((MEM101,NEW101))
MEMBER=((MEM201,NEW201))
MEMBER=((MEM401,NEW401))
MEMBER=((MEM501,NEW501))
"
"
"
"
EXCLUDE has priority over SELECT.
SELECT of a name pattern has priority over a SELECT of a distinct name.
Example 8: Recover deleted members of a PDS data set
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//JOB008
JOB ...
//RECOVER EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL,
//
PARM=’RC4NOREP,MAXRC=4,LIST=YES’
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
//IQIBUDFL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
//FROMDD
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=MROTTER.RELEASE.SOURCE
//MYPDS
DD DISP=OLD,DSN=MROTTER.DEV.SOURCE
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN
DD *
COPMEMS
C I=FROMDD,O=MYPDS
S M=(MEM$$Z,MEM005,MEMX)
250
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
IQIBUTIL examples
|
|
|
|
DELMEMS
DELETE OUTDD=MYPDS
SELECT MEMBER=MEM*
RECMEMS
RECOVER O=MYPDS,NUMBER=3
/*
|
|
|
|
|
|
This example has these three steps:
v COPMEMS - Copy three members.
v DELMEMS - Delete the just-copied three members along with all members with
same prefix names.
v RECMEMS - Recover the three members that have been copied in the first step
and deleted in the second.
|
|
If one or more members cannot be copied in the first step, the job terminates due
to the EXEC PARM combination of “RC4NOREP,MAXRC=4”.
|
|
Since the three members, copied in the first step are the most recently written
members, after being deleted, they become the first candidates for recovery.
|
|
|
|
A recovered member name starts with “9Z” followed by a xis character TTR of the
member location. Assuming the recovered member names are “9Z01AB03”,
“9Z01AB09” and “9Z01AC02”, they correspond to members “MEM$$Z”,
“MEM005”, and “MEMX”.
|
Example 9: Expand the directory of a PDS data set
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//JOB009
JOB ...
//EXPAND
EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
//IQIBUDFL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSIN
DD *
EXPDIR ODS=INTT125.DEV.PLIB,
N=5
/*
|
|
In this example:
v Five blocks are added to the directory of a PDS data set.
|
|
|
|
The target data set INTT125.DEV.PLIB must be a cataloged PDS to be
dynamically allocated with a disposition SHR (default).
Example 10: Consecutively copy multiple members to a
sequential data set
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//JOB0010 JOB ...
//MERGE
EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
//IQIBUDFL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//INPDSE
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=INTT025.RELEASE.DOCLIB
//WORKDOC DD DISP=OLD,DSN=INTT025.WORKDOC
//SYSIN
DD *
COPYSEQ I=INPDSE,O=WORKDOC
S M=REPORT3,REPORT2,REPORT1,
INTRO*
EXCLUDE M=INTRO9*
/*
|
|
|
In this example:
v All members with names that begin with "INTRO" are consecutively copied,
except those that begin with "INTRO9".
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
251
IQIBUTIL examples
|
v Then members REPORT1, REPORT2, and REPORT3 are copied.
|
|
The selected members are copied in ascending order of member name, regardless
of their selection order.
Example 11: Update an IPT-managed member title list in a
partitioned data set
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//JOB0011 JOB ...
//DOTITLES EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL,
//
PARM=’TITLEMIG,REPLACE,L=YES’
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
//IQIBUDFL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSUT2
DD DISP=OLD,DSN=PAYROLL.PROD.EMPLOYEE.LIB
//SYSUT1
DD *
MemName| Member Title
|User Key|
Employ#| Employee full name and address
|LastName|
#------- -------------------------------------------------- -------#1234567 Emily Pearl Jones, 75 First Ave., San Diego, CA
JONES
#0000201 Jonathan Goodman, 1 Kings Road, Newark, NJ
GOODMAN
/*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In this example:
v New titles are created (or existing ones replaced) for members "#1234567" and
"#0000201", in partitioned data set PAYROLL.PROD.EMPLOYEE.LIB.
The EXEC PARM options “TITLEMIG,REPLACE” implicitly generates a
“TITLEMIG OUTDD=SYSUT2,INDD=((SYSUT1,R))” statement.
The first three records of SYSUT1 are ignored by the TITLEMIG command,
because they begin with unacceptable member names.
Due to EXEC PARM “LIST=YES” option, a listing of all member titles of
PAYROLL.PROD,EMPLOYEE.LIB is written to SYSPRINT.
In order to display PAYROLL.PROD.EMPLOYEE.LIB titles, you need to set your
IPT Member Selection List (MSL) display mode to “SHOWTITL ON”.
Example 12: Import an IPT-managed member title list from one
partitioned data set to another
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//JOB0012 JOB ...
//DOTITLES EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
//IQIBUDFL DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//PRODLIB DD DISP=OLD,DSN=PAYROLL.PROD.EMPLOYEE.LIB
//TESTLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=PAYROLL.TEST.EMPLOYEE.LIB
//SYSIN
DD *
TITLEIMP I=TESTLIB,
O=PRODLIB,
LIST=YES
/*
|
|
|
|
In this example:
v The member titles of those member names of data set
PAYROLL.TEST.EMPLOYEE.LIB that also exist in data set
PAYROLL.PROD.EMPLOYEE.LIB are copied (without replacing existing titles).
Due to the “LIST=YES” option, a listing of all member titles of
PAYROLL.PROD,EMPLOYEE.LIB is written to SYSPRINT.
In order to display PAYROLL.PROD.EMPLOYEE.LIB titles, you need to set your
IPT Member Selection List (MSL) display mode to “SHOWTITL ON”.
|
|
|
|
252
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
IQIBUTIL examples
|
|
Example 13: Print a listing of all IPT-managed member titles of
a partitioned data set
|
|
|
|
|
|
//JOB0013
//SHOWTITL
//STEPLIB
//IQIBUDFL
//SYSPRINT
//SYSUT2
|
|
|
|
|
In this example:
v A report listing of all member titles of PAYROLL.PROD.EMPLOYEE.LIB is
written onto SYSPRINT.
|
JOB ...
EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL,PARM=TITLELIST
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQILOAD
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=IQI.SIQIPLIB
DD SYSOUT=*
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=PAYROLL.PROD.EMPLOYEE.LIB
The EXEC PARM option “TITLELIST” implicitly generates a “TITLELIST
OUTDD=SYSUT2” statement.
Example 14: Manipulate non-standard member names
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//JOB0014 JOB ...
//DOINHEX EXEC PGM=IQIBUTIL,
//
PARM=’MEMRULE=3,LIST=ALL’
//IN
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=INTT025.TEST.SOURCE
//OUT
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=INTT025.PLAY.SOURCE
//SYSIN
DD *
STEP1 DELETE OUTDD=OUT
S M=(9*,8*)
STEP2 COPY OUTDD=OUT,INDD=IN
SELHEX MEMBER=(C1C2C34040404040,F9818283F1F2F3F4,R)
SELHEX MEMBER=(E7E8E94040404040,F9A7A8A9C1C2C340)
STEP3 RENAME OUTDD=OUT
S M=((9*,8=======))
EXCLHEX M=(F9A7A8A9C1C2C340)
/*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This example has these steps:
v Deletes all member names that begin with "9" or "8", in INTT025.PLAY.SOURCE.
v Copies members “ABC” and “XYZ” from INTT025.TEST.SOURCE into
INTT025.PLAY.SOURCE.
|
|
The EXEC PARM "MEMRULE=3" is required to be able to manipulate
non-standard member names.
|
|
DD statements JOBLIB and STEPLIB are omitted, implying that load module
IQIBUTIL is residing in a LINKLIST library.
|
|
DD statement IQIBUDFL is omitted, implying that IPT customization member
IQIDFLTS is residing in a PARMLIB library.
|
|
|
DD statements SYSPRINT and IQIBUPRT are omitted, resulting in a dynamic
allocation of a SYSOUT data set with DD name IQIBUPRT. This data set will
contain all the output normally intended for SYSPRINT.
The copied members are respectively renamed in the target library as “9abc1234”
and “9xyzABC”.
v Renames all member names that begin with "9" into same names with "8" in the
first character, except for member "9xyzABC".
Chapter 13. Batch utility IQIBUTIL
253
254
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix A. Documenting an IPT failure for IBM level 2
support
In the unlikely event that you are having problems with IPT, IPT can create files of
information that you can forward to IBM level 2 support for diagnosis.
Here is the suggested sequence you should use to trap relevant information:
1. Logon to IPT.
2. Enter IDIAG TR, which is the shortcut for IPT DIAG TRACE ON (and automatically
forces IPT DIAG LOG ON).
3. Work through your scenario.
4. Enter ISNAP, which is the shortcut for IPT SNAP.
5. Download DD(IQILOGPR) and DD(IQITRSNP) of your TSO session and send them
to me along with screen shots of every step of your failing scenario.
Please additionally supply the output generated by the IVER shortcut (IPT VER) or
the IMAINT shortcut (IPT MAINT). This output shows the list of APARs applied
against IPT.
For more information, see:
v “DIAG” on page 63
v “SNAP” on page 64
v “VER” on page 63
v “MAINT” on page 63
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
255
Documenting an IPT failure for IBM level 2 support
256
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix B. Controlling ISPF Productivity Tool processing
(the SET command)
To display the panels controlling these options, enter the SET command.
The panel that is displayed depends on whether you ISPF Productivity Tool
displays a panel like these:
-IPT- -----------------Member Selection List options--------------------------COMMAND ===>
Automatic preview (with LOCATE/FIND)
==> Y (Y=Yes, N=No)
Replace existing members (COPY/MOVE)
==> O (Y=Yes, N=No, O=Target Older)
Member list line command pad character
==> (Blank,Dot,Quote,Underscore)
Main menu option 1 default process
==> B (B=Browse, V=View)
Main menu option 1,2 @H display
==> Y (Y=Olist, N=No)
Default cursor position
==> M (M=Main command, L=Line cmd)
Include member names in dataset history
==> N (Y=Yes, N=No)
Prompt with FIND command after a Global FIND ==> Y (Y=Yes, N=No)
Support IEBCOPY member name convention
==> Y (Y=Yes, N=No)
Accept non standard (printable) member names ==> N (Y=Yes, N=No)
Double-Byte-Character-Set (DBCS) support
==> N (Y=Yes, N=No)
If DBCS supported, use case-sensitive search strings
==> N
|
|
Commands executed by TAILOR command:
===> REFRESH;SORT CHA;FILT CHA -60
Press ENTER for options menu, END to exit, CANCEL for installation defaults.
Figure 32. The Member Selection List options panel
-IPT- ------------------OLIST - Object List Options---------------------------COMMAND ===>
Default command (when selecting an item) ==> B (B=Browse, E=Edit, V=View)
Show VOLSER of catalogued data-sets
==> Y (Y=Yes, N=No)
Check edit recovery when the list opens ==> N (Y=Yes, N=No)
Provide a field for TSO command parms
==> Y (Y=Yes, N=No)
Display mode (right column shows)
==> C (C=Class, V=Volume)
Default cursor position
==> M (M=Main command, L=Line cmd)
Include member names in dataset history ==> N (Y=Yes, N=No)
Native (generic) data-set name patterns ==> Y (Y=Yes, N=No)
Double-Byte-Character-Set (DBCS) support ==> N (Y=Yes, N=No)
If DBCS supported, use case-sensitive search strings
==> N
|
Press ENTER for options menu, END to exit, CANCEL for installation defaults.
Figure 33. The Object List Options panel
The rest of this Appendix explains each option.
MSL options
Line number for member list windows
Specify the line number (relative to the first entry in the MSL) at which the
top of assist and preview windows is to be positioned, with a value from 1
to 24.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
257
MSL options
Automatic preview (with LOCATE/FIND)
Control the automatic preview of members found by LOCATE, FINDTEXT,
or FIND:
Y
Display a preview window of the member found.
N
Don't display a preview window of the member found.
Display list of commands on the panel
Turn on or off the MSL automatic assist window:
Y
Display the assist window at all times.
N
Don't display the assist window unless requested.
Replace existing members (COPY/MOVE)
When you issue a COPY or MOVE command, the setting here controls the
standard ISPF option of whether or not like-named members in the target
should be replaced by those in the source:
Y
Always replace members in the target that have the same name as
those in the source.
N
If a member in the target has the same name as one in the source,
don't copy or move that member.
O
Always replace members in the target, unless the time and date
stamp of the target in the member is later than that of the source.
Prompt with FIND command after a Global FIND
When you issue a global find command, the setting here controls whether
a FIND command (with the same parameter) is displayed on the
Command line for the individual member.
Y
The FIND command is displayed.
N
The FIND command is not displayed.
|
|
Support IEBCOPY member name convention
“Y” is the same as IQIBUTIL MEMRULE=2.
|
|
|
|
Accept non standard (printable) member names
“Y” is the same as IQIBUTIL MEMRULE=3. MEMRULE=3 includes
MEMRULE=1 and MEMRULE=2, so when MEMRULE=3 is set, then
MEMRULE=1 and MEMRULE=2 are automatically implied and set.
When “Support IEBCOPY member name convention” is set to “N” and
“Accept non standard (printable) member names” is set to “N”, then this is
the same as IQIBUTIL MEMRULE=1.
|
|
|
Double-Byte-Character-Set (DBCS) support
Indicates whether you want to support DBCS.
Y
DBCS is supported.
N
DBCS is not supported.
If you indicate that DBCS is supported, you must also indicate if you want
to use case-sensitive search strings.
Commands executed by TAILOR command
Specify one or more MSL commands (such as SORT, FILTER, and
<->EXCLUDE) here to tailor the MSL to your liking. These MSL commands
can be executed via the TAILOR command, and, optionally, automatically
when an MSL is invoked via the EDIT, VIEW, or BROWSE Entry panel.
258
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
OLIST options
OLIST options
Default OLIST command
Specify the process to be invoked by default when an item on a OLIST is
selected by number:
V
The default process is VIEW.
B
The default process is BROWSE.
E
The default process is EDIT.
Check pending edit recovery in OLIST
Specify whether or not edit recovery is checked whenever OLIST is
invoked:
Y
Check for pending edit recovery whenever OLIST is invoked.
N
Don't check for pending edit recovery whenever OLIST is invoked.
Display list of commands on the panel
Specify whether or not the OLIST panel should include a list of the OLIST
commands:
Y
Use the form of the panel that shows the commands.
N
Don't use the form of the panel that shows the commands.
Provide a field for TSO command parms
Specify whether or not to display the OLIST panel should include a field
on which to enter parameters to be appended to the command as issued:
Y
Use the form of the panel that provides a parameter input field.
N
Don't use the form of the panel that provides a parameter input
field.
OLIST display mode
The right-most column of the OLIST panel can either display the object
type or the volume. Specify which mode you want:
C
Class
V
Volume
When a OLIST is on display, the PF key defined as RCHANGE (usually
PF6) toggles between the two forms of the display.
To accept the values shown and end the display of the options panels,
press the END key. To display the second options panel, which contains
the Member Selection List GLOBAL EDIT processing options, press Enter.
ISPF Productivity Tool displays a panel like the following and options are
included afterwards.
Appendix B. Controlling ISPF Productivity Tool processing (the SET command)
259
OLIST options
-IPT- ----------------GLOBAL/FINDTEXT commands options------------------------COMMAND ===>
MSL GLOBAL Control
STOP AFTER
===> 9999 (Number of items to process successfully)
PROMPT AFTER ===> 50 (Number of items to process before prompt is issued)
START COLUMN ===> 1
(Quick FIND starting column in target data record)
END COLUMN ===> 99999 (Quick FIND end column in target data record)
Specify Y (Yes) or N (No) for the following options:
AUTOMATIC
===> Y (Process without editing successful items?)
LINK
===> Y (Process each command only if previous command succeeds?)
PRINT
===> N (Generate listing of each member changed and saved?)
EXCLUDE
===> N (Exclude failing items from selection list?)
OLIST FINDTEXT/MEMFIND Control
STOP AFTER
===> 10 (Number of items to process successfully)
PROMPT AFTER ===> 10 (Number of items to process before prompt is issued)
START COLUMN ===> 1
(Starting column in target data record)
END COLUMN ===> 99999 (End column in target data record)
Specify Y (Yes) or N (No) for the following options:
AUTOMATIC
===> N (Search without stopping at successful items?)
EXCLUDE
===> N (Exclude failing items from object list?)
Press ENTER or END to exit. Enter CANCEL for installation defaults.
Figure 34. GLOBAL/FINDTEXT commands options
Native (generic) data-set name patterns
Determines how dots are treated in data set names when pattern matching:
|
|
|
|
Y
Treat dots in the data set name as any other character when
matching a pattern mask.
|
|
N
Adhere to ISPF DSLIST data set pattern mask rules regarding dots
and the number of qualifiers.
MSL GLOBAL command options
STOP AFTER
In global EDIT, this controls the number of members to be processed
successfully before stopping. This allows you to stop after finding a single
member meeting particular specifications. You can set this field to any
number between 1 and 9999.
PROMPT AFTER
In global EDIT and FINDTEXT, this controls the number of members to be
processed before a prompt is offered to you. The prompt gives you a
chance to cancel the rest of the GLOBAL processing of the library, or to
change the value in this field. You can set this field to any number between
1 and 9999.
AUTOMATIC
In global EDIT, this controls whether or not you are placed into an EDIT
session of members for which the commands succeeded:
Y
Don't invoke an EDIT session for each successfully processed
member. Proceed immediately to the next member to be processed.
N
Invoke EDIT for each member for which the global EDIT command
succeeded. You can review the changes, perform further editing, or
cancel the changes. You can also terminate all pending processing.
LINK This controls whether each of the commands you specify on the GLOBAL
prompt panel are to be considered separate, or are to be treated as a group.
If LINK is set to NO, any one of them may fail, and the other commands
260
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
MSL GLOBAL command options
are processed. If LINK is set to YES, each of them must terminate
successfully for any of the rest to be processed. If any command fails, the
EDIT session for the member is cancelled, so the previous commands, if
any, have no effect (unless one of the previous commands was SAVE).
The possible values are:
Y
Process the commands as a group.
N
Process the commands individually.
PRINT
This controls whether or not members modified (and saved) under global
EDIT are to be printed as specified in the print options:
Y
Print each successfully processed member.
N
Don't print the successfully processed members.
EXCLUDE
This controls whether, when the global EDIT command has finished
processing, members that were not successfully processed are still to be
listed:
Y
Exclude members that were not successfully processed.
N
Don't change the member list.
To accept the values as displayed, press the END key.
To display the third options panel, which contains the print processing
options, press Enter.
ISPF Productivity Tool displays the following panel:
-IPT- -------------------------Print options----------------------------------COMMAND ===>
Suppress page formatting
Print changed lines in bold
Highlight program elements
Process mode
===>
===>
===>
===>
N
N
Y
G
(N=No, Y=Yes - file is already formatted)
(N=No, Y=Yes)
(N=No, Y=Yes - emphasize recognized items)
(I=print immediately)
(G=Group requests for later printing)
(L=print direct to the ISPF LIST data set)
For process modes I and G:
DESTINATION ID
CLASS
WRITER name
Number of copies
Lines per page
Keep in HOLD queue
FORM number
FCB name
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
A
1
60
N
(Node-id<.User-id>)
(or Sysout class)
(Output WRITER)
(How many?)
(page size)
(Y=Yes, N=No)
NOTE: Under process modes I and G, your USERID will be on the separator page.
Press ENTER or END to exit. Enter CANCEL for installation defaults.
Figure 35. Print options panel
Appendix B. Controlling ISPF Productivity Tool processing (the SET command)
261
Print options
Print options
Print changed lines in bold
This specifies whether or not you want lines in the current modification
level of each member (that is, lines changed in the last EDIT session) to be
highlighted by printing in bold print. (This makes them very easy to find.)
Options are:
Y
Highlight lines in the current modification level.
N
Do not highlight any lines.
Process mode
You can control how and where items you select for printing (such as
individual members, the member list, and clipboards) are to be printed:
I (Immediate)
Each member or other item is printed to the printer separately,
with separators between each.
G (Group)
Everything you specify for printing is accumulated in one print
group until you issue the RELEASE command, issue the SET
command and change the process mode to I or L, or end your
session. The entire print group is printed together, without
separators between individually printed items. For example, in
GROUP mode, to get a list of all members starting with “PAY”,
followed by a print-out of each such member, you would issue the
commands:
FILTER PAY*
SAVE
P *
RELEASE
L (List)
The print-out is directed to the ISPF LIST data set.
Note: If you direct the print-out to the ISPF LIST data set, you can
print it using the ISPF command LIST.
The following options apply only if you have specified process mode I or G:
CLASS
This specifies the SYSOUT class if you are printing to a printer.
DESTINATION ID
This specifies the SYSOUT destination ID (that is, the route code) of the
printer. It may be either Node-Id or Node-Id.User-Id.
Number of copies
This specifies how many copies you want to be printed.
Lines per page
This specifies how many lines per page you want to print.
If Process mode is L (ISPF LIST data set), use ISPF option 0 (ISPF
parameters) to control PAGESIZE of the ISPF LIST data set.
Keep in HOLD queue
This specifies whether or not you want the SYSOUT to be held:
Y
262
Put the generated SYSOUT in the HOLD queue.
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Print options
Note: Use the TSO OUT command, SDSF, or another output
browser to release held SYSOUTs. The jobname is your TSO userid.
N
The generated SYSOUT is immediately available (is released).
FORM number
This specifies the SYSOUT form number to be used for printing.
FCB name
This specifies the SYSOUT FCB code to be used for printing.
To accept the values as displayed, press ENTER or the END key.
Note: When invoking SET, you can specify which set of options you want
to look at by specifying the parameter OLIST, MSL, OUTPUT (or PRINT),
or GLOBAL. For example, display the third SET panel (which displays the
options controlling print processing), you can enter the command SET
PRINT.
Appendix B. Controlling ISPF Productivity Tool processing (the SET command)
263
Print options
264
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix C. Patterns
In a number of commands and fields where a name can be entered, ISPF
Productivity Tool also accepts a pattern. For example, in MSL, when a line
command is entered as a main command, a pattern can be used instead of a
member name, so that the command acts on all names matching the pattern. A
pattern contains one or more wildcard characters, which allow it to match more
than one name. The wildcard characters are the percent sign (“%”) and the asterisk
“*”. Any character in the data in the same position as a percent sign is considered
to match it. (A blank in the data is not considered to match.) Any number of
characters from the position of the asterisk to the right are considered to match the
asterisk. The asterisk can be in any position. Trailing blanks match the asterisk. In
addition, the underscore character (“_”) is used to indicate a blank space.
(Although blank spaces cannot appear in some fields, such as the member name
field in an MSL, they can appear in the RENAME column of an MSL, where the
feedback messages appear, and in load module attribute fields.)
The following examples illustrate how patterns work:
Table 25. Pattern matching definitions
Pattern
Contents of Field
Match
Reason
DEMO%0
DEMO10
DEMOZ0
DEMO
DEMO
YES
YES
NO
NO
Nothing in position 5
Last character not “0”
ABCD
ABCDE
AB1D234
AB
ABC
ABBB
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
Nothing in position 3
Position 4 not “D”
Position 4 not “D”
ABC
AB1
AB
ABCD
BBB
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
Nothing in position 3
More than three characters
Position 1 not “A”
*
ABCDEFG
YES
Matches any name
%
A
YES
Matches any single-character name
_
(empty)
YES
A_C
A C
ABC
YES
NO
Position 2 not blank
AB
ABC
YES
NO
Position 3 not blank
ABC
AC
BC
AB
YES
YES
NO
NO
Does not start with “A”
Does not start with “C”
AB%D*
AB%
AB_
A*C
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
265
Patterns
Table 25. Pattern matching definitions (continued)
266
Pattern
Contents of Field
Match
Reason
*A*B
AB
$ABC
ABEND
A23B4
CCBD
ZAREA
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
No “A” in string preceding “B”
No “B” in string following “A”
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix D. MSL feedback messages
The RENAME field of the MSL displays descriptive information about the result of
the process performed on the member:
Table 26. MSL feedback messages
Message
Meaning
Process
-BROWSED
The member was browsed.
B
-COPIED
The member was copied.
COPY
-COPY ER
An error occurred during a COPY operation.
COPY
-DELETED
The member in your selection list was deleted
by you or another user.
All
-EMPTY
The member was selected for printing but was
empty.
PRINT
-FREED
The member was freed.
K
-G:FAIL
GLOBAL failed for this member.
GLOBAL
-G:ERROR
You entered an invalid command under
GLOBAL and ended processing without
correcting it.
GLOBAL
-G:INUSE
GLOBAL was unable to process this member
because it was in use.
GLOBAL
-G:OK
GLOBAL succeeded for this member.
GLOBAL
-G:QUIT
GLOBAL terminated (QUIT executed).
GLOBAL
-IN USE
The member is in use by the indicated USERID.
E
-IN nnnn,
The member is in the library or libraries
indicated.
H,WHERE
-INV NAM,
The member has an invalid name (it includes
non-display characters).
All
-IO ERR
An input/output error occurred in reading the
directory of the library or a member.
All
-MOVE ER
An error occurred during a MOVE operation.
MOVE
-NO AUTH
You have no authority to perform this operation. All
-NO REPL
The member was not copied or moved because
the member existed in the destination library
and the REPLACE option was set to NO.
-NO SAVE
The member was not saved because CANCEL
E
was issued or because no change was made to it.
-NO STAT
COPY, MOVE
The member was not copied or moved because
statistics were mot available for either the source
or the target.
-NOT OLD
The member was not copied or moved because a COPY, MOVE
member in the target library with the same name
was not older than it.
-NOT STD
The member has a non-standard directory entry.
All
-PRINT G
The member was printed in group mode.
PRINT
-PRINT I,
The member was printed in immediate mode.
PRINT
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
COPY, MOVE
267
MSL feedback messages
Table 26. MSL feedback messages (continued)
268
Message
Meaning
Process
-PRINT L
The member was printed to the ISPF LIST data
set.
PRINT
-PROMOTE
The member was promoted.
K
-REVEALD
A member with the same name in a lower
library was deleted from the list.
DELETE MOVE
RENAME
-SAVED
The member was saved.
E
-STATS
The statistics of the member were created,
removed, or changed.
STATS
-SUBMIT
The member was submitted as a batch job.
SUBMIT, U
-TXT FND
The member contains the specified text string.
FINDTEXT
-VIEWED
The member was viewed.
V
old-name
The original member name.
RENAME
Text
The text specified by the TAG command.
TAG
-function
The ISPF function called.
ISPEXEC
-command
The TSO command executed.
T
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix E. MSL keywords, and default sorting order
The FILTER, LOCATE, and SORT commands operate on the fields displayed on the
MSL panel. The keywords used to specify the fields are the corresponding column
headings on the MSL panel. In addition, a few synonyms are acceptable for some
fields.
MSL provides two different member selection list panels, one for text file libraries
(that is, all types of libraries except load module libraries), and one for load
module libraries.
Text File Library panel
The field names, alternative acceptable names, meanings, and default sorting order
are shown in the following table.
Field Name
Synonyms
Meaning
Default Sort Order
NAME
MEMBER M N
Member name
Ascending
Contents of RENAME field
(feedback messages, old
names of renamed members,
and tags)
Ascending
RENAME
LIB
LIBRARY
Library number in
concatenation sequence
Ascending
VV
VERSION
Version number
Ascending
MM
LEVEL
Modification level
Ascending
CREATED
CRE
Date of creation
Descending
CHANGED
CHA
Date and time of last
modification
Descending
SIZE
Number of lines currently in
member
Descending
INIT
Number of lines initially in
member.
Descending
MOD
Number of lines changed in
member
Descending
ID of user that last modified
member
Ascending
ID
ID USERID
Load Library panel
The load library panel field names, alternative acceptable names and meanings are
shown in the following table:
Field Name
Synonyms
Meaning
Default Sort Order
NAME
MEMBER M N
Member name
Ascending
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
269
Load Library panel
Field Name
Synonyms
Meaning
Default Sort Order
Contents of RENAME field
(feedback messages, old
names of renamed members,
and tags)
Ascending
Library number in
concatenation sequence
Ascending
SIZE
Size of load module
(hexadecimal)
Descending
TTR
Relative track/record of start
of load module
Ascending
RENAME
LIB
LIBRARY
ALIAS-OF
ALIAS
Name of member to which
this member is aliased
Ascending
AC
APF
APF authorization code
Ascending
RENT
Reentrant
YES first
REFR
Refreshable
YES first
REUS
Reusable
YES first
TEST
Test
YES first
AMOD
AMODE
Addressing mode (31, 24,
ANY)
Descending
RMOD
RMODE
Residency mode (24, ANY)
Descending
OVLY
Overlay format
YES first
LOAD
Only loadable
YES first
NXEC
Not executable
YES first
SCTR
Scatter load format
YES first
PAGE
Load on page boundary
YES first
EDIT
Cannot be reprocessed by
linkage editor
YES first
Note: For the load module attributes RENT, REFR, TEST, OVLY, LOAD, NXEC,
SCTR, PAGE, and EDIT, blank is equivalent to “NO”. For the load module
attributes AMOD and RMOD, a blank value means that the linkage editor did not
specify a value for this field. The underscore character (“_”) can be used (with
commands such as FILTER) to indicate a blank in these fields.
270
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix F. Invoking MSL from an application or CLIST
MSL can be invoked by an application or CLIST. It must be called from a valid
ISPF environment, using the ISPF Dialog Manager SELECT service. The format of
the command should be as follows:
SELECT NEWAPPL(ISR) PGM(IQIMSL)
PARM(fnct,
,
dsn
<<PROMPT>>
,
vol
)
return
What
How
When an error occurs while invoking ISPF
Productivity Tool, you need ISPF
Productivity Tool to give you a return code
of 8 instead of displaying the EDIT entry
panel.
ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(IQIMSL)
PARM(E,’JONES.TEST.COBOL’,,Y)
'JONES.TEST.COBOL' is a library.
However invoked, on termination, control returns to the invoking application or
CLIST.
The following is the description of the operands in the SELECT command:
fnct
This is the function code. It defines the default process. The values for the
process are:
E
EDIT (This is the default value for the default process.
V
VIEW
B
BROWSE
dsn
This is the data set name. If specified as <<PROMPT>> (including the
greater-than and less-than symbols as shown), the entry panel is always
displayed. If it is not specified, a prompt is displayed unless the cursor is
on a valid ISPF Productivity Tool object name. The data set name can be
specified in one of the following ways:
v PAYROL.JONES.COBOL, as a fully qualified name
v JONES.COBOL, as a partially qualified name
If this is a library, it invokes a member list of the library. If this is a
sequential file, it simply invokes that file.
In a library name with a member name, for example,
'PAYROLL.JONES.COBOL(ACCTMAIN)', it invokes the member
ACCTMAIN in the library PAYROLL.JONES.COBOL. This form can be
used with partially qualified library names.
In a library name with a pattern, for example,
'PAYROLL.JONES.COBOL(ACCT*)', it invokes a filtered member list of the
library listing all members whose names start with 'ACCT'.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
271
Invoking MSL from an application or CLIST
In a member name 'PAYROLL', it invokes the member PAYROLL in the
current library, or the last library processed (or, if the screen has been split,
the last library processed in the split).
In a pattern 'PAY', it invokes a filtered listing of the members matching the
pattern in the current library, or the library processed (or, if the screen has
been split, the last library processed in this split).
Note: Access to catalogued data sets by DD name is fully supported when
MSL is invoked in an application or CLIST. You can invoke an MSL on a
pattern on the particular level of the current PANELLIB concatenation by
specifying dsn as: @@DD.PANELLIB.#2(ACCT*).
272
vol
This is the volume serial number. If it is specified, MSL looks for the data
set only on the specified volume. Otherwise, it consults the catalog to find
the data set.
return
This operand decides whether or not to return to the calling application
with a return code of 8 if an error occurs when invoking ISPF Productivity
Tool:
N
Display the entry panel if an error occurs. This is the default.
Y
Return to the calling application with a return code of 8 if an error
occurs.
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix G. Invoking OLIST from an application or CLIST
You can invoke OLIST from an application or CLIST. It must be called from a valid
ISPF environment, using the ISPF Dialog Manager SELECT service.
You can create and display a temporary OLIST or a permanent OLIST. You can
also display an existing OLIST, the default OLIST, or a selection list of OLISTs.
The SELECT command has this syntax:
SELECT NEWAPPL(ISR) PGM(IQIPLST)
PARM(pname
)
,
level
,
cmd
, exit
The operands are:
pname The OLIST is to be displayed or created.
*
to display the List of Referenced Object Lists
_TEMP_
to create a temporary OLIST.
If “*” or “_TEMP” is omitted, the default OLIST is displayed.
level
This is a fully or partially qualified data set level. The first level of a
generic data set specification must be fully specified, but the following
levels can be specified using the wildcards “%” and “*” freely. If an
existing OLIST is specified, the level is ignored.
If level is omitted, pname is checked to see if it occurs as a first-level
qualifier. If it occurs as a first-level qualifier, it creates a OLIST prefilled
with a list of all data sets using pname as the first-level qualifier. If it does
not, it creates a OLIST with the ISPF libraries on the user's EDIT entry
panel.
cmd
The values for the command are as follows:
B
BROWSE
E
EDIT
V
VIEW
If the values are omitted, the default process is defined as on the user's
ISPF Productivity Tool Options panels.
This command can be specified as the following:
v PAYROL.JONES.COBOL, as a fully qualified name
v JONES.COBOL, as a partially qualified name
If this is a library, this command invokes a member list of the library. If
this is a sequential file, it simply invokes that file.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
273
Invoking OLIST from an application or CLIST
In a library name with a member name, for example,
'PAYROLL.JONES.COBOL(ACCTMAIN)', the command invokes the
member ACCTMAIN in the library PAYROLL.JONES.COBOL. This form
can be used with partially qualified library names.
In a library name with a pattern, for example,
'PAYROLL.JONES.COBOL(ACCT*)', this command invokes a filtered
member list of the library listing all members whose names start with
'ACCT'.
In a member name 'PAYROLL', this command invokes the member
PAYROLL in the current library, or the last library processed (or, if the
screen has been split, the last library processed in the split).
In a pattern 'PAY', this command invokes a filtered listing of the members
matching the pattern in the current library, or the library processed (or, if
the screen has been split, the last library processed in this split).
Note: Access to catalogued data sets by DD name is fully supported when
MSL is invoked in an application or CLIST. You can invoke an MSL on a
pattern on the particular level of the current PANELLIB concatenation by
specifying dsn as: @@DD.PANELLIB.#2(ACCT*).
exit
It allows you to decide whether or not OLIST should be terminated on
error:
Y
On error, return to the caller.
N
On error, remain in OLIST, where the user is able to correct the
error (possibly by specifying a different OLIST). This is the default.
Here are some examples of invoking OLIST:
What
How
Invoking the default OLIST with the default
process
ISPEXEC SELECT NEWAPPL(ISR) PGM(IQIPLST)
Invoking the default OLIST with the process ISPEXEC SELECT NEWAPPL(ISR) PGM(IQIPLST)
returning to the calling program on error
PARM(,,,Y)
Invoking the default OLIST with the default
process of BROWSE
ISPEXEC SELECT NEWAPPL(ISR) PGM(IQIPLST)
PARM(,,,B)
Creating and displaying a new OLIST
named SYS1, listing all data sets starting
with 'SYS1'
ISPEXEC SELECT NEWAPPL(ISR) PGM(IQIPLST)
PARM(SYS1)
Creating and displaying a new OLIST
named NEWLIST, listing all data sets
starting with SYS1
ISPEXEC SELECT NEWAPPL(ISR) PGM(IQIPLST)
PARM(NEWLIST,SYS1)
Displaying a temporary OLIST of all data
sets starting with SYS1
ISPEXEC SELECT NEWAPPL(ISR) PGM(IQIPLST)
PARM(SYS1.*) or, ISPEXEC SELECT
NEWAPPL(ISR) PGM(IQIPLST)
PARM(_TEMP_,SYS1)
Displaying a selection list of existing OLISTs ISPEXEC SELECT NEWAPPL(ISR) PGM(IQIPLST)
PARM(*)
Creating and displaying a OLIST named
NEWLIST of all data sets to match the
specification 'ACCOUNTS.%PAY*.COB*'
with a default process of VIEW and with
OLIST being terminated and returned to the
caller on error
274
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
ISPEXEC SELECT NEWAPPL(ISR)
PGM(IQIPLST)ISPEXEC SELECT NEWAPPL(ISR)
PGM(IQIPLST)PARM(NEWLIST,ACCOUNTS.
%PAY*.COB*,VIEW,Y)
Appendix H. Invoking user commands from MSL
The “%” line command in MSL is used to invoke user-written commands. It
invokes CLISTs, REXX execs, or other TSO commands accessible from ISPF. The
name of the command is specified in the RENAME column.
File Display Library SCLM Settings Menu Utilities Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT--EDIT L1------ INTT025.IPT.MSGS -----------------------ROW 00001 OF 00004
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
HOTBAR: REFRESH FLIP
GLOBAL INFO
COMPRESS EXPDIR TAILOR TOTALS
ON VOLUME USR004
NAME
RENAME LIB VV.MM CREATED
CHANGED
SIZE INIT MOD USERID
% NEWSTUFF MAILIT
1 01.01 07/01/26 07/01/26 13:52
23
21
2 SUPPORT
RESTORE
1 01.01 07/01/26 07/01/26 13:52
13
14
0 SUPPORT
SYSTEMS
1 01.01 07/01/26 07/01/26 13:52
6
8
0 SUPPORT
TRAINS
1 01.01 07/01/26 07/01/26 13:52
19
16
3 SUPPORT
--END--
Figure 36. Entering the “%” line command in MSL
The MAILIT command is used on the NEWSTUFF member. MAILIT must be
available to ISPF for processing (SYSPROC, SYSEXEC, linklist TSO command, etc.).
ISPF Productivity Tool invokes the command with the data set name and the
member name as the first parameter. In this example, the command is invoked as
follows:
ISPEXEC SELECT CMD(MAILIT ’SAMPLE.TEST.MSGS(NEWSTUFF)’)
In addition, ISPF Productivity Tool stores in the shared pool several ISPF variables
that can be used by the invoked application. See Appendix K, “Adding your own
commands to MSL,” on page 281 for the list of available variables and their usage.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
275
276
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix I. Invoking user commands from OLIST
When a line command entered in OLIST is not a built-in line command, OLIST
assumes it is a TSO command or CLIST/REXX exec. The invoked command is
passed the data set name (with the member name, if specified) as a parameter. The
user may also specify other parameters. If the command is preceded by a question
mark, or SHOWCMD is set to ON, ISPF Productivity Tool displays a prompt
screen showing the command buffer before execution. The ? command prefix
overrides built-in line commands, allowing you to execute installation commands
with names like B, E, I etc.
When creating your own commands to be called from OLIST, remember that these
must be available to ISPF (via SYSPROC/SYSEXEC or other normal module
concatenation libraries).
An example of a command that uses the TSO XMIT command to transmit data sets
is:
CLIST NAME: DSNSENU
PROC 1 DSNAME TO(JONES01)
XMIT (&TO) DATASET(&DSNAME)
The command would be invoked from OLIST as shown below:
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- ALLOCATION LIST FOR "ISPPLIB" -- Row 1 to 15 of 26
Command
===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Hotbar: OPRINT
REFRESH CLRVOL FILLVOL UTIL
UPDATE CUT
FLIP
*TEMPORARY LIST*
TSO PARMS ===>
Command
Member
Numbr Data Set Names / Objects
Class
--------- -------- ----- ---------------------------------------------- ------DSNSEND
IQI@PRIM
1 ’SPFE.IBM.RLSE590.PLIB’
2 ’ISP.SISPPENU’
3 ’FMN.V6R1M0.SFMNPENU’
4 ’PP.XDC.Z16.XDCPLIB’
5 ’AUZ.SAUZPENU’
To override the destination parameter in the CLIST, the TO(...) parameter can be
specified in the TSO PARMS field as follows:
File Edit Find Display Populate Settings Menu Util Test Help Exit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IPT- OLIST (B) ----------- ALLOCATION LIST FOR "ISPPLIB" -- Row 1 to 15 of 26
Command
===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Hotbar: OPRINT
REFRESH CLRVOL FILLVOL UTIL
UPDATE CUT
FLIP
*TEMPORARY LIST*
TSO PARMS ===> TO(JERRY)
Command
Member
Numbr Data Set Names / Objects
Class
--------- -------- ----- ---------------------------------------------- ------DSNSEND
IQI@PRIM
1 ’SPFE.IBM.RLSE590.PLIB’
2 ’ISP.SISPPENU’
3 ’FMN.V6R1M0.SFMNPENU’
4 ’PP.XDC.Z16.XDCPLIB’
5 ’AUZ.SAUZPENU’
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
277
Invoking user commands from OLIST
278
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix J. Calling enhanced EDIT, VIEW, or BROWSE from
dialogs
You can dynamically invoke the ISPF Productivity Tool enhanced EDIT, VIEW, or
BROWSE function from a dialog.
To invoke EDIT with the ISPF Productivity Tool enhancements, do one of the
following:
v Specify !IQIEMAC as the initial macro on the ISPEXEC EDIT statement.
v If you already have an initial macro on the ISPEXEC EDIT statement, issue
ISREDIT !IQIEMAC in your own initial macro.
To invoke VIEW, do one of the following:
v Specify !IQIVMAC as the initial macro on the ISPEXEC EDIT statement.
v If you already have an initial macro on the ISPEXEC EDIT statement, issue
ISREDIT !IQIVMAC in your own initial macro.
Note: If you are not using the ISPF Productivity Tool Librarian or Panvalet
support and if you invoke EDIT on non-standard libraries (for example, Librarian
files) or use the EDIF EDIT interface, use !IQIPMAC instead of !IQIEMAC or
!IQIVMAC.
To invoke BROWSE, use the parameter PANEL(IQIBROB) on the ISPEXEC
BROWSE statement.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
279
280
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix K. Adding your own commands to MSL
The T (TSO) command is a convenient vehicle to add more commands to MSL.
You can create Assembler Language TSO commands, CLISTs, or REXX EXECs that
accept a data set name (with a member) as a first parameter to perform a number
of different functions on a member, such as compiling a member or downloading
or uploading a member to or from a PC.
When a user enters a T command, MSL issues a command to TSO in the format
command ’library-name(member)’
where command is as specified in the rename field (if T is issued as a line
command), or is the second parameter of the T main command.
The following ISPF dialog variables are stored in the SHARED pool and are
available to the TSO command, CLIST, or REXX EXEC being called:
Variables always available
ZLLIB
Position of member in concatenation hierarchy
MEMBER
Member name
DIRTYPE
Type of member:
S - ISPF statistics are available
N - ISPF statistics are not available
L - Load module
TYPE
Data set type (last qualifier)
IPIDSN1
Name of library 1 in concatenation hierarchy
IPIDSN2
Name of library 2 in concatenation hierarchy
IPIDSN3
Name of library 3 in concatenation hierarchy
IPIDSN4
Name of library 4 in concatenation hierarchy
Variables available if ISPF statistics are available
ZLVERS
Version number
ZLMOD
Modification level
ZLCDATE
Creation date
ZLMDATE
Last modification date
ZLMTIME
Last modification time
ZLCNORC
Current number of records
ZLINORC
Beginning number of records
ZLMNORC
Number of records modified
ZLUSER
Used ID of user that last modified member
Variables available for load modules
ILMSIZE
Load module size
ILMAPF
Load module authorization code (AC)
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
281
Adding your own commands to MSL
Variables available for load modules
ILMRENT
YES if reentrant
ILMREFR
YES if refreshable
ILMREUS
YES if reusable
ILMTEST
YES if link-edited with the TEST attribute
ILMAMOD
Load module AMODE
ILMRMOD
Load module RMODE
When entered as a main command, the T command requires a member name or
pattern. If a TSO command, CLIST, or REXX EXEC creates a new member, MSL
adds it to the member list. For example, if you create a TSO command, CLIST, or
REXX EXEC called UPLOAD, you can issue the following command to upload a
file from the PC into a new member called NEWNAME:
T NEWNAME UPLOAD
The essential elements of such a CLIST or REXX EXEC would look like this:
PROC 1 DSNAME
ALLOC REUSE FILE(OUT) SHR DA(&DSNAME)
/* ALLOCATE OUTPUT FILE
*/
CALL ’DEMO.LOAD(DOUPLOAD)’ ’UPLOAD’
/* ASSUME THIS IS THE UPLOAD
PROGRAM */
FREE FILE(OUT)
/* FREE THE OUTPUT DDNAME */
When entered as a main command, the T command accepts patterns. You may
want to QUIT the processing of members not yet processed if a return code from a
TSO command, CLIST, or REXX EXEC indicates a severe error. To do so, it's
necessary to issue the appropriate ISPEXEC command, like this:
PROC 1 DSNAME
ALLOC REUSE FILE(OUT) SHR DA(&DSNAME)
/* ALLOCATE OUTPUT FILE
*/
CALL ’DEMO.LOAD(DOUPLOAD)’ ’UPLOAD’
/* ASSUME THIS IS THE UPLOAD
PROGRAM */
IF (&MAXCC>8) THEN DO
/* HANDLE SEVERE ERRORS */
WRITE SEVERE ERROR (RETURN CODE IS &MAXCC)
ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(IQIQUIT) PARM(N) /* ISSUE MSL ’QUIT’ */
END
/* END DO */
FREE FILE(OUT)
/* FREE THE OUTPUT DDNAME */
282
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix L. Adding your own point-and-shoot general
commands
You can add general commands to ISPF. If you use the TSO shell provided by ISPF
Productivity Tool, the commands you add can make use of the point-and- shoot
interface. For example, if you have (or create) a CLIST that compiles a data set,
users are able to specify the data set to be compiled simply by typing the
command name on the command line, putting the cursor on the data set name,
and pressing Enter. If a PF key is set to the command name, users are able to
invoke the command simply by placing the cursor on the data set name and
pressing the PF key.
To add a general command, add an entry in ISPCMDS (the ISPF command table)
or in an application command table (xxxxCMDS, where xxxx is the application ID).
For example, assume that the CLIST named COMPILE accepts a source data set
name as its first parameter. Add an entry like the following to the command table:
ZCTVERB
ZCTTRUNC
ZCTACT
COMPILE
0
SELECT PGM(IQITSO)
PARM(-, %COMPILE /)
ISPF Productivity Tool replaces the slash (“/”) in the command parameter with the
data set name that the cursor is on. (If the cursor is not on a valid name, no
substitution is performed, and the slash is passed to the application.)
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
283
284
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Appendix M. Persistent Table Library
Persistent Table Library is a personal library that serves as a repository for ISPF
Productivity Tool persistent objects. Persistent Table Library can be dynamically
allocated or disabled.
In the Persistent Table Library Options panel, Persistent Table Library provides the
following options:
Command
Remarks
A
This command allows you to allocate an existing library or a new
library.
B
This command allows you to back up the current table library and
allocate space for a new library.
T
This command allows you to temporarily disable the library for the
current section.
P
This command allows you to permanently disable the library.
Allocating a library
ISPF Productivity Tool recommends a dedicated PDSE library for storing its
persistent tables. You may either specify an existing library or allocate a new
library for this purpose. When you allocate a valid library, its name is stored in
your profile and is automatically used as long as DD(IPITBLIB) is not included in
your LOGON procedure.
ISPF Productivity Tool suggests you use the library name of the existing
permanent OLIST library, or if DD(PLSTLIBW) is missing, use a name and volume
derived from your PROFILE library name.
You can disable the library or select a library by using the following commands in
the main Command line:
Command
Remarks
D
Disable the current library.
S
Select a library. This is a default setting.
Backing up the table library
ISPF Productivity Tool allows you to back up your persistent table library or
allocate a larger library when your current library is running out of space. ISPF
Productivity Tool provides the following options:
Figure 37. Persistent Table Management panel
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
285
Backing up the table library
-IPT-------------------- Persistent Table Management -------------------------COMMAND ===>
IBMIPT persistent table library just encountered an unrecoverable
error ( ABEND
). In order to complete your request, a larger
library needs to be allocated.
If you elect to proceed with allocating a larger library, IBMIPT
will perform the following steps to ensure integrity of your data:
1) Rename library to: INTT125.SYSA.ISPF.IPITBLB0
2) Allocate a larger: INTT125.SYSA.ISPF.IPITBLIB
3) Copy old library into the new one.
4) Resume operation with new library.
If you decline to proceed with the above, your currently used
persistent table will not be saved as requested.
Press ENTER to process or F3
to cancel.
Current Allocation
Data set name type : LIBRARY
Allocated blocks . : 327
Maximum dir. blocks : no limit
286
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Block size . . . . : 6160
Number of members . : 0
Notices
This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.
IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in
other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the
products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM
product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product,
program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may
be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the
operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter
described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you
any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing
IBM Corporation
North Castle Drive
Armonk, NY 10504-1785
U.S.A.
Licensees of this program who wish to have information about it for the purpose
of enabling: (i) the exchange of information between independently created
programs and other programs (including this one) and (ii) the mutual use of the
information which has been exchanged, should contact:
IBM Corporation
Mail Station P300
522 South Road
Poughkeepsie New York 12601-5400
U.S.A.
Such information may be available, subject to appropriate terms and conditions,
including in some cases, payment of a fee.
The licensed program described in this document and all licensed material
available for it are provided by IBM under terms of the IBM Customer Agreement,
IBM International Program License Agreement or any equivalent agreement
between us.
For license inquiries regarding double-byte (DBCS) information, contact the IBM
Intellectual Property Department in your country or send inquiries, in writing, to:
Intellectual Property Licensing
Legal and Intellectual Property Law
IBM Japan, Lt.
1223-14, Shimotsuruma, Yamato-shi
Kanagawa 242-8502 Japan
The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other
country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS"
WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
287
Notices
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in
certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.
Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be
incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements
and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this
publication at any time without notice.
Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for
convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web
sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM
product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.
If you are viewing this information softcopy, the photographs and color
illustrations may not appear.
Trademarks
IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of
International Business Machines Corp., registered in many jurisdictions worldwide.
Other product and service names might be trademarks of IBM or other companies.
A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web at “Copyright and
trademark information”, http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml.
Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other
countries, or both.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other
countries.
288
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
Index
Special characters
/ command 154
/D OLIST command 162
/I OLIST command 175
/R OLIST command 195
/X OLIST command 208
( MSL command 90
) MSL command 91
@H 40
% MSL command 90
+ MSL command 90
= 154
= MSL command 89
A
A OLIST command 155
about this manual 1
action bar
function-oriented 22
on an OLIST 22
action fields
overview 22
using 27
ALIAS IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 237
ALIas MSL command 91
ALTERMOD IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 233
applications
calling ISPF Productivity Tool
functions 47
invoking MSL 271
invoking OLIST 273
assignments 221
ASSIST
displaying window 2
for MSLs 29
for OLISTs 28
ASSIST command 27, 29
ASSIST MSL command 92
ASSIST OLIST command 156
assumptions 1
B
B MAP list line command 216
B MSL command 93
B OLIST command 156
base names
append generation-data-group to
OLIST 177
batch jobs
submit using SUBmit 203
batch utility 231
IQIBUTIL 227
BF OLIST command 157
BookMaster BOOKSHELF data set names
append to OLIST 184
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2000, 2012
branching
unconditional 224
BROWSE ENTRY panel
hotbar commands 19
BROWSE general command 57
calling from dialogs 279
enhanced handling 36
enhancements 38
buffers
virtual storage 229
C
C OLIST command 158
CANcel OLIST command 158
CHANGE command
enhanced support 39
clipboards
copy OLIST 161
CLISTs
display before execution 200
invoking MSL 271
invoking OLIST 273
CLONe MSL command 94
CLONe OLIST command 159
cloned data set names
append cloned to OLIST 179
append to OLIST 182
CLRVOL OLIST command 159
CMDparms OLIST command 160
CMDS IPT parameter 61
command buffer
viewing before executing
command 21
command shortcuts 2
command verbs
renaming with customization
wizard 53
commands
adding to MSL 281
general 53
introduction 53
modifying 213
recalling 43
setting on a hotbar 18
shortcuts 73
specifying on a hotbar 18
comments
supported by OLIST 26
comments on publication
sending feedback 3
COMPRESS EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE
command 77
COMPRESS IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 238
COMPress MSL command 95
COMPress OLIST command 160
conditional statements 222
CONFIRM MSL command 95
control statements
not supplying 229
control statements (continued)
syntax 233
COPY IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 234
COPY MSL command 96
COpy OLIST command 161
COPYALl MSL command 97
COPYALl OLIST command 161
COPYGROUP IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 236
COPYGRP IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 235
COPYMOD IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 236
COPYSEQ IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 238
cursor-sensitive areas
on an MSL 30
on an OLIST 27
cursor-sensitive input fields 27
customizable user interface 34
customization wizard
renaming command verbs 53
CUT command
enhanced 39
CUT EDIT/VIEW command 78
CUT OLIST command 161
D
D OLIST command 162
dat set objects
clear VOLUME column 159
data set history facility
overview 40
Data Set History panel 41
Data Set Information panel 174
data set level
defined 21
data set members
delete 162
move from one data set to
another 192
move from one library to
another 192
rename 196
submit as a batch job 203
viewing 206
data set names
append BookManager BOOK to
OLIST 177
append catalogued to OLIST 178
append generation-data-group to
OLIST 179
append migrated (archived) to
OLIST 181
append to OLIST from multiple
specifications 181
data set object
display archiving information 174
289
data set objects
delete migrated (archived) 174
display information 175
free unused space 173
show particular 175
data sets
accessing by DD name 41
allocate 155
append allocated to OLIST 176
append most recently used to
OLIST 180
catalog 158
delete 162
display information 173
display migrated (archived) 199, 201
download 209
dynamic allocation by IQIBUTIL 228
locate name 189
partitioned
clone 159
copy all members 161
empty all data 165
print 195
rename 196
sequential
clone 159
empty all data 165
print 195
submit as a batch job 203
uncataloging 204
upload 209
viewing 206
DEFault MSL command 98
DEFault OLIST command 163
DELETE IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 239
Delete MSL command 99
deleted member
browsing 215
restoring 215
viewing 215
deleted members
restoring 217
DEQ MAP list main command 216
DIAG IPT parameter 63
dialog development
enhancements 46
dialogs
calling EDIT, VIEW, or BROWSE
commands 279
drill-down navigation 30
DSLIST
calling from application 50
new options 31
overview of enhancements 31
DSLIST entry panel 31
DSLIST OLIST command 163
DSName MSL command 100
DTEST IPT parameter 62
dynamic OLISTS
supported by OLIST 26
E
E MAP list line command
E MSL command 101
E OLIST command 164
290
216
EDIT ENTRY panel
hotbar commands 19
EDIT general command 59
calling from dialogs 279
enhanced handling 36
enhancements 38
EDIT panel
invoke with UPDate command 204
EDIT/VIEW commands
CUT 78
PASTE 80
EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE commands 77
COMPRESS 77
EXPDIR 79
SAVE 82
STATUS 83
SUBMIT 84
EF OLIST command 165
EMPTY IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 240
EMPty MSL command 102
EMPTY OLIST command 165
Enhanced BROWSE Entry Panel 37
enhanced data set list 31
enhanced handling
BROWSE, EDIT, and VIEW
commands 36
enhanced member selection list 28
Enhanced VIEW Entry Panel 36
environment testing 223
equal command 154
EQUALS command 89
EXCLHEX IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 247
EXCLude MSL command 103
eXclude OLIST command 166
EXCLUDE OLIST command
repeat 198
exclusive VIEW 38
EXIT MAP list main command 216
EXIT MSL command 103
EXPDIR (PDS only) OLIST
command 167
EXPDIR EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE
command 79
EXPDIR IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 241
EXPDIR MAP list main command 216
EXPDIR MSL command 104
EXPORT OLIST command 167
extended point-and-shoot fields
on the OLIST 20
Extended VTOC Information for Volume
Admin panel 33
external members
including 225
F
failure
documenting 255
feedback
sending reader comments 3
feedback messages
MSL 267
FILLVOL OLIST command 168
FILter MSL command 105
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
FILter OLIST command 169
FILTTITL MSL command 106
FILTUKEY MSL command 107
Find
pop-up 170
FIND command
enhanced support 39
Find MAP list main command 216
Find MSL command 107
Find OLIST command 169
FIND OLIST command
repeat 198
FINDTEXT (FT) OLIST command 170
FINDTEXT MSL command 108
FINDTEXT OLIST command
repeat 198
FINDTITl MSL command 110
FINDUKEY MSL command 110
FLIP MSL command 111
FLIP OLIST command 172
FREe OLIST command 173
functions
calling from applications 47
G
GDG display 34
general commands 57
BROWSE 57
EDIT 59
IPT 60
IPTHelp 69
OLIST 65
QUIT 68
TSO 69
Global MSL command 111
GLOBAL/FINDTEXT commands
options 260
group commands 54
H
H MSL command 112
HDELETE OLIST command 174
heading
set for OLIST 203
HELP IPT parameter 61
HELP key
displaying online help 2
HIDe MSL command 113
history facility 40
HLIST OLIST command 174
hotbars
activating 18
commands for BROWSE Entry
panel 19
commands for EDIT Entry panel 19
commands for MSL 19
commands for OLIST 19
commands for VIEW Entry panel 19
deactivating 18
defining 18
overview 17
specifying commands 18
suggested commands 19
suggested setting 19
I
I MSL command 114
I OLIST command 173
INDSN= IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 246
INFO MAP list main command 216
INFO MSL command 115
INFO OLIST command 175
information resources
other 2
input fields
cursor-sensitive 27
IPT
invoking the tutorial 2
IPT customization site-wide dialog
settings
testing 222
IPT general command 60
IPT parameter
CMDS 61
DIAG 63
DTEST 62
HELP 61
MAINT 63
OFF 61
ON 61
SET 62
SNAP 64
VER 63
IPT?
displaying command shortcuts 2
IPTHELP
invoking the tutorial 2
IPTHelp general command 69
IQIBUTIL
compatibility with IBM
IEBCOPY 227
compatibility with IEBCOPY 228
control statement syntax
conventions 228
member name patterns 228
new functions 227
print user guide summary 247, 248,
249, 250, 251, 252
processing order 228
IQIBUTIL batch utility 227
control statements syntax 233
examples 247
filtering target member names 232
introduction 227
JCL DD statements 231
option parameters 229
special control statements 231
IQIBUTIL utility control statements
ALIAS 237
ALTERMOD 233
COMPRESS 238
COPY 234
COPYGROUP 236
COPYGRP 235
COPYMOD 236
COPYSEQ 238
DELETE 239
EMPTY 240
EXCLHEX 247
EXPDIR 241
INDSN= 246
IQIBUTIL utility control statements
(continued)
MOVE 241
RECOVER 242
RENAME 243
SELHEX 246
TITLEIMP 243
TITLELIST 246
TITLEMIG 244
IQIWIZRD
renaming command verbs 53
ISPEXEC MSL command 115
ISPF hierarchies
supported by OLIST 26
ISPF Productivity Tool
benefits 5
controlling the processing 257
features 5
overview 5
using 15
ISPF Productivity Tool functions
calling from applications 47
ISPF version
testing 223
items
printing 44
J
J MSL command
116
K
K MSL command
117
L
level 2 support
documenting a failure 255
LEVEL OLIST command 175
LIB MSL command 118
libraries
find text in members 170
FT 170
library
allocating 285
license inquiry 287
line commands
viewing 27, 29
LISTALOC OLIST command 176
LISTBASE OLIST command 177
LISTBOOK OLIST command 177
LISTCAT OLIST command 178
LISTCLon OLIST command 179
LISTGDG OLIST command 179
LISTHIST OLIST command 180
LISTMigr OLIST command 181
LISTMULT OLIST command 181
LISTNvs OLIST command 182
LISTPAGE OLIST command 182
LISTPDSE OLIST command 183
LISTSHLF OLIST command 184
LISTSMP OLIST command 185
LISTSYS OLIST command 185
LISTTAPE OLIST command 186
LISTVSAM OLIST command 187
LISTVTOC OLIST command 188
LISTx commands, leading
supported by OLIST 26
LMAP MSL command 119
Load Library panel 269
Locate MSL command 120
Locate OLIST command 189
M
main commands
view 27, 29
MAINT IPT parameter 63
MAP list
described 215
line commands 216
main commands 216
sorting 217
MAP list line commands
B 216
E 216
R 216
V 216
MAP list main commands
DEQ 216
EXIT 216
EXPDIR 216
Find 216
INFO 216
REFresh 216
SORT 216
UNLock 216
MAPpds (PDS only) MSL command 121
MAPpds OLIST command 189
member name
pattern mask support 228
member names
filtering target 232
manipulate non-standard 253
non-standard name 229
member selection list 215
Member Selection List options panel 257
member titles
print listing 253
MEMFind OLIST command 190
MEMFIND OLIST command
repeat 198
MLIST OLIST command 181, 191
MLS
invoking with V line command 206
Move (PDS only) MSL command 121
MOVE (PDS only) OLIST command 192
MOVE IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 241
MOVEALl MSL command 123
MOVEALl OLIST command 192
MSL
adding commands to 281
calling from application 50
Command Assistance panel 29
cursor-sensitive areas 30
entering % line command 275
exclude items from display 113
hotbar commands 19
invoking from an application or
CLIST 271
invoking user commands 275
Index
291
MSL (continued)
options panel 257
overview 28
point-and-shoot interface 30
setting GLOBAL command
options 260
setting options for 257
MSL commands
( 90
) 91
% 90
+ 90
= 89
ALIas 91
ASSIST 92
B 93
CLONe 94
COMPress 95
CONFIRM 95
COPY 96
COPYALl 97
DEFault 98
Delete 99
DSName 100
E 101
EMPty 102
EXCLude 103
EXIT 103
EXPDIR 104
FILter 105
FILTTITL 106
FILTUKEY 107
Find 107
FINDTEXT 108
FINDTITl 110
FINDUKEY 110
FLIP 111
Global 111
H 112
HIDe 113
I 114
INFO 115
introduced 85
ISPEXEC 115
J 116
K 117
LIB 118
LMAP 119
Locate 120
MAPpds (PDS only) 121
Move (PDS only) 121
MOVEALl 123
P (line command) 124
P main command 124
PROJECT 126
REFRESH 125
RELease 126
Rename 127
RESet 127
S 128
SAVE 129
SCLMCMD 130
SCLMPARM 131
SELECT 131
SHOWcmd 132
SHOWTitl 133
SORT 133
292
MSL commands (continued)
SORTTITl 134
SORTUKEY 135
SSI 136
STATS 136
SUBmit 137
T 138
TAG 139
TAILOR 139
TITLe 140
TOTALS 141
TYPE 141
UNFilter 142
USAGE 143
UTILity 143
V 143
W 144
WHERE 145
X (eXclude) 146
Z 147
MSL GLOBAL command options
setting 260
MSL line commands
group commands 54
MSL members
add alias name 91
adjust statistics 136
browse 93
change default process 98
change high level qualifier 126
change low-level qualifier for
library 141
change statistics 147
change to another library 100
clone library 94
close print group 126
compress library 95
copy 124
copy to a different library 96, 97
create statistics 147
delete 99
display assist window 92
display information 115
display library name 112
display load module mapping 119
display load-module analysis
map 114
display map of PDF members 121
display preview window 144
display SCLM parameters 131
display SSI information 136
display statistics 141
display statistics information 114
edit member 101
eliminate from display 146
empty library 102
execute CLIST 90
execute commands in tailoring
macro 139
execute REXX EXEC 90
expand library directory 104
find particular member 107
find text string 108
initiate global editing 111
invoke command from proceeding
line 89
invoke default proces 128
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
MSL members (continued)
invoke ISPEXEC 115
invoke ISPF main option 3 143
invoke TSO command or CLIST 138
invoke view process 143
list library members currently in use
under ISPF 143
locate in concatenation libraries 145
manage titles 140
move to a partitioned data set 121
move to a sequential data set 121
move to another data set 123
perform SCLMCMD function 130
print 124
process member using default
process 131
refresh 125
remove members from display 103
remove most recent filter 142
remove statistics 147
rename 127
reset the tailoring of list 127
return to invoking panel 103
save selection list 129
sort member list 133
submit as a batch job 116
submit as batch job 137
switch to another library 118
tailor display 105
toggle member-delete confirmation
screen 95
toggle visible and invisible lines 111
use SCLM to manage 117
MSL options
setting 257
N
navigation
drill-down
30
O
object classes
additional, supported by OLIST 26
listed 15
supported by ISPF Productify
Tool 24
Object List Line Command input
panel 155
display 154
Object List options panel 257
object lists 23
object orientation 15
objects
supported by OLIST 26
OFF IPT parameter 61
OLINE line commands
group commands 54
OLIST
action bar 22
additional object classes supported
by 26
append allocated data sets 176
append BookManager BOOK data set
names 177
OLIST (continued)
append BookMaster BOOKSHELF
data set names 184
append catalogued data set
names 178
append catalogued TAPE data set
names 186
append cloned data set names 179,
182
append data set names 188
append data set names from multiple
specifications 181
append from cut OLIST 194
append generation-data-group base
names 177
append generation-data-group data
set names 179
append migrated (archived) data set
names 181
append most recently used data
sets 180
append Paging-Space data set
names 182
append PDSE library data set
names 183
append SMP/E ZONE VSAM
clusters 185
append VSAM cluster names 187
calling from application 47
change default processing 163
Command Assistance panel 28
compare and validate entries 206
compress library 160
copy to clipboard 161
create temporary from current
catalog 192
cursor-sensitive areas 27
delete data set 162
delete lines 162
discard changes 158
display details about particular
command 156
display main and line
commands 156
edit 204
example panel 24
exclude entries 208
exclude objects 166
expand specified library 167
extended point-and-shoot fields 20
fill in VOLUME column 168
find next item where name contains
string 169
find particular member 190
heading 26
hotbar commands 19
insert empty lines 175
invoke an ISPF data set list 163
invoke an MSL 164
invoke command from preceding
line 154
invoke MSL 156
invoke VSAM BROWSE function 157
invoke VSAM EDIT function 165
invoking from an application or
CLIST 273
invoking user commands 277
OLIST (continued)
managing 25
open another 193
open nested level of ISPF option
3 205
options panel 257
overview 23
permanent 23
point-and-shoot interface 27
populate 194
populate from multiple list
specifications 191
populate with libraries 185
print 193
refresh from original parameters 195
repeat lines 195
save in specified library 167
save with new name 199
set a permanent heading 203
show Class (Type) column 200
show selected objects 169
show Volume column 202
sort entries 202
supported objects 26
temporary 23
title 26
toggle between visible and invisible
lines 172
update CLASS and VOLUME
fields 168
OLIST columns
clear 197
OLIST commands 149
/D 162
/I 175
/R command 195
A 155
ASSIST 156
B 156
BF 157
C 158
CANcel 158
CLONe 159
CLRVOL 159
CMDparms 160
COMPress 160
COpy 161
COPYALl 161
CUT 161
D line command 162
DEFault 163
DSLIST 163
E 164
EF 165
EMPTY 165
equal (=) 154
eXclude 166
EXPDIR (PDS only) 167
EXPORT 167
FILLVOL 168
FILter 169
Find 169
FINDMem 190
FINDTEXT 170
FLIP 172
FM 190
FREe 173
OLIST commands (continued)
FT 170
HDELETE 174
HLIST 174
I 173
INFO 175
LEVEL 175
LISTALOC 176
LISTBASE 177
LISTBOOK 177
LISTCAT 178
LISTCLON 179
LISTDGD 179
LISTHIST 180
LISTMigr 181
LISTMULT 181
LISTNvs command 182
LISTPAGE 182
LISTPDSE 183
LISTSHLF 184
LISTSMP 185
LISTSYS 185
LISTTAPE 186
LISTVSAM 187
LISTVTOC 188
Locate 189
MAPpds 189
MF 190
MLIST 181, 191
MOVE (PDS only) 192
MOVEALl 192
OLIST 192
OPEN 193
OPRINT 193
PASTE 194
POPULATE 194
PRINT (PDS or Sequential only) 195
REFRESH 195
RELEASE 196
RENAME 196
repeat FIND, EXCLUDE, FINDTEXT,
or MEMFIND 198
RESet 197
RFIND 198
S 198
SAVE 199
SHOWARCh 199
SHOWCLAs 200
SHOWcmd 200
SHOWMigr 201
SHOWVOL 202
slash (/) 154
SORT 202
SUBmit 203
TITLE 203
U 204
UPDate 204
UTIL 205
V 206
VALIDate 206
VF 207
X 209
XFER 209
OLIST general command 65
OLIST line
invoking default process 198
Index
293
OLIST lines
delete 162
overtyping 195
remove empty 197
repeat 195
toggle between visible and
invisible 172
OLIST members
copy 161
OLIST objects
invoking VSAM VIEW function
OLIST OLIST command 192
OLIST options
setting 259
ON IPT parameter 61
online help
displaying 2
OPEN OLIST command 193
OPRINT OLIST command 193
organization of the guide 1
overview 5
207
Q
P
QUIT general command
P (line command) MSL command 124
P (main) MSL command 124
Paging-Space data set names
append to OLIST 182
Panel Extension Language
overview 219
Panel Testing Options panel 46
partitioned data set
member title list 229
partitioned data set members
copying into a sequential data
set 229
PASTE command
enhanced 39
PASTE EDIT/VIEW command 80
PASTE OLIST command 194
patterns
entering instead of a name 265
PDS 215
PDS libraries
map existing and deleted
members 189
PDSE library data set names
append to OLIST 183
PEL
quick reference 225
requirements 225
PEL statements
syntax 220
when evaluated 221
permanent command list
adding entries 212
Permanent Object Lists panel
managing OLISTs 25
Persistent Table Library 285
Persistent Table Management panel 285
point-and-shoot
extended 17
point-and-shoot commands
adding 21
point-and-shoot general commands
adding to 283
294
point-and-shoot interface
for MSL 30
for OLISTs 27
point-and-shoot parameters 19
pop-up window 23
POPULATE OLIST command 194
Primary Option menu 6
PRINT (PDS or Sequential only) OLIST
command 195
print engine
printing within ISPF Productivity
Tool 44
using 45
print groups
close current 196
delete current 196
print options
setting 262
Print options panel 45, 261
PROJECT MSL command 126
68
R
R MAP list line command 216
reader comments
methods of sending feedback 3
RECOVER IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 242
REFresh MAP list main command 216
REFRESH MSL command 125
REFRESH OLIST command 195
RELease MSL command 126
RELEASE OLIST command 196
RENAME IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 243
Rename MSL command 127
RENAME OLIST command 196
RESet MSL command 127
RESet OLIST command 197
REXX EXECs
display before execution 200
RFIND OLIST command 198
S
S MSL command 128
S OLIST command 198
SAVE EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE
command 82
SAVE MSL command 129
SAVE OLIST command 199
SCLM
integration 47
SCLMCMD MSL command 130
SCLMPARM MSL command 131
SELECT MSL command 131
SELHEX IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 246
sequential files
find text in 170
FT 170
ISPF Productivity Tool V7 R1 M1 User's Guide
SET command
changing processing options 257
SET IPT parameter 62
Setting IBMIPT Defaults panel 35
shared VIEW 38
shortcuts
displaying 2
SHOWARCh OLIST command 199
SHOWCLAs OLIST command 200
SHOWcmd MSL command 132
SHOWcmd OLIST command 200
SHOWMigr OLIST command 201
SHOWTitl MSL command 133
SHOWVOL OLIST command 202
slash command 154
SMP/E ZONE VSAM clusters
append to OLIST 185
SNAP IPT parameter 64
SORT MAP list main command 216
SORT MSL command 133
SORT OLIST command 202
sorting order
default 269
SORTTITl MSL command 134
SORTUKEY MSL command 135
source data
special formatting 45
Space Summary Volume Selection
List 32, 33
special lists 34
Special Lists pull-down menu 34
SSI MSL command 136
STATS MSL command 136
STATUS command 39
STATUS EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE
command 83
SUBMIT EDIT/VIEW/BROWSE
command 84
SUBmit MSL command 137
SUBmit OLIST command 203
summary of changes 1
syntax diagrams
how to read 2
T
T MSL command 138
table library
backing up 285
tables
virtual storage 229
TAG MSL command 139
TAILOR MSL command 139
technical problems
methods of resolving 4
text conventions in this guide 2
Text File Library panel 269
The Volume Selection list 37
TITLe MSL command 140
TITLE OLIST command 203
TITLEIMP IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 243
TITLELIST IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 246
TITLEMIG IQIBUTIL utility control
statement 244
TOTALS MSL command 141
UPDate OLIST command 204
USAGE MSL command 143
user commands
invoking from MSL 275
invoking from OLIST 277
user interface
customizing 34
User Interface Options panel 35
activating the hotbar 18
UTIL OLIST command 205
UTILity MSL command 143
Utility Selection panel 205
trademarks 288
TSO / substitution 20
TSO command shell
description 211
invoking 211
TSO Command Shell panel 43
TSO command support
enhanced 42
TSO commands
append parameters 160
display before execution 200
TSO commands, immediate
supported by OLIST 26
TSO commands, prompt
supported by OLIST 26
TSO general command 69
TSO shell
accessing 42
capabilities 43
commands 211
invoking a command 212
options 211
tutorial
invoking 2
TYPE MSL command 141
V
U
U OLIST command 204
UNFilter MSL command 142
UNLock MAP list main command
216
V MAP list line command 216
V MSL command 143
V OLIST command 206
VALIDate OLIST command 206
VER IPT parameter 63
VF OLIST command 207
VIEW
exclusive 38
shared 38
VIEW ENTRY panel
hotbar commands 19
VIEW general command
calling from dialogs 279
enhanced handling 36
enhancements 38
Volume Selection List 32
VSAM cluster names
append to OLIST 187
VSAM VIEW function
invoking on an OLIST object
207
W
W MSL command 144
what's new
version 5.10 12
version 5.9 13
version 6.1 10
version 7.1 6
WHERE MSL command
workstation files
download 209
upload 209
145
X
X (eXclude) MSL command 146
X OLIST command 209
XFER OLIST command 209
Z
Z MSL command
147
Index
295
">